Sie sind auf Seite 1von 453

SERVICE MANUAL

No. 14112286 – 1

___________________________________________________
Keyword NODRIZA VI
_________________________ _________________________
Order No. 14112286
_________________________ _________________________
Type of product SPJ 82 RD
_________________________ _________________________
Number of units 2
_________________________ _________________________
Factory numbers SPJ-102365 / SPJ-102366
_________________________ _________________________
Classification entity NONE
_________________________ _________________________
Input power (KW) 287
_________________________ _________________________
Input speed (rpm) 1084
_________________________ _________________________
Min. operating speed (rpm) 750
___________________________________________________
Date: 02.08.2006

SCHOTTEL GmbH & Co. KG


Mainzer Str. 99
D-56322 Spay/Rhein
Telephon: +49 (0) 2628 / 61-0
Telefax : +49 (0) 2628 / 61-300 und. 61-345
E-Mail: info@schottel.de
Internet: www.schottel.de
Table of Contents

1 Table of Contents

2 Installation Instructions
Technical Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rev. No 6, 08.03.06 . VB3--01897/06
Installation drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155832

3 Operating--, Mounting -- and Maintenance Instructions


Information on how to order spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347/98 . 1099241
Safety and environmental protection regulations “SV 1” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348/98 . 1099236
Screw torques, screw locking devices and the filling up of recesses . . . . . . . 349/98 . 1099235
Fluidsystems for hydraulic, lubrication and similar lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350/98 . 1099237
Preservation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641/02 . 1104097
Painting specification, ferriferous cast, lower parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515/96 . 1098053
Painting specification lower steel parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515/96 . 1098071
Operating instructions SPJ 82 RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jan./05 . 1150209
Lubricant recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06/0704 . 1145139
Mounting of the impeller SPJ 57 T, SPJ 57 RD, SPJ 82 T, SPJ 82 RD . . . . . . 171/00 . 1101001
Fitting and removal of TAS 3012, 3015 and 3015.1 locking assembles . . . . 1059/98 . 1113850
SCHOTTEL--Stacking hydraulics PSV/PSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586/96 . 1101046
Hy--diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1125267
Thrust direction indicator (CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04/2007 . 1136890
Installation and operating instructions for VULKAN VULKARDAN--L
cardan--shaft coupling, Series 1640, 1660, 1680, 1690 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02.03.05 (VULKAN)

4 Spare Parts
Notes with respect to spare parts request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . April 97 . 1101039
Orderlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.07.06 . 1412286
Pump--Jet, compl. SPJ 82 RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.07.06 . 1155823
Pump--Jet, compl. SPJ 82 RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155823
Upper gear--box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 04/1084 . 1125000
Upper gear--box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing . . . . . . . . 04/1084 . 1125000
Feed back unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 02/1282 . 1136557
Feed back unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3D . 1136557
Oil tank, compl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . 01/0848KG . 1048050
Oil tank, compl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing . . . . . . . . 03/1813 . 1048050
Hydro--aggregate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 06/0826 . 1111361
Hydro--aggregate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing . . . . . . . . . 252/98 . 1111361
Switch box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.07.06 . 1157110
Hydro--aggregate, base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . 98/0242KG . 1111360
Hydro--aggregate, base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing . . . . . . . . 1516/00 . 1111360
Return oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . 97/1502KG . 1091684
Return oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing . . . . . . . . 1502/97 . 1091684
Level switch, kpl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . 93/0403KG . 1089883
Level switch, kpl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing . . . . . . . . 06/0181 . 1089883
Filter, high pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.07.06 . 1031034
Hydro--pump, compl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . 93/0469KG . 1093067
Hydro--pump, compl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093067

GB 08.08.2006 STD --rg Table of contents 14112286 1/2


Table of Contents

E.--Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.07.06 . 1148786


Switch box engine room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 04/2467 . 1148788
Switch box engine room STB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 04/2468 . 1148789
Panel PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 04/2466 . 1148790
Panel PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 04/2465 . 1148791
Panel STB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 04/2595 . 1148792
Panel STB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 04/2595 . 1148793
Spare parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 04/2464 . 1148794
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.07.06 . 1156055
Tools for mounting of impeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.07.06 . 1126001
Oil suction device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . list . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.12.05 . 1122888
Oil suction device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122888

5 Electro--System
Indications and electric symbols for SCHOTTEL electronic systems . . . . . . . 428/98 . 1099245
Controller board DCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782/98 . 1101026
Controller board DCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May/98 . 1101061
Digital proportional amplifier board DPV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May/98 . 1101065
Interface module D I/0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608/01 . 1128282
Motor activation speedronic MSV Id--No. 1115903 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . July/00 . 1128284
E--diagram, main hydraulic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157109
E--diagram, SPJ 82 RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06/1339 . 1148787

6 Agencies

Distribution Language Quantity CD--ROM


Customer
Yard GB 5 1
Agency GB 1 1

2 /2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DEN-020489-02 / 14112286 / NODRIZA VI
Rev 6

NO. 2 SCHOTTEL PUMP JETS

TYPE SPJ 82

RD

AS MAIN PROPULSION

FOR

“PATROL VESSEL”
Shipowner : Columbian Navy
Shipyard : COTECMAR
Building No :
Vessel Type : Patrol Boat
Operation area : Columbia
Classification : SCHOTTEL Release Note
Class notation :

SCHOTTEL Project : DEN-020489-02


SCHOTTEL Order : 14112286
SCHOTTEL Code Word : NODRIZA VI

Rev. No Issue Date Issue Description Originator/Dpt.


1 19.07.2004 First release for order 14106087 S. Rasche/VB3
2 20.07.2004 Changes after Kick Off Meeting S. Rasche/VB3
3 23.07.2004 Painting 2 x Belzona S. Rasche/VB3
4 18.08.2004 Power / rpm Motor, Mounting of Hy-pump S. Rasche/VB3
5 28.09.2004 Electrical signals, IP ECR Panel S. Rasche/VB3
Order Specification for order 14112286
6 08.03.06 Prime Mover, Power Transmission U. Weineck/VB3

28.09.04 Uwe Weineck  01897~DEN-020489-02~NODRIZA VI~WK-msI VB3-01897/06Page 1/11


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DEN-020489-02 / 14112286 / NODRIZA VI
Rev 6

MAIN PARTICULARS (EACH UNIT) ................................................................................3

DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION (FOR EACH UNIT) ............................................................3

KIND OF INSTALLATION (FOR EACH UNIT) .................................................................4

STEERING SYSTEM (FOR EACH UNIT) .........................................................................4

PRIME MOVER (FOR EACH UNIT) (NOT SCHOTTEL SUPPLY) ...................................4

POWER TRANSMISSION (FOR EACH UNIT) .................................................................6

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM (FOR EACH UNIT)..................................................6

POWER SUPPLY FOR CONTROL SYSTEM (FOR EACH UNIT) ...................................7

ALARM SYSTEM IN SWITCH CABINET (FOR EACH UNIT) ..........................................9

INTERFACES ELECTRIC SYSTEM (FOR EACH UNIT)..................................................9

TOOLS ..............................................................................................................................9

SPARES..........................................................................................................................10

COATING AND PAINT STRUCTURE.............................................................................10

QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................................10

CLASSIFICATION ..........................................................................................................10

DOCUMENTATION.........................................................................................................11

COMMISSIONING...........................................................................................................11

EXCLUSIONS .................................................................................................................11

28.09.04 Uwe Weineck  01897~DEN-020489-02~NODRIZA VI~WK-msI VB3-01897/06Page 2/11


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DEN-020489-02 / 14112286 / NODRIZA VI
Rev 6

MAIN PARTICULARS (EACH UNIT)

Power applied to input shaft : 287 kW ± 5 %


Input speed : 1084 r.p.m.
Service factor/torque load : 78 % of the max. input torque
(at the specified power)
Gear reduction : 1,947 : 1
Direction of input flange rotation,
when looking on flange : clockwise
Well diameter : 1680 mm
Impeller material : Stainless steel
Casing material : Niresist
Loss of displacement : about 1,35 m³
Weight of unit : about 3250 kg
Minimum immersion : 400 mm
Steering time for 180° : see steering System
Outer well : Yard supply
Well fastening material : SCHOTTEL supply
mounting : rigid from above

DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION (FOR EACH UNIT)

The SCHOTTEL Pump-Jet is a water-jet propulsion system similar to a rotary pump and
totally included into the ship's hull. Water is being pumped by an impeller from below
into a nozzle casing where it is accelerated again by three symmetrically arranged
nozzles and radiated under the ship's bottom. So thrust opposite the jet stream is
produced. The casing can be rotated about its vertical axis by 360° endlessly left and
right. Thrust from zero to full can be generated in each direction which is controlled by
the steering gear.

The transmission of power within the SCHOTTEL Pump-Jet is via a horizontal input
shaft, a bevel gear and a vertical shaft to the impeller. The spiral bevel gears for the
power transmission are made of high quality case-hardened steel. The shafts are made
of high grade steel and run in roller bearings. Sealing of the output shaft is of stainless
steel, radial shaft seals are special seawater resistant running rings.

A pickup for impeller revolutions is provided.

SEALINGS
The sealing system at the vertical shaft contains of one sealing package and
additionally a special sealing ring against mud. The package consists of three radial lip
ring sealings. One sealing is placed at the inner side to seal the oil of the SPJ-unit. The
two other sealings are designed to seal against the water. The steering shaft is

28.09.04 Uwe Weineck  01897~DEN-020489-02~NODRIZA VI~WK-msI VB3-01897/06Page 3/11


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DEN-020489-02 / 14112286 / NODRIZA VI
Rev 6

equipped with two radial slip ring sealings and additionally a special sealing ring against
mud.

LUBRICATION
The lubrication is ensured by an oil bath lubrication with circulation by centrifugal force.
The cooling of the oil is achieved by emission of heat to the water that is flowing around.
The separate oil header tank with level gauge is equipped with a liquid level switch for
the alarm indication 'oil level too low' to be connected to the warning unit which is
supplied by the SCHOTTEL. Level switch is potential free. (5)

The lub oil header tank has to be installed at least 1000 mm above the loaded
water line.

KIND OF INSTALLATION (FOR EACH UNIT)

The unit is provided with a mounting flange for rigid mounting from above into an
outer well within the vessel’s hull. The well has to be integrated completely into the
vessel’s structure. The mounting flange is bolted to the outer well and sealed by an
o-ring. The lower edge of the well is fitted to the bottom of the vessel and the suction
inlet opening is protected with a grid. Necessary mounting material is supplied by
SCHOTTEL, i.e. bolts and sealing.

The outer well is shipyard supply.

STEERING SYSTEM (FOR EACH UNIT)

The thrust can be directed to any desired direction through the SCHOTTEL-Pump-Jet.
The direction of the thrust can be pre-selected infinitely variable 360° endless.

The above described SCHOTTEL unit is equipped with the following described steering
system.

SCHOTTEL STEERING-SYSTEM - SST-602 - COPILOT 2003

Function:
This is a way-dependent full follow up electro-hydraulic steering system with time
dependent back-up system.
The Pump Jet thrust can be directed by turning the COPILOT 2003 steering lever to any
desired direction around the vertical axis. The electronic control compares the
presetting with the actual angle of the Pump Jet and transmits a signal corresponding to
the differential angle to the hydraulic. If the presetting angle is equal to the angle of the
Pump Jet the control will be aligned.
The proportional steering system works in such a way that with small angle of steering
the corresponding steering speed is low and with bigger angle of steering the steering

28.09.04 Uwe Weineck  01897~DEN-020489-02~NODRIZA VI~WK-msI VB3-01897/06Page 4/11


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DEN-020489-02 / 14112286 / NODRIZA VI
Rev 6

speed is higher. Thus the steering speed is proportionally regulated by the steering
angle.
The SCHOTTEL Pump Jet position is indicated via an electric feed-back system by a
thrust direction indicator. The thrust direction is also shown by a mechanical indicator on
the Pump Jet.
In case of failure of the electronic Copilot steering system, the steering is automatically
switched over to a time dependent steering system.

COMPONENTS OF STEERING SYSTEM:


The hydraulic steering motor and the hydraulic tank (SPJ housing) with solenoid valves
and filter is mounted on the SCHOTTEL Pump Jet.
SCHOTTEL will supply loose, for installation by the shipyard:

• 1 switchbox with electric cards, see electric system

• 2 steering panels, see electric system

• 1 hydraulic tank with solenoid valves and filter

• 1 hydraulic pump for steering system, driven by engine PTO

Data of PTO for hydraulic pump, basis 10 s steering time for 180° :
PTO : The hydraulic pump is driven by a belt drive SPA or SPB,
i=1:1, effective diameter 180 mm to 200 mm
Hy-Pump ID NR 1092075
6)

28.09.04 Uwe Weineck  01897~DEN-020489-02~NODRIZA VI~WK-msI VB3-01897/06Page 5/11


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DEN-020489-02 / 14112286 / NODRIZA VI
Rev 6

PRIME MOVER (FOR EACH UNIT) (NOT (SCHOTTEL SUPPLY)

A Diesel engine will be used as prime mover.


Make : MTU
Type : 6062HK2 36 – 37 HE 6)
rated output : 336 kW 6)
rated speed : ca. 1800 rpm 6)
sense of rotation when looking on flywheel : counter-clockwise
size of flywheel and -housing : SAE – 1 Flange 6)

6)

POWER TRANSMISSION (FOR EACH UNIT)

The power transmission consists of the following components:


− 1 (one) cardan shaft (Not SCHOTTEL supply)
− 1 (one) r/r gearbox electrically actuated with SAE housing and elastic coupling to
be fitted on flywheel of engine. (Not SCHOTTEL supply)

Make : ZF 6)
Type : ZF 350 6)
Reduction ratio : i = 1,5 : 1

The reverse reduction gear has to be equipped as follows to work correctly with the
SCHOTTEL control:
2 (two) solenoid valves to be actuated by 24 V DC, each for one rotation sense, if no
solenoid valve is actuated clutch is open.

28.09.04 Uwe Weineck  01897~DEN-020489-02~NODRIZA VI~WK-msI VB3-01897/06Page 6/11


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DEN-020489-02 / 14112286 / NODRIZA VI
Rev 6

Also the reverse reduction gear has to be equipped with 2 (two) pressure switches
controlling the actuated sense of rotation.

SCHOTTEL delivers on the terminal strip of the switchbox the 24 V DC signals for
the solenoid valves and the contacts to evaluate the potential free contacts of the 2
pressure switches.

We will provide a preliminary TVA (Torsional Vibration Analysis) for the SCHOTTEL
scope of supply (not part of class approval). By this TVA SCHOTTEL controls
whether elastic coupling between flywheel of engine and r/r gearbox is sufficient or
whether an additional elastic coupling on power input shaft of SPJ has to be
supplied against additional cost.

N.B.: The reverse reduction gear is used to flush the unit in case foreign elements are
blocking the suction inlet.

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM (FOR EACH UNIT)

ELECTRONIC SWITCHBOX:
The SCHOTTEL standard terminal box necessary for the steering and speed control will
be supplied loose. It contains the electronic control for proportional full follow up
steering and full follow up engine speed control and also the control for take over
between bridge and wings and vice versa. All components used in the terminal box
have type approval from GL. The terminal box is wired up to the terminal strip. The
Cabinet is equipped with exchangeable printed circuit boards, featuring free
programmable digital logic modules. Wiring is carried out in a two-pole system.
The switch box is provided with a base plate for cable entry from below.

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL:


SCHOTTEL provides a 4 – 20 mA signal to be connected to the engine maker's speed
control system.
4mA signal = idle speed; 20 mA signal = max. engine speed
A potential free contact ‘Motor is Running’ will be supplied by the manufacturer of the
motor (5)
A potential free contact ‘RPM Control in Service’ will be supplied by SCHOTTEL (5)

BRIDGE PANEL:
SCHOTTEL delivers loose the complete steering panel wired by a cable tree of
1,2 m length to a terminal strip.
The following instruments are fitted into the steering panel:

− Push button desk on


− Pilot lamp ‘bridge panel in service’
− Pilot lamp ‘ECR panel in service’
− Copilot command lever for full follow up steering and full follow up speed control

28.09.04 Uwe Weineck  01897~DEN-020489-02~NODRIZA VI~WK-msI VB3-01897/06Page 7/11


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DEN-020489-02 / 14112286 / NODRIZA VI
Rev 6

− Thrust direction indicator


− Shaft speed indicator
− Pilot lamp ‘full follow up RPM control in service’
− Pilot lamp ‘full follow up steering in service’
− 2 luminous push buttons for ‘port-stb.’ time dependent steering
− Pilot lamp ‘clutch engaged’
− luminous push button for flush mode
− controls for reverse reduction gear
− Pilot lamp ‘unit ON’
− Dimmer for instrument light
− Push button lamp check

1 ECR PANEL:
equipped as follows and provided for outdoor operation IP 65 on top side:
SCHOTTEL delivers loose the complete steering panel wired by a cable tree of
1,2 m length to a terminal strip.

− Push button desk on


− Push button ‘emergency take over’ to ECR Panel
− Pilot lamp ‘take over from bridge panel is possible’
− Pilot lamp ‘bridge panel in service’
− Pilot lamp ‘ECR panel in service’
− Command lever for full follow up steering and full follow up speed control
− Thrust direction indicator
− Shaft speed indicator
− Pilot lamp ‘full follow up RPM control in service’
− Pilot lamp ‘full follow up steering in service’
− 2 luminous push buttons for ‘port-stb.’ time dependent steering
− Pilot lamp ‘clutch engaged’
− luminous push button for flush mode
− controls for reverse reduction gear
− Key switch ‘unit ON - OFF’
− Pilot lamp ’unit ON’
− Dimmer for instrument light
− Push button lamp check

N.B.: All labelling on the panels and switch box will be in English language.

Important remark:
To avoid operational mistakes by the captains on wing panels due to non visibility of
luminous buttons and pilot lamps in combination with direct sun light, a cover should be
provided by the shipyard, avoiding direct sun light on these indicators.

Command from bridge to ECR and vice versa of the Pump Jet can be taken only over
by the Copilot command lever as long it is put into the same position of steering angle
and the thrust lever in the same position of thrust, as it was regulated by the Copilot

28.09.04 Uwe Weineck  01897~DEN-020489-02~NODRIZA VI~WK-msI VB3-01897/06Page 8/11


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DEN-020489-02 / 14112286 / NODRIZA VI
Rev 6

command lever in the former active panel. The take over of the command for thrust
angle control and thrust will be shown by pilot lamps separately.

By activating the push button for take over the command from bridge to wing panel or
vice versa the Pump Jet will move directly to the position which is selected by the
Copilot lever on the bridge panel. Also the pre-selected thrust on the throttle lever of this
Copilot will be immediately achieved!

POWER SUPPLY FOR CONTROL SYSTEM (FOR EACH UNIT)

For safe operation of the propulsion system SCHOTTEL requires the following voltage
supply from the ship's sources:
• 24 V DC +/- 20% with a max. ripple of 1 V (fuse 16A) for the
operation of the SCHOTTEL switch box.
• 24 V DC +/- 20% with a max. ripple of 1 V (max. 300 W, 16 A) from the
emergency switch board to the steering desk for emergency power supply of the
thrust direction indicator.

ALARM SYSTEM IN SWITCH CABINET (FOR EACH UNIT)

SCHOTTEL will supply an alarm system with alarm monitoring cards in the switchbox
and the following alarm pilot lamps on the panel:
• Oil deficiency in lubrication oil tank
• Oil pressure hydraulic steering system too low
• Oil deficiency in hydraulic tank
• Failure of 24 VDC power supply
• Failure of the control system (5)
• Failure of electronic full follow up steering system
• Failure of electronic non follow up steering system (5)
• Failure of full follow up engine speed control
• Failure of the gear shifting control (5)

SCHOTTEL delivers the following potential free contacts for the vessels alarm system:
• ‘Common Alarm SCHOTTEL Unit’
• ‘Failure Alarm System SCHOTTEL’

INTERFACES ELECTRIC SYSTEM (FOR EACH UNIT)

INTERFACES

TOOLS

A manual drain pump and the mounting and dismounting tool for the impellers are in our
scope of supply.

28.09.04 Uwe Weineck  01897~DEN-020489-02~NODRIZA VI~WK-msI VB3-01897/06Page 9/11


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DEN-020489-02 / 14112286 / NODRIZA VI
Rev 6

SPARES

Spares will be supplied according to requirements of classification societies, basically


consisting of:
− one complete set of sealings
− one set of relays and bulbs
− one set of flexible hoses and fittings for the hydraulic system
− one set of printed circuit boards
− one set of circuit breakers

COATING AND PAINT STRUCTURE

Lower parts:
2 x abrasion and cavitation resistant coating system 2 x approx. 250 µ to 300 µ
(BELZONA)

Upper gearbox as well as other steel parts inside the ship:


1 x 1K layer of anticorrosive primer approx. 50 µ
1 x 1K pre-coating enamel approx. 50 µ
1 x 1K top coat enamel, grey RAL 7000 approx. 50 µ

Electric switchboxes:
RAL 7035, structure

Panels:
Black anodized

All components will be painted in order to protect the Pump Jet from oxidation and
corrosion. All not painted surfaces will be protected with grease during shipment to
avoid oxidation.

QUALITY ASSURANCE

SCHOTTEL provides a quality assurance system in accordance with DIN ISO 9001
certified by GL, ABS, BV, DNV. The Pump Jet will be supplied with a SCHOTTEL works
certificate.

CLASSIFICATION

Classification of the propulsion system is not included.


The propulsion system will be supplied with a company release note.
Class notation: none

28.09.04 Uwe Weineck  01897~DEN-020489-02~NODRIZA VI~WK-msI VB3-01897/06Page 10/11


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DEN-020489-02 / 14112286 / NODRIZA VI
Rev 6

DOCUMENTATION

• Installation drawing with all important dimensions of the Pump Jet


• Dimensional drawings of all equipment delivered loose
• Hydraulic diagram(s)
• Electric diagram(s)
• Operation and maintenance instructions (5 copies) in English anguage

COMMISSIONING

One Service Engineer for in total 5 working days on site for final check and
commissioning (10 hours/day). Travel expenses and accommodation for one trip
included.

EXCLUSIONS

• Outer Well
• Diesel engines/Prime-movers with control equipment
• Reverse reduction gear with elastic coupling
• TVA for engines
• Protection of all moving parts
• Installation of the system
• Electrical and hydraulic connections between SCHOTTEL-components and ship's
sources
• Oil filling of all aggregates
• Alarm system (other than mentioned alarm switches)
• Starting equipment and alarms for electrically driven motors or hy-pumps.
• All parts not specifically indicated in the above specification as being part of our
scope of supply.

28.09.04 Uwe Weineck  01897~DEN-020489-02~NODRIZA VI~WK-msI VB3-01897/06Page 11/11


SCHOTTEL
FORPROGRESSIVEPROPULSION

Operating--, Mounting-- and


Maintenance Instructions

JOIN FORCES WITH THE BEST


Information on how to order spare parts

Only the use of Orders for spare parts should be in writing.


ORIGINAL SCHOTTEL SPARE PARTS Acceptance and handling of orders by phone are ex-
guarantees the trouble--free operation of the installa- clusively at the customer’s risk and on his account.
tion.
In order to avoid incorrect supplies we ask you to in-
clude the following details in your order:

order number

building number

project number

type of unit

manual number

assembly number

part number

designation

quantity

mode of shipment (by mail, truck, railway, . . .)

shipping address

GB TDO--Ge Information on how to order spare parts 1 347/98 1099241 1/2


Important Indications and Instructions

Preliminary remark

These operating, maintenance and mounting in-


structions are meant to offer information and help to
! ATTENTION
operate SCHOTTEL installations and perform main- This symbol refers to operating processes and meth-
tenance works. Therefore it is required that these ods to avoid damage to or destruction of the material.
documents are read, understood and observed.

It has to be ensured that these instructions are made


available to anyone involved in operation and main- NOTE
tenance.
We cannot be liable for damage and breakdowns re- This symbol indicates particularities in the process
sulting from disregard of these instructions. requiring attention. caution

It is a prerequisite that users are familiar with the


installations and have been instructed with respect to
possible dangers. ! CAUTION
Information referring to numbers in illustrations and This symbol is used for operating processes and
diagrams are indicated in the text in brackets. methods requiring strict adherence to prevent the
staff from being exposed to hazards.
Important information referring to technical and op-
erational safety is identified by the following symbols: The ”Safety and Environment al Protection Regula-
tion SV1” as well as all relevant laws being in force
in situ shall be applicable to all works on SCHOTTEL
installations.

We reserve the right of technical alterations due to


the continued development SCHOTTEL installations
are subjected to.

2 /2 TDO--Ge Information on how to order spare parts 1 347/98 1099241 GB


Safety and Environmental Protection Regulations ”SV 1”

Table of Contents

Preliminary remark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1 Safety regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2 Transport and storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 Installation, Starting--up and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Installation of SCHOTTEL Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Starting--up and operation (general) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Starting--up and operation of control systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4 Maintenance and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
5 Removing the underwater gears of SRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
6 Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
7 Noise protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
8 Use of appliances causing noise fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
9 Environmental protection regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

GB TDO--Ge Safety and enviromental protection regulations “SV 1” 3 348/98 1099236 1/8
Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

Preliminary remark

These ”Safety and Environmental Protection Regu- Where deviations between the German text and the
lations” shall provide the operator or technician re- foreign language text occur for idiomatic reasons, the
sponsible for operating, servicing, installing or re- German text is authoritative.
placing SCHOTTEL products, with information and
assistance. For this purpose, these regulations and The regulations and instructions quoted in this vol-
the accompanying operating and installation instruc- ume apply within the area of the Federal Republic of
tions must be read, understood and observed. Germany.

It must be ensured that the relevant regulations and In other countries, the statutory provisions applicable
instructions are readily available to everyone en- there shall be observed.
gaged in operation, maintenance and installation.
Observe protection mark in accordance to DIN 34!
We assume no liability for damages and breakdowns
”The passing on or copying of these documents, their
in operation which result from the failure to com-
utilization and the disclosure of their contents is pro-
ply with these regulations and the accompanying hibited, unless explicitly granted. All acts contrary to
operating and installation instructions.
this entitle us to claim for compensation. All rights re-
served in the case of a patent being granted or a de-
It is assumed that the user and/or technician is famil-
sign being registered.
iar with the product in question and has been
instructed on any possible risks involved.
References to pictorial illustrations in the text appear
in brackets.
As SCHOTTEL products are subject to further devel-
opment, we reserve the right to make any technical
alterations.

2 /8 TDO--Ge Safety and Enviromental Protection Regulations “SV 1” 3 348/98 1099236 GB


1 Safety regulations

The safety regulations must always be used in com- does not comply with the regulations.
bination with the relevant operating and installation In the event of a fault, the cause must be established
instructions. immediately. If the fault cannot be defined or rectified
SCHOTTEL products are to be employed only for the in a correct and competent manner, it must be elimi-
use stipulated in the delivery cope. nated by qualified personnel.
To prevent accidents caused by slipping, negotiable
Any use other than this is considered contrary to reg- parts must be kept free of oil and grease.
ulations. The SCHOTTEL--Werft is not liable for dam-
ages resulting from this. The risk, in this instance, is In addition to the safety and environmental regula-
borne solely by the user. tions listed in these provisions, the safety regulations
of the trade association as well as the relevant regu-
The operator or technician is obliged to refuse to lations for the prevention of accidents must be obser-
carry out any work on SCHOTTEL products which ved.

2 Transport and storage

Transport

SCHOTTEL products which, due to their weight, can-


not be lifted without the use of auxiliary equipment,
must be fixed to a raising harness only at the lifting
points provided. If necessary, ask about possible lift-
ing points at the SCHOTTEL--Werft.

Both raising harness and hoist must be selected in


accordance to the load to be lifted.

Do not walk or stand below raised loads.

To prevent damage to bearings and gearwheels,


gears must be braced. 1

Example
The SRP should be braced against the direction of
rotation of operation with a pretension of 5000 to
6000 N (1/1). Figure 1
Use wooden edge protection for the propeller.

GB TDO--Ge Safety and enviromental protection regulations “SV 1” 3 348/98 1099236 3/8
Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

Storage empty units (e.g new units).

The interior areas of the SCHOTTEL products in


question are preserved, following the trial run on the This means:
test stand. Corrosion protection is sufficient for
approx. 6 months, when stored in dry environments In the case of units equipped with a vent valve,
(no sea climate). the same be opened.
In case of units equipped with a mushroom--type
Prior to launching y prior to every intial start--up it is vent, pressure compensation is already main-
necessary to top up oil tained.
To this effect it is necessary to observe the different
operating instructions. In the case of units which are only preas-
sembled, a provisional pressure compensation
If a SCHOTTEL unit is put out of operation or re- device with dust protection must be installed at
moved due to damage, then the unit must be filled a pipe connection.
with fresh oil during the storage period, in order to
prevent damage through corrosion.
ATTENTION
When storing in the open and/or with considerable
The storage of electric components, for instance in-
changes in ambient temperature, pressure relief strument panels, switch cabinets etc. in the open is
must be maintained for oil--filled units, as well as for prohibited.

3 Installation, Starting--up and Operation

Installation of SCHOTTEL Products Starting--up and operation (general)

Before commencing installation, check that the The operating instructions of the relevant provisions
delivery is complete. All parts must be installed must be observed.
and/or removed in a competent manner.
Before putting SCHOTTEL products into operation,
The installation of SCHOTTEL products requires a check must be made for obvious defects and to en-
that: sure that all protection devices (e.g. cover plates) are
installed soundly. Defective units may not be put into
Only those personnel who possess sufficient operation.
technical expertise and the required equipment
shall be employed. Units with defective instruments, pilot lamps and/or
control elements may not be put into operation.
The installation proposals of SCHOTTEL--Werft
shall be observed, and/or requested as necess- The operator must make absolutely sure that no one
ary. is located within the danger zone of the unit before
putting this into operation.
The relevant technical regulations shall be ob-
served. The indicating instruments must be checked for cor-
rect functioning directly after starting--up, if neces-
Regulations of acceptance authorities under pri- sary the unit must be switched off again.
vate law and/or public law shall be complied
with.

4 /8 TDO--Ge Safety and Enviromental Protection Regulations “SV 1” 3 348/98 1099236 GB


Moving parts must be protected. If necessary, these Starting--up and operation of control
protection devices must be fitted subsequently. systems
Do not refuel in non--ventilated rooms and only when
the engine is switched off. An emergency stop of the ship is possible at all times;
Smoking is prohibited when refuelling. in the case of twin--propulsion units, both SRP pro-
Never check fuel level with an open flame. pulsion units should be swivelled to the outside by
180.
Combustion engines may only run in rooms where
adequate ventilation is ensured. The speed of the drive engines must be reduced be-
fore starting the control procedures for extreme ma-
noeuvres (if necessary down to idling speed).
Exhaust fumes are highly dangerous!

Never smoke or handle open fire in the vicinity of in-


flammable materials.

4 Maintenance and installation

Only tight--fitting, non--defective tools may be used. Smoking is prohibited when checking the acid level
”Worn out” spanners slip. of the batteries. Do not check the acid level of the bat-
Maintenance and installation work may only be car- teries using an open flame. Charge batteries in well--
ried out on units not in operation. ventilated rooms only.

Maintenance and installation work on electrical com- The fixing screw must be tightened with the appropri-
ponents may only be carried out when the unit is dis- ate torque in accordance to design, and secured
connected. Pipes and hoses under pressure must against accidental loosening in a suitable manner.
neither be tightened nor slackened. Please observe the relevant operating and installa-
Screw locking compound, sealing compound, oils, tion instructions.
acids, detergents and preservatives must not come
into contact with skin and eyes. During maintenance and repair work in the area
of rotary shaft seals and bearing races, these
Should an accident occur however, despite taking all must not be damaged.
precautions, then a doctor must be seen immediate- Rotary shaft seals and bearing races must not be
ly. painted over.
Protect them against heat, welding splashes and
Always wear protective glasses when cleaning parts abrasion dust, covering them if necessary.
with compressed air.

Benzine or any other easily inflammable substances


may not be used for cleaning the unit or its compo-
nents. Fuels and other materials required for opera-
tion must be stored only in containers which cannot
be mistaken for drink containers.

The handling of hot oil runs the risk of burning.

Do not heat oil, the oil or the vapors may ignite.

GB TDO--Ge Safety and enviromental protection regulations “SV 1” 3 348/98 1099236 5/8
Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

SCHOTTEL products which, due to their weight, can- When removing propellers and flanges which have to
not be lifted without the use of auxiliary equipment, be pressed on and off hydraulically, these must be
must be fixed to a raising harness only at the lifting secured against falling down with the pressure plate
points provided. If necessary, ask about possible lift- (2/2) specified.
ing points at SCHOTTEL--Werft.
Do not walk or stand in front of the pressure
Components to be removed which, due to their plate!
weight, cannot be lifted without the use of auxiliary
equipment, must be supported accordingly and fixed
to the raising harness at the lifting points provided for
this purpose. If necessary, ask about possible lifting
points at SCHOTTEL--Werft. The raising harness
and hoist must be selected in accordance to the load
to be lifted.

Do not walk or stand under raised loads.

Unauthorized conversions and alterations to


SCHOTTEL products are prohibited.

Spare parts and assessories not supplied by the


SCHOTTEL--Werft are also not checked or accepted
by us. The installation and/or use of such parts may,
therefore,have a possible negative influence on the
design features of our products, so that the active 2
and/or passive safety of these is reduced.

SCHOTTEL--Werft is excluded from any liability


whatsoever for damages resulting from the use of Figure 2
such parts.

6 /8 TDO--Ge Safety and Enviromental Protection Regulations “SV 1” 3 348/98 1099236 GB


5 Removing the underwater gears of SRP

When removing the underwater gear--box, the power surface gear--box to and fro at the power inlet (3/3)
transmission shaft (3/4) may remain in the surface until the shaft sinks down to the underwater gear--
gear--box and drop down later uncontrolled ! There- box. Remove underwater gear--box together with the
fore, lower underwater gearbox a little and turn the power transmission shaft.

Figure 3

GB TDO--Ge Safety and enviromental protection regulations “SV 1” 3 348/98 1099236 7/8
Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

6 Welding

When carrying out welding work to or in the vicinity that no current can flow uncontrolled via bearings,
of SCHOTTEL products, the earthing terminal must bevel gears or similar.
be connected directly at the position of welding, so

7 Noise protection

Units may only be put into operation when all noise In the case of units where operators or mechanics
protection facilities have been properly installed and are exposed to a noise level of ≥85 dB (A), noise
closed. protection must be worn and used.

8 Use of appliances causing noise fields

Use of walkie--talkies, mobile phones as well as other Installation of external components into the
noise field generating appliances within the immedi- SCHOTTEL made steering electronics may cause
ate proximity of SCHOTTEL--steering systems may system breakdowns. Therefore it is absolutely
cause breakdowns, and possibly to the failure of the necessary to settle details with SCHOTTEL prior to
electronical steering unit. taking any action.

9 Environmental protection regulations

The relevant environmental protection regulations When carrying out maintenance or assembly work
must be observed. on products which have to be filled with oil or fuel, the
seals and washers removed should be replaced by
Substances causing damage to the environment (i.e. new ones. Following maintenance and assembly
oils, acids, preservatives and detergents) must be work, the unit and its connections must be checked
collected and disposed of in a non--polluting manner; for tightness.
the relevant laws governing water pollution control
must be complied with. Old batteries must be disposed of in a non--polluting
manner.
Used filter cartridges must be collected in a separate
container marked for this purpose and disposed of in Before transporting any SCHOTTEL products con-
a non--polluting manner. taining oil, the latter must be drained off first.

8 /8 TDO--Ge Safety and Enviromental Protection Regulations “SV 1” 3 348/98 1099236 GB


Screw Torques, Screw Locking Devices and
the Filling up of Recesses

Torques for screws NOTE


Unless the construction drawing or the manual com- Usually, the coefficient of friction for rust--resistant
prises torques for screws, the data in the following screws are slightly higher. However, since they are
table shall apply. screwed after being oiled slightly or provided with
adhesive, the overall coefficient of friction selected is
mtot = 0.13.

Torque MA (Nm)
Strength Strength
Size
8.8 10.9 12.9 A4--70 A4--80 C3--80
M4 2,8 4,1 4,8 2,2 2,9 3,1
M5 5,5 8,1 9,5 4,3 5,7 6,1
M6 9,5 14 16,5 7,3 9,8 10,4
M7 15,5 23 27 12 16 17
M8 23 34 40 17 23 25
M 10 46 68 79 35 48 51
M 12 79 117 135 60 82 87
M 14 125 185 215 98 130 140
M 16 195 280 330 150 200 215
M 18 280 390 460 210 280 300
M 20 390 560 650 300 405 430
M 22 530 750 880 225 545 580
M 24 670 960 1120 260 695 740
M 27 1000 1400 1650 430 1030 1100
M 30 1350 1900 2250 585 1400 1500
M 33 1850 2600 3000 1875 2000
M 36 2350 3300 3900 2450 2600
M 39 3000 4300 5100 3190 3400

D Diameters exceeding M 20 require a special agreement on the mechanical strength


properties between client and manufacturer.

Table 1

GB TDO--Ge Screw torques. screw locking devices and the filling up of recesses 1 349/98 1099235 1/ 2
Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

Screw locking devices Filling of recesses

Bolted connections which are not secured by me- All recesses and bores marked (*) in the construction
chanical locking devices, must be secured by a liquid drawing must be filled up with a two--component in-
adhesive. The connections secured that way must jection resin.
be detachable in a normal way, i.e. without being sub- Requirements to be met:
jected to heat.
The parts must have been painted.
screws up to M12 with liquid adhesive
(e.g. LOCTITE 241 or DELO--ML 5249). The surfaces must be dry, clean and without
grease.
screws larger than M12 with liquid adhesive
(e.g. LOCTITE 586 or DELO--ML 5268). 1. Insert the Kapsto type plug (1/3).

all flange sealing surfaces with liquid adhesive 2. Fill up the recess / bore with two--component in-
(e.g. DELO--ML 5198). jection resin (1/2).

3. Cover recess / bore with a covering sealing


Designations used for adhesives adhesive tape (1/1).

4. Let the two--component adhesive cure.


The designations used for adhesives in the construc-
tion drawing and the manual have the following 5. Remove adhesive tape and assimilate contours
meanings: by grinding.
EFK--A 6. Paint again.
Secured with liquid adhesive
(e.g. LOCTITE 241 or DELO--ML 5249).
1
EFK--B
Secured with liquid adhesive 2
(e.g. LOCTITE 542 or DELO--ML 5349).
3
EFK--C
Secured with liquid adhesive
(e.g. LOCTITE 601 or DELO--ML 5328).

EFK--D
Secured with liquid adhesive
(e.g. LOCTITE 586 or DELO--ML 5268). Figure 1

Recommendations for spare parts

The adhesives can be obtained from SCHOTTEL;


the order number has to be indicated.

Liquid adhesive Order nr.


Liquid sealing
LOCTITE 241 or DELO--ML 5249 1029100
LOCTITE 542 or DELO--ML 5349 1096533
LOCTITE 601 or DELO--ML 5328 1029099
LOCTITE 586 or DELO--ML 5268 1048197
DELO--ML 5198 1058474

2 /2 TDO--Ge Screw torques. screw locking devices and the filling up of recesses 1 349/98 1099235 GB
Fluidsystems for Hydraulic, Lubrication and Similar Lines

Table of Contents

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Pipelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Cold bending and cutting of pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Hot bending of pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Welding of pipelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Hoselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Installation of hoselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Compression type fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Reinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

GB TDO--Ge Fluidsystems for hydraulic, lubrication and similiar lines 1 350/98 1099237 1/5
Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

General with plastic caps (do not use cleaning rags or other
lint material).
If the line system has not been completely installed
in a SCHOTTEL unit, but has to be installed at the The straight pipe end reaching into the coupling
shipyard, pay attention to the following points. The should have a minimum length of 2 union nut heights
same applies to the repair of systems. (H) (figure 1).

Pipelines

The pipelines must only be made from seamless pre-


cision steel piping according to DIN 2391/C NBK
(normalized), which has been phosphated and pres-
sure tested. The pipe cross--sections specified in the
diagrams of SCHOTTEL shall be maintained as mini-

2H
mum values. During plumbing the shortest possible
connections shall be selected, bends shall be

H
avoided, if at all possible. When bends become nec-
essary, a bending radius of a least 3 x the pipe diame-
ter must be maintained.

For hydro--pipeline attachments, it is advisable not to Figure 1


use fixed brackets because of the noise generation,
but to use easily dampening or shock mounted at-
taching elements. Ensure that solid mountings are
provided, not spaced too far from each other, in order Hot bending of pipes
to prevent the pipelines from vibrating and thus un-
necessary noise; use expansion bends in order to Prior to bending, the pipes shall be filled with approxi-
prevent stresses. mately 2 mm diameter steel balls and capped at both
sides. Heat the pipe at the point to be bent to about
The connection lines must be routed in that way, that 850C (dark red); in case of higher temperatures
air cushions are not formed. there is danger of the filling seizing.
Vent lines shall be installed in a steadily rising man-
ner. Upon completion of bending, empty the pipe and al-
low it to be left filled with 20% sulphuric acid for about
5 hours, observing the local safety instructions, be-
Cold Bending and cutting of pipes cause vapours injurious to health are released. Then
drain the pipe, thoroughly flush it with water and allow
it to be left filled with hot 5% sodasolution (Na2CO3)
The bending must only be performed with the appro-
for 1 hour. Subsequently, thoroughly flush it again
priate pipe bending device in such a way that there
with hot water, dry and preserve it with oil. If pipes are
is no reduction of the cross--sectional area. Squarely
to be stored, cap both ends.
cut the pipes to length after bending, this is facilitated
by a sawing device.

Welding of pipelines
ATTENTION
Welded pipelines must be treated in the same man-
When cutting the pipes to length, do not use pipe cut-
ner as hot bent pipes. In addition, it is recommended
ters, otherwise the pipe wall is cut at an angle, which
to subject hydro--pipelines to a pressure--test at 2 x
results in heavy burrs.
operating pressure.

The pipes must be deburred after sawing, flushed


with diesel fuel and installed immediately.
When pipes are stored, the ends must be capped

2 /5 TDO--Ge Fluidsystems for hydraulic, lubrication and similiar lines 1 350/98 1099237 GB
Hoselines

The suitable hoses shall be selected according to


pressure, pressure agent, temperature, dynamic wrong
loading capability and relevant instructions on flame
retardant capability. The hoselines shall be flushed
with hot water and blown through after the couplings
have been fitted and plugged at both ends after dry-
ing.

Installation of hoselines
correct
See figures 2 . . . 5

Basically, a hoseline must never be stressed to tor-


sion; it must not be twisted even during installation.
Under load, a hoseline may change in length. Short-
ening means additional pulling stress on the hose
and connections. Therefore, when depressurized,
the hoseline must slightly sag.
Figure 3
Tighten the union nuts until the connection does no
longer leak. Further tightening does not improve the
sealing, but damages the coupling instead (figure 2). For proper installation of hoselines, elbow couplings
are available. The radius of this coupling is so small
that proper installation of the hoselines is possible
even under narrow installation conditions (figure 4).

wrong

wrong

correct
Figure 2

When installing bent hoselines, pay attention to the


permissible bending radius. Sharp kinks must be
avoided (figure 3). When calculating the length of a correct
bent hoseline, bear in mind that the couplings are not
flexible. Therefore, it is of utmost importance to prop-
erly dimension the free hose length between the cou-
plings.
Figure 4

GB TDO--Ge Fluidsystems for hydraulic, lubrication and similiar lines 1 350/98 1099237 3/5
Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

Elbow couplings are also recommended when the


arrangement of the couplings does not permit a sag-
ging bend and when there is a danger of kinking be-
hind the hose coupling on a fixed bend (figure 5). Use
the required brackets (e.g. clamps) in the proper
size. The hose must not rub in the bracket and must
neither be squeezed. The bracket should grip around
the hose, if at all possible.

wrong

Figure 6

Pipes up to an outside diameter of 10 mm can di-


rectly be fitted into couplings when they are screwed
into units.

Pipes with an outside diameter from 12 mm upwards


and all connections in free lines should be preas-
sembled by fitting the coupling into a vice. The
wrench should be approximately 15 x longer than the
wrench width (possibly by means of an extension).
correct
When tightening union nuts of pipe couplings in free
lines, hold the pipe coupling with another wrench.

For the installation, first of all screw--on the union nut


by hand until it comes up against the sleeve. Then
push the pipe against the stop in the inner cone and
tighten the union nut 3/4 of a turn.
A mark provided on the union nut facilitates watching
Figure 5 the specified turn.

Compression type fittings ATTENTION


The pipe must not turn!
Thoroughly oil the threads and sleeve (do not
grease). Then slide the nut and cuthing sleeve over
the pipes as shown (figure 6).

If the cuthing sleeve cannot or hardly be pushed over


the pipe end, then do not widen the sleeve, but file
material off the pipe end.

4 /5 TDO--Ge Fluidsystems for hydraulic, lubrication and similiar lines 1 350/98 1099237 GB
During tightening, the cuthing sleeve grips the pipe, Reinstallation
after which further pushing--on of the pipe is super-
fluous. Final tightening is achieved by further tighten- Every time a connection has been loosened tighten
ing the union nut by approximately 3/4 of a turn. As the union nut without wrench extension and without
a result, the sleeve cuts into the pipe, thus forming a applying increased force.
visible collar in front of its cutting edge.

When using commercially available couplings, en-


sure that each pipe end is fitted into the same inner
cone, in which the vice installation took place. Final
tightening is facilitated, when the union nut is loos-
ened several times, in order to allow oil to get be-
tween the friction faces.

After final tightening, loosen the union nut and check


that the visible collar fills the space in front of the cut-
ting edge (figure 7). If this should not be the case,
briefly retighten once again. It is immaterial when the
sleeve can be turned on the pipe end.

Figure 7

GB TDO--Ge Fluidsystems for hydraulic, lubrication and similiar lines 1 350/98 1099237 5/5
Preservation Instructions

The preservation takes place at the manufacturing SCHOTTEL Hydraulic Systems


plant after the test run or after the assembly of the
component groups resp. and protects the equipment
for a period of 6 months. Internal parts:
Flush the system with the ESSO rust preservation
Should the equipment not be used before the expira- MZ45 and make sure that all internal parts are cove-
tion of this period, the preservation must be repeated red. Perform all control functions without load. Drain
as described below: the preservation oil after. Hydraulic cylinders must
generally be stored with the piston completely retrac-
ted.
SCHOTTEL Rudder propeller / Jet /
Transverse Thrusters
General
Internal parts:
Fill the gear--box with anti--corrosion oil SHELL oil Fitting surfaces and plain parts:
S.7294, SAE 30 and crank the power transmitting In case of damage to conserved fitting surfaces,
parts, to ensure that all internal parts are splashed these surfaces must be cleaned with one of the fol-
with oil. Drain the anti--corrosion oil afterwards. lowing solvents: paraffin, solvent naphtha, diesel,
wax remover or similar.
Steering gear: The surfaces must subsequently be sprayed or
Fill the steering gear--box with anti--corrosion oil coated with VALVOLINE TECTYL 846 K--19.
SHELL oil S.7294, SAE 30 and crank the steering,
to ensure that all internal parts are splashed with oil. For storage in seaworthy packaging, the complete
Drain the anti--corrosion oil afterwards. system and all loose items must be welded in plastic
foil at the manufacturing plant. If the packaging mate-
rial is damaged, silica gel units must be attached to
SCHOTTEL -- Clutches the equipment and the packaging material must be
sealed again air tight.
BMK 80, K 155, K 305 and K 350:
The clutches must be filled with preservation oil
SHELL oil S.7294, SAE 30 and cranked without load,
to ensure that all internal parts are splashed with oil.
! ATTENTION

The anti--corrosion oil may be drained off afterwards. Before the assembly of fitting surfaces or plain parts
it must be assured that all conserved surfaces are
Mechanical clutch: cleaned with one of the following solvents:
Cover all open plain parts inside the clutch housing
with preservation oil SHELL oil S.7294, SAE 30. This e.g.:
must be carried out while the clutch is disengaged. It -- Paraffin
must, however, be assured that the friction surfaces -- White spirit
stay free of oil. The clutch must be stored in disen- -- Diesel
gaged condition. -- Wax remover

GB TDO--rg Preservation instructions 3 641/02 1104097 1/1


Painting Specification, ferriferous cast, lower parts
Standard underwater coating system for ferriferous cast
“ABRASATION RESISTANT” Coating System

Preparation of sub--surface for primary


coat
Corresponding to SCHOTTEL specifications
SNQ--602 (steel cast GS) or
SNQ--603 (spheroidal graphite iron GGG and GGG
+ Ni)

Primary coat
Thickness of dry paint ID--No.
coat
KO Synthal--Epoxy Resine primer grey 2222, chromate free 35 -- 45 µm 1034997
(By normal standard case applied by the cast iron supplier) (corresp. SNQ--602/603

To be observed before finishing paint


Pretreatment of transport and mounting damages by Prior to the application of the finishing paint, parts
manual derusting ST3 according to DIN 55928. have to be thoroughly cleaned and without leaving
Repair of the primary coat with the a.m. material until any residues with DEDELAN diluting agent Id--No.
achieving the thickness of layer according to specifi- 1098560, article no. 940300000.
cation.

Finishing paint
Thickness of dry ID--No.
paint coat
INTERSCHIELD KZA 352 black, 2 K--Epoxy Resine 80 -- 100 µm 1087070
INTERSCHIELD KZA 351 red, 2 K--Epoxy Resine 80 -- 100 µm 1087069
INTERSCHIELD KZA 352 black, 2 K--Epoxy Resine 80 -- 100 µm 1087070
each time mixed corresponding to prescription with INTERSCHEILD Temperer KZA 355 1087074

Observation:

Attention has to be paid to the actual valid technical KZA--System can be combined without problems
practice and data sheets. with the old EGA--System; e.g. as repair--paint.

When repairing the damages of the coating system


the same structure of paint coatings has to be estab-
lished as presented on the undamaged surfaces.

GB TKR--Hell--ge Painting specification ferriferous cast, lower parts. 2 515/96 1098053 1/1
Painting Specification lower steel parts
Standard lower painting system for steel parts
“ABRASATION RESISTANT” Coating System

Preparation of sub--surface for primary coat

Blasting
The surfaces have to be prepared for the paint coat- The surfaces have to show a percentage purity of SA
ing with blasting process technology corresponding 2 1/2 corresponding to DIN 55928 part 4. Herewith
to DIN 8200. are valid the characteristics listed under 1. as
The process corresponding to DIN 8200 clause 2.1.1 completion to column “Fundamental Characteristics
Pneumatic Blasting or 2.2 Centrifugal Blasting . . . “ of table 1. DIN 55928 part 4).
should be applied for surface refinement blasting
corresponding to clause 3.2.
Utilization of liquid base materials or liquid blasting
materials is not admissible.

Primary coat
Thickness of dry ID--No.
paint coat
INTERSHIELD 2 K Epoxy Resine Primer KZA 040 creme 40 -- 50 µm 1087068
mixed according to specification with INTERSCHIELD Temperer KZA 041 1087073

To be observed prior finishing paint


Pretreatment of transport and mounting damages by Prior to the application of the finishing paint the parts
manual derusting ST3 corresponding to DIN 55928. have to be thoroughly cleaned without leaving any
Repair of the primary coat with the a.m. material unit residues applying the cold degreasing agent ESKA-
the specified thickness of layer is achieved. PON S155 (Id--No. 1017753).

Finishing paint
Thickness of dry ID--No.
paint coat
INTERSCHIELD KZA 352 black, 2 K--Epoxy Resine 80 -- 100 µm 1087070
INTERSCHIELD KZA 351 red, 2 K--Epoxy Resine 80 -- 100 µm 1087069
INTERSCHIELD KZA 352 black, 2 K--Epoxy Resine 80 -- 100 µm 1087070
mixed according to specification with INTERSCHIELD Temperer KZA 355 1087074

Observation:

Attention has to be actual valid technical practice and KZA--System can be combined without problems
data sheets. with the old EGA--System; e.g. as repair--paint.

When repairing the damages of the coating system


the same structure of paint coating has to be estab-
lished as presented on the undamaged surface.

GB TKR--Hell--ge Painting specification lower steel parts 2 515/96 1098071 1/1


Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD

Table of Contents

Preliminary Remark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1 Technical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2 Installation of the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Marking the thrust direction on the feed--back unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3 Start--up, Operation and Monitoring of the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Measures prior to initial start--up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Measures prior to start--up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Measures during operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Measures after operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Examples for Steering Manoeuvers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Course ahead and course astern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Turning to port--side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Turning to starboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Traversing to port--side and starboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Lubricant Recommendation and Oil Quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Lubricant recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Oil quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Filling / refilling oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
New filling of the SPJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Refilling oil in the SPJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
New filling of the steering planetary gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Refilling oil in the steering planetary gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Pumping out the oil / Draining the oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Pumping the oil out of the SPJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Draining off the oil, steering planetary gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Taking an oil sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
5 Trouble Shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
6 Storage, Shut--down and Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Storage and shut--down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
7 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 1 / 33


2 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB
Preliminary Remark
These instructions shall be of information and help for Important instructions relevant to technical and
every person engaged in initial start--up, operation and operational safety are pointed out by the following
maintenance of SCHOTTEL systems. This requires to symbols:
read, understand and observe these documents.
These instructions are to be available to everybody ! CAUTION
carrying out works on the system.
Indicates working and operating methods that are to
We do not accept any liability for damages and be strictly observed to exclude any risk for persons.
troubles in operation resulting from disregard of these
instructions.
It is taken for granted that every user is familiar with the
! ATTENTION
Refers to working and operating methods that are to be
systems and informed on all possible dangers. strictly observed to avoid damages to or destruction of
Only trained personnel is allowed to carry out any work the material.
on the system.
NOTE
References regarding illustrations are written in
brackets in the text, e.g. (1/3). The first number Indicates exceptional features in the working process
indicates the illustration number in the manual, the that are to be observed.
second number is the position number in the
illustration. i INFORMATION
All illustrations are diagrammatic projections without Application references and information.
any claim of completeness.
During any work carried out on SCHOTTEL systems
Any technical modification to SCHOTTEL systems not
it is required to observe the ”Safety and
carried out by personnel appointed by SCHOTTEL
Environmental Protection Regulations SV 1” as
does require written consent.
well as the relevant laws in force in the respective
This excludes modifications or control settings country of utilization.
detailed in our instructions.
Given that SCHOTTEL systems are subject to further
development we reserve the right of technical
modifications.

These instructions were elaborated with utmost care.


In case of further information required, please contact:

SCHOTTEL GmbH & Co. KG


Mainzer Straße 99
D--56322 Spay
Phone +49 (0) 2628 / 61--0
Fax +49 (0) 2628 / 61--300
E--Mail info@schottel.de

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 3 / 33


1 Technical Description

All technical data and the version of your system you


will find in the Technical Specifications and the Spare
Parts Catalogue.

Structure

The SCHOTTEL Pump--Jet 82 RD, called SPJ in the


following, consists of the main subassemblies:

D Oil compensating reservoir (1/1)


D Upper gear--box (1/2)
D Steering motor (1/3)
D Steering planetary gear (1/4)
D Elastic coupling (1/5)
D Well flange (1/6)
D Diffuser housing (1/7)

Legend for Figure 1

8 Oil compensating reservoir 12 Elastic coupling


9 Upper gear--box 13 Well flange
10 Steering motor 14 Diffuser housing
11 Steering planetary gear

4 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


1 2 3 4 5 6

Figure 1 Overview SPJ 82 RD

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 5 / 33


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

18 17 16 15 14 13 12

Figure 2 Diagrammatic section SPJ 82 RD (side view)

6 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


19 20 19

M3

M4

19

Figure 3 Diagrammatic section SPJ 82 RD (top view)

1 Oil compensating reservoir 11 Well flange


2 Float switch 12 Outlet nozzle
3 Breather valve 13 Diffuser housing
4 Sight glass 14 Impeller
5 Steering motor 15 Intake funnel with protective grating
6 Steering planetary gear 16 Oil conveyor worm
7 Upper gear--box 17 Revolving joint
8 Set of bevel gears 18 Well
9 Speed sensor 19 Lifting eye
10 Power input flange 20 Feed--back unit

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 7 / 33


Function

The SPJ 82 RD is a controllable jet propulsion working


according to the principle of a centrifugal pump. It is
completely integrated into the ship’s structure.
a
The power transmission results from the driving motor
via the elastic coupling (5/4) and the power input flange
(5/3) of the SPJ. The driving power is transmitted from
the power input flange onto set of bevel gears (5/1).
Inside the SPJ the power is transmitted from the set of
bevel gears via the impeller shaft to the impeller (5/9).

The power input flange is fastened with a locking


assembly (5/2) on top of the bevel gear shaft. The
impeller is also fastened with a locking assembly (5/7) b
on top of the impeller shaft.

The impeller (4/a) sucks the water in via the intake


funnel with protective grating (5/8) under the ship’s
bottom and is transported (4/b) into the diffuser
housing (5/10).

Inside the diffuser housing the water is supplied with


energy (4/c) and is then ejected (4/d) through the outlet
nozzles (5/6) at an angle of 13°. c

The sense of rotation of the SPJ can be changed with


the reversing gear. Then, the water is suchked in from
the impeller through the outlet nozzles and ejected at
the intake funnel with protective grating. This will clean
the intake funnel with protective grating from possibly
sucked in drift material.

Via the revolving joint (5/5) the diffuser housing is d


continuously controllable to both sides under full
power.

Figure 4

8 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


1 2 3 4 5

10 9 8 7 6

Figure 5

1 Set of bevel gears 6 Outlet nozzle


2 Locking assembly, power input 7 Locking assembly, impeller
3 Power input flange 8 Intake funnel with protective grating
4 Elastic coupling 9 Impeller
5 Revolving joint 10 Diffuser housing

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 9 / 33


Controls

The thrust direction is pre--defined by a default unit This allows to achieve the optimum combination of
(6/2). The default can result time-- or path--dependent. steering and propulsion.

The signals dispatched by the default unit are From the thrust direction results the driving direction of
transmitted from the electronic control system (6/10) to the ship (see Figure 15 to 18).
the hydraulic pump (6/3). The hydraulic pump
produces an oil flow supplying the steering motor (6/4). Thrust direction confirmation is coming from the
The steering motor is supplied with oil until the revolving joint (6/6) via the reducing gear unit (6/9)
predefined thrust direction is reached. onto the feed--back unit (6/8).

The steering motor drives the steering planetary gear The feed--back unit shows the position of the diffuser
(6/5) of which the spur wheel engages into the toothed housing and thus the thrust direction.
wheel of the revolving joint (6/6).
The feed--back unit dispatches electric signals to the
To the revolving joint is mounted the diffuser housing electronic control system and to the thrust direction
(6/7). This allows to continuously turn the diffuser indicator (6/1).
housing to port--side or starboard aiming the thrust into
each desired direction. The thrust direction indicator does also show the
position of the diffuser housing and thus the thrust
direction.

10 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


1 2 3

10

9 8 4 5
7

Figure 6

1 Thrust direction indicator 6 Revolving joint


2 Default unit 7 Diffuser housing
3 Hydraulic pump 8 Feed--back unit
4 Steering motor 9 Reducing gear unit
5 Steering planetary gear 10 Electronic control system

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 11 / 33


Lubrication

The upper gear box (7/6) is completely filled with The lubrication of the SPJ is ensured by a splash and
lubrication oil. spray lubrication.

An additional oil compensating reservoir is installed The circulation inside the SPJ is carried out by the oil
(7/1) for compensation of the heat expansion of the conveyor worm (7/7). It moves the oil from the lower
lubrication oil. part of the upper gear--box throught the conduit (7/5)
into the upper part of the upper gear--box.
The lubrication oil system is ventilated via the breather
valve (7/3) in the oil compensating reservoir. Cooling of the lubrication oil is achieved by heat
dissipation into the surrounding water.
For checking the oil level there is a sight--glass (7/4)
and a float switch (7/2) in the oil compensating The steering planetary gear is sealed from the SPJ and
reservoir. provided with a separate oil filling.

The float switch allows remote control of the oil level in


the oil compensating reservoir. With insufficient oil
level a visual and audible warning message is
transmitted to the steering stand.

12 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


1 3 4 5 6 7
2

Figure 7

1 Oil compensating reservoir 5 Conduit


2 Float switch 6 Upper gear--box
3 Breather valve 7 Oil conveyor worm
4 Sight glass

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 13 / 33


2 Installation of the System

! ATTENTION
During installation it is required to observe the 1
installation documents as well as the valid operating,
mounting and maintenance instructions.

D Mount the SPJ flange (8/1) stress--relieved to the


well flange (8/2).

! ATTENTION
During welding works it is not allowed to guide the 2
ground connection over the transmission.

D Connect all lubrication oil ducts, hydraulic ducts


and electric lines to the system according to the
installation documents.

Figure 8

D With the SPJ installed in a dockyard it is required to


install a vent line of the well (9/1) with an ascending
gradient to the ship’s outside plating of at least 3°.
The thickness of the vent line has to meet the min. 3°
demands of the classification society.

Figure 9

14 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


D The diffuser housing (10/2) must be freely rotatable
without entering in contact with the well (10/1). The
gap between diffuser housing and well must
amount to a minimum of 10 mm.

2 min. 10 mm

Figure 10

D The oil compensating reservoir (11/1) is to be


1
installed approx. 1 m above load water line.
Furthermore it is required to preview a drain cock
(11/2) in the supply line.
approx. 1 m

D Mark the thrust direction on the feed--back unit, see


page 16.

The SPJ is preserved prior to delivery. With storage in


dry ambient air (no sea atmosphere) the corrosion
Load water line
protection is sufficient for approx. 6 months. On
delivery, the SPJ and the steering planetary gear do
not have an oil filling.

! ATTENTION

Prior to launching the ship it is required to fill all


lubricating systems with oil, see page 25 and 26.
When renewing the paint coat of the system do not
paint over the rotary shaft seals.
Do not damage the rotary shaft seals during cleaning
works but cover them beforehand, if required.
Figure 11

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 15 / 33


Marking the thrust direction on the feed--back unit

The pointer of the thrust direction indicator (12/1) on


the steering stand and the pointer of the feed--back unit i INFORMATION
(12/3) have to point into thrust direction.

1. Remove the cover from the feed--back unit and Also see chapter ”Examples for Steering
withdraw the adhesive label (12/2). Manoeuvres”.
2. Put the cover back on.
3. Turn the system to course ”ahead”.
Driving direction
4. Stick the adhesive label to the front side of the cover
of the feed--back unit.
With course ”ahead” the bow of the ship symbol Thrust direction
must coincide with the pointer of the thrust direction
indicator and the pointer of the feed--back unit.

Figure 12

16 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


3 Start--up, Operation and Monitoring of the System

Measures prior to initial start--up

D Clean the bright outside surfaces of the SPJ treated


with anticorrosive using a solvent. Use naphtha,
solvent naphtha, diesel oil, wax remover or similar 1
agents (do not use thinner).

D Check oil level:

SPJ
The oil level in the oil compensating reservoir
(13/1) must come up to the centre of the
sight--glass.

Steering planetary gear


The oil level must come up to the mark at the oil
level indicator (13/2) as shown in the illustration..

D Perform functional check of all warning and control


systems.

D Have the system run at reduced speed for approx.


2 minutes operating the controls several times,
then switch it off and check the oil level again.

! ATTENTION

During the first operating hours of a new or repaired


SPJ or subsequent to an oil change, it is required to
check the oil level several times, since refilling might
be required because of possibly existing inclusions of
air.

2
D Check the system for tightness.

Figure 13

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 17 / 33


Measures prior to start--up

D Check oil level:

SPJ
The oil level in the oil compensating reservoir 1
(14/1) must come up to the centre of the
sight--glass.
Steering planetary gear
The oil level must come up to the mark at the oil
level indicator (14/2) as shown in the illustration..

D Check the oil condition at the sight--glass of the oil


compensating reservoir.
The oil must not be of milky colour; if required
perform checks according to trouble shooting,
page 31.
D Have the system run for approx. 1 minute at
medium speed counterclockwise to the operating
sense of rotation, in order to remove foreign
material from the intake funnel with protective
grating.

Measures during operation


D Check the oil level at the sight--glass of the oil
compensating reservoir (14/1).
The oil level must come up to the centre of the
sight--glass.
D Check the oil condition at the sight--glass.
The oil must not be of milky colour; if required
perform checks according to trouble shooting,
page 31.
D Observe the oil level warning system.
D Attention is to be paid to abnormal noises of the
SPJ.

! ATTENTION 2
With warning messages, abnormal noises and milky
colour of the oil, it is required to execute checks
according to trouble shooting, page 31.
Figure 14

Measures after operation


D Check oil level and oil condition of the SPJ at the
sight--glass of the oil compensating reservoir, see
”Measures prior to start--up”.
D Visual check of the entire system for leaks,
damages and loose screwed connections.

18 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


Examples for steering manoeuvres

Course ahead and course astern


Driving direction

i INFORMATION
Thrust direction
The thrust direction indicator shows the thrust direction
of the drive, see Figure 15.

”Course ahead” ”Course astern”

Figure 15

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 19 / 33


Turning to port--side

i INFORMATION Driving direction


The thrust direction indicator shows the thrust direction
of the drive, see Figure 16.
Thrust direction

! CAUTION
Thrust direction is not equal to driving direction

Turning to port--side, Turning to port--side,


with ”Course ahead” with ”Course astern”

Figure 16

20 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


Turning to starboard

i INFORMATION Driving direction


The the thrust direction indicator shows the thrust
direction of the drive, see Figure 17.
Thrust direction

! CAUTION
Thrust direction is not equal to driving direction

Turning to starboard, Turning to starboard,


with ”Course ahead” with ”Course astern”

Figure 17

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 21 / 33


Traversing to port--side and starboard

i INFORMATION Driving direction


The the thrust direction indicator shows the thrust
direction of the drive, see Figure 18.
Thrust direction

! CAUTION ! CAUTION
Thrust direction is not equal to driving direction Thrust direction is not equal to driving direction

Traversing to port--side Traversing to starboard

Figure 18

22 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


4 Maintenance

! CAUTION ! ATTENTION
It is unconditionally required to observe the When renewing the paint coat of the system do not
SCHOTTEL operating, mounting and maintenance paint over the rotary shaft seals.
instructions, the SCHOTTEL Safety and
Do not damage the rotary shaft seals during cleaning
Environmental Protection Regulations ”SV 1”, as well
works but cover them beforehand, if required.
as the regulations regarding safety and environmental
protection in force in the country of utilisation.
During maintenance and repair works it is to be
ensured that the system cannot be switched on
inadvertently!
Caution while working on hot parts of the system and
when handling hot oil, there is the danger of burns.

Danger of burns

Maintenance Schedule

Maintenance Works to be carried out


Interval
every day -- Visual check of the entire system
-- Check of the oil level
-- Perform functional check of all warning and control systems.

after 250 -- Change the oil in the SPJ


operating hours (only with initial start--up or repair)
-- Oil change in the steering planetary gear
(only with initial start--up or repair)
-- Check the fastening screws of the steering planetary gear for tight seat
(only with initial start--up or repair)
every 1000 -- Take an oil sample from the SPJ and have it examined by the oil manufacturer, if
operating hours, required
at least every six perform an oil change
months
every 2000 -- Oil change in the steering planetary gear
operating hours
every 5000 -- Change the oil in the SPJ
operating hours, at
least every 5 years

For further mainenance information regarding individual subassemblies please, see the separate
operating, mounting and maintenance instructions in this manual.

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 23 / 33


Lubricant recommendations and oil quantities

Lubricant recommendation

i INFORMATION
The lubricants to be used for this system are listed in
the SCHOTTEL instructions 1145139.

Oil quantities

The oil quantity depends on the version of the system.


For the version of your system please, see the
Technical Specifications or the drawing included in the
spare parts catalogue.

The oil quantities listed in the table are reference 1


values. The supply conduits installed in the dock yard 2
are not considered.

For reserves we recommend approx. 10% of the


indicated oil quantity.

Subassembly Oil quantity


(litres)

SPJ (19/3) 114

Oil compensating tank (19/1) 4.0

Steering 1.8
planetary gear (19/2)

Figure 19

24 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


Filling / refilling oil

New filling of the SPJ

! ATTENTION
2
Observe the lubricant recommendation 1
Use clean oil only.

1. Secure the system against unintended start.

2. Close the drain cock (20/4).

3. Remove the conduit (20/3) from the upper


gear--box cover.

4. Fill the upper gear--box with oil up to the bore hole.


3
5. Remount the conduit.

6. Unscrew the breather valve (20/1) from the oil


compensating reservoir.

7. Fill with oil until the level comes up to the centre


of the sight--glass (20/2) in the oil compensating
reservoir.

8. Screw the breather valve back down.

Refilling oil in the SPJ

! ATTENTION 4

Use clean oil only.


Do use the same type of oil only as used before.

1. Switch the system off and secure against


unintended start.

2. Unscrew the breather valve (20/1) from the oil


compensating reservoir.

3. Fill with oil until the level comes up to the centre


of the sight--glass (20/2).
Figure 20
4. Screw the breather valve back down.

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 25 / 33


New filling of the steering planetary gear

! ATTENTION
Observe the lubricant recommendation
Use clean oil only.

1. Secure the system against unintended start.

2. Unscrew the locking screw from the oil level


indicator (21/1).

3. Unscrew the filler and breather plug (21/2).

4. Fill in oil until the level comes up to the mark at the


oil level indicator, as shown in the illustration.

5. Replace the sealings of the filler and breather 2


plug, and of the locking screw. 1
6. Screw the filler and breather plug back and the
locking screw down.

Refilling oil in the steering planetary gear

! ATTENTION
Use clean oil only.
Do use the same type of oil only as used before.

1. Switch the system off and secure against


unintended start.

2. Unscrew the locking screw from the oil level


indicator (21/1).

3. Fill in oil until the level comes up to the mark at the


oil level indicator, as shown in the illustration. Figure 21

4. Repalce the sealing of the locking screw of the oil


level indicator.

5. Screw the locking screw back down.

26 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


Pumping out the oil / draining the oil

1
Pumping the oil out of the SPJ

The SPJ must have operating temperature.


An appropriate collecting bowl of sufficient capacity
must be available for the used oil.

Tools: Oil suction device

1. Switch the system off and secure it against


unintended start.
2

2. Have the collecting bowl ready.

3. Unscrew the breather valve (22/1) from the oil


compensating reservoir. 3

4. Open the drain cock (22/3) and let the used oil
drain completely off the oil compensating
reservoir into the collecting bowl.

5. Close the drain cock.

6. Screw the breather valve back down.

7. Remove the conduit (22/2) from the upper


gear--box cover.

Figure 22

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 27 / 33


8. Insert the tube (23/2) of the oil suction device
(23/1) as deep down as possible into the impeller
shaft (23/3).

1
9. Pump the used oil completely out into the
collecting bowl.

10. Remove the oil suction device.

11. Remount the conduit. 2

! ATTENTION
The SPJ is to be filled with oil again to avoid corrosion.

Figure 23

28 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


Draining the oil off the steering planetary gear

The steering planetary gear must have operating


temperature.
An appropriate collecting bowl of sufficient capacity
must be available for the used oil.

1. Switch the system off and secure it against


unintended start.

2. Have the collecting bowl ready.

3. Unscrew the filler and breather plug (24/1).


1
4. Unscrew the drain screw (24/2) and let the used
oil drain completely into the collecting bowl.

5. Replace the sealing of the drain screw and screw


down the drain screw oiltight.

6. Replace the sealing of the filler and breather plug


and screw the filler and breather plug back down.

! ATTENTION

The steering planetary gear is to be filled with oil again


to avoid corrosion.

Figure 24

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 29 / 33


Taking an oil sample

NOTE
The oil sample is to be taken with the system running
and at operating temperature.

1. Have the collecting bowl ready.


1
2. Open the drain cock (25/1) and take an oil sample.

3. Close the drain cock.

Figure 25

30 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


5 Trouble Shooting

Malfunction/Error Possible cause Check/Removal

Thrust decay Feeding funnel with protective Have the system run for approx. 1
grating clogged with foreign minute at medium speed
material. counterclockwise to the operating
sense of rotation, in order to
remove foreign material from the
feeding funnel with protective
grating.

Warning ”Oil deficiency SPJ” Unsufficient oil level in the oil Check oil level in the oil
compensating tank. compensating reservoir, if required
correct the oil level. If the
message appears again hand the
unit over for repair

Float switch in the oil Check the function of the float


compensating reservoir defective switch and replace, if required

Excessive oil temperature in Use of wrong viscosity lubrication Perform oil change in the SPJ;
the SPJ oil in the SPJ observe the lubricant
recommendation

Oil is of milky colour Water in the oil Take oil sample and check for
content of water; hand system
over for repair, if required

Rising or falling oil level in the SPJ leaks (water enters or oil Hand the system over for repair
oil compensating reservoir emerges)
(with standstill of the system)

SPJ with abnormal noises Feeding funnel with protective Have the system run for approx. 1
during operation grating clogged with foreign minute at medium speed
material. counterclockwise to the operating
sense of rotation, in order to
remove foreign material from the
feeding funnel with protective
grating.

Loose fastening screws on the Check tight seat of the fastening


power input flange or on the screws and tighten with prescribed
elastic coupling tightening moment, if required

Impeller damaged Hand the system over for repair

Bearing or toothed wheels Hand the system over for repair


defective

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 31 / 33


6 Storage, Shut--down and Transport

Storage and shut--down

With shut down of the SPJ or removal because of


damage, it has to be filled with new oil during the 1 1
storage period to avoid corrosion damages.
The SPJ has to be turned several times by hand at
least once per month.
The SPJ is to be continuously checked for
condensation.
It is required to provide for pressure compensation
inside the SPJ; see SCHOTTEL instructions 1099236.

! ATTENTION j

For storage and shut--down for more than 6 months it M3

is required to consult SCHOTTEL.


M4

Transport

The oil has to be drained off the SPJ prior to transport.


1
For the weight of your system or the weights of the
individual subassemblies please, see the dispatch
papers. Figure 26

The SPJ is to be fastended only at the previewed lifting


eyes (26/1). If required, a crosshead is to be used to
avoid damage of the subassemblies.

! CAUTION

It is prohibited to remain under suspended loads. Do


only use lifting gears of sufficient carrying capacity.

Mortal Danger

32 / 33 STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 GB


7 Warranty

The warranty period is fixed in the contract with


SCHOTTEL.
SCHOTTEL will only accept warranty claims within the
fixed period if the following requirements are met:

Observance of all mounting instructions, safety


regulations and operating instructions.

Performance of all maintenance works according


to schedule and properly carried out

Use of the SPJ exclusively for the determined


purpose in accordance with the scope of supply.

Observance of any and all special terms and


regulations that are part of the contract.

GB STD--rg Operating Instructions SPJ 82 RD Jan/05 1150209 33 / 33


Lubricant Recommendation
SRP 12 FP to SRP 4040 FP

STP 110 FP to STP 2020 FP

SCD 1515 FP to SCD 3030 FP

SPJ 15 to SPJ 520 (except SPJ 20 II and SPJ 22)

! ATTENTION

Admissible for SCHOTTEL systems are only mineral It is only allowed to use those lubricants included in
oils containing additives for increasing the corrosion the lubricant recommendation.
prevention and ageing stability as well as to reduce
wear within the mixed friction area. Prior to using biological or synthetical oil it is required
to consult SCHOTTEL.
The scuffing load capacity in the test FZG A 8,3/90
is to be to DIN 51354/2 > 12. Oils of different manufacturers are never to be mixed.

The lubricants additionally have to present the qual- Additives independent of what type being subse-
ity requirements prescribed by SCHOTTEL: quently added to the oil are alterating the oil in an un-
predictable manner.
D High gray stippiness load capacity with a load
The use of such additives might negatively affect the
carrying capacity ² 10 to gray stippiness test
power, the maintenance efforts and the duration of
FVA 54
the system.
D Minor foaming with less than 15% of foam gen- With disregard SCHOTTEL will not accept any war-
eration ranty claims.
D Compatibility with residues of the preservation
oil used by SCHOTTEL

D Compatibility with inside transmission coating


used by SCHOTTEL

D Compatibility with elastomer sealings of the ro-


tary shaft seals

D Compatibility with the liquid sealing compounds


SCHOTTEL is using between the contact sur-
faces

GB STD SCHOTTEL Lubricant Recommendation 06/0704 1145139 1/ 2


Lubricants

Type of Oil
Manufacturer
SRP, STP, SCD, SPJ Steering Planetary Gears

ADDINOL ADDINOL CLP 150 S ADDINOL CLP 150 S

ARAL Degol BG 150 Plus Degol BG 150 Plus

BP Energol GR--XP 150 Energol GR--XP 150

CASTROL Alpha SP 150 Alpha SP 150


Alpha MAX 150 Alpha MAX 150

CALTEX Meropa 150 Meropa 150

DEA Falcon CLP 150 Falcon CLP 150

FUCHS RENOLIN EPX 150 RENOLIN EPX 150


RENOLIN CLP 150 Plus RENOLIN CLP 150 Plus

FUCHS GEARMASTER CLP 150 GEARMASTER CLP 150


Lubritech

OMV OMV gear HST 150 OMV gear HST 150

OPTIMOL Optigear BM 150 Optigear BM 150

Q8 OILS Q8 Goya NT 150 Q8 Goya NT 150

SHELL Omala Oil 150 Omala Oil 150

SRS Erolsan 150 GF Erolsan 150 GF

TEXACO Meropa WM 150 Meropa WM 150


Auriga EP 150 Auriga EP 150

TOTAL CARTER EP 150 CARTER EP 150

TRIBOL Tribol 1100 / 150 Tribol 1100 / 150

2/ 2 STD SCHOTTEL Lubricant Recommendation 06/0704 1145139 GB


Mounting of the impeller SPJ 57 T, SPJ 57 RD
SPJ 82 T, SPJ 82 RD

Special tools are necessary for mounting and dis-


assembly of the impeller. These tools are supplied
on delivery of the unit with the designation ”Tools --
impeller mounting”.

NOTE
When version with sliding seals, prior to removing the
impeller the oil has to be drained off the oil tank.
After the removal of the impeller a new set of seals
is necessary for the sliding seal.

Disassembly
1
1. Unscrew two screws (1/1) opposite of each Figure 1
other of the protective grid.

2. Screw down the threaded rods (2/4) into the


tap hole, and fasten the tapped nut (2/3) with
washer (2/2) fingertight.

3. Unscrew the remaining mounting screws of


the protective grid.

4. Lower the protective grid (2/5) by unscrewing


evenly the hexagon nuts (2/3).

5. Remove the protective grill and the threaded


rods.

2, 3
5
4
! CAUTION
Figure 2
The threaded rod must not follow the turning motion.

GB TDO--ge Mounting of the impeller SPJ 57 T and SPJ 82 T 3 171/00 1101001 1/4
Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

6. Screw down the four clamping devices (3/8) 6


with hexagon screws (3/9) to the tap holes
(4/A), and turn the setscrews against the im-
peller (4/A).
7

7. Unscrew screw (3/10) and remove the impeller


cap (3/11). 8

8. Remove the locking assembly (3/6) according


11
to mounting instructions ”Fitting and removal
of locking assembles”. 9
MA = 82 Nm
10
Figure 3

9. Screw down the threaded rod (5/15) into the A


impeller shaft (5/12), min. 1,5d.
Figure 4
Fix the threaded rod by washer (5/18) and
hexagon locknut (5/19).

12
10. Mount the assembling plate (5/13) with hexa- MA = 195 Nm
gon screws (5/14) to the impeller, and screw 18,19
down the hexagon nut (5/16) with washer
(5/17) onto the threaded rod up to contact the
assembling plate.

13
11. Remove the clamping devices and lower the 16, 17
impeller (5/16) down to pawl.

15 14
! CAUTION d

The threaded rod must not follow the turning motion. Figure 5

2 /4 TDO--ge Mounting of the impeller SPJ 57 T and SPJ 82 T 3 171/00 1101001 GB


Mounting 12

MA = 195 Nm
Prior to mounting all components must be cleaned. 18, 19
15
1. Put the impeller (6/7) down to pawl under the
Jet and align it.

7 13

MA = 23 Nm
2. Screw down the threaded rod (6/15) into the 16, 17 14
impeller shaft (6/12), min. 1,5d.
Fix hexagon nut (6/19) and washer (6/18) by a
locknut. Pawl

Figure 6

A
3. Slide the assembling plate (6/13) onto the
threaded rod (6/15) fastening it with hexagon
screws (6/14) to the impeller.
Screw down hexagon screw (6/16) with
washer (6/17) fingertight onto the threaded
rod.

4. Mount the impeller slowly until stop with hexa-


gon screw (6/16).
A
Figure 7

5. Fasten the clamping devices(8/8) with hexa-


gon screws(8/9) to the tap holes (7/A), and
screw down the setscrews against the impeller
7
(8/7).
8

6. Remove the assembling plate (8/13) and


threaded rod (8/15). 9
MA = 82 Nm
15 13
Figure 8

GB TDO--ge Mounting of the impeller SPJ 57 T and SPJ 82 T 3 171/00 1101001 3/4
Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

7. Slide O--ring (9/22) and clamping element 22


(9/6) onto the impeller shaft.

Do not tension F 6

8. Mount the assembling plate with hexagon 21


screw (9/20) to the impeller shaft, thus mount-
ing the impeller into its end position.
20
11
9. Put the locking assembly with pressure into its
end seat, and tense it according to the mount- 8
ing instructions ”Fitting and removal of locking
assembles”. 10 MA = 23 Nm

Figure 9
10. Remove the assembling plate and clamping
device (9/8), insert O--ring (9/21) and fill hollow
(9/F) with bearing grease. Fasten the impeller
cap (9/11) with screw (9/10).

Secure thread with DELO--ML 5249

11. Put protective grid (10/5) on pawl below the


Jet, and align it.

12. Screw down the threaded rods (10/4) into two


tap holes opposite to each other, min 1,5d.
Fasten the hexagon nut (10/3) with washer 2, 3
(10/2) fingertight. 5
4
d

13. Mount the protective grill by fastening evenly Figure 10


the hexagon screws (10/3).

! CAUTION
The threaded rod must not follow the turning motion.

14. Fasten the protective grid with socket head


cap screws (11/1).
Remove the threaded rods and screw down
the socket head cap screws.

Secure thread with DELO--ML 5249


MA = 82 Nm

Figure 11

4 /4 TDO--ge Mounting of the impeller SPJ 57 T and SPJ 82 T 3 171/00 1101001 GB


Fitting and removal of TAS 3012, 3015 and 3015.1
locking assembles

Fitting

Power is transmitted by means of pressure and fric-


tion between the functional surfaces. Therefore 4 1
make a particular check of the locking screw torques
and the condition of the contact surfaces (see point
1.)

1. All contact surfaces, including the threads and


3
surfaces on which the locking screw heads rest,
must be clean and provided with a film of oil. Fit
shaft, hub and locking assembly having been
oiled.

2. Unscrew all locking screws several turns and


screw at least three screws into the threads of
Parts 3 and 2., so that they press against the
stop and hold Parts 1 and 3 away from Part 2.
2
3. Place locking assembly in hub bore. Take
screws from the lifting screw holes and screw Figure 1
back into the threaded holes of Part 1.
1 Back thrust ring
4. Tighten screws evenly to the given torque, MA, 2 Internal bush
crosswise covering the circumference several 3 Front thrust ring
times. (Tighten the screws on the two sides of 4 Locking screws DIN 912 12.9
the slot one after the other.) When none of the
screws can be tightened any further with the
torque wrench, fitting is complete.

Used locking assemblies must be cleaned, lightly


oiled and put together as in Fig. 1. When being fitted
together it should be ensured that the thrust rings and
the internal bush are correctly arranged together, i.e.
all threaded holes in the back thrust ring must be op-
posite through--holes in the arm of the bush and front
thrust ring

GB TDO--ge Fitting and removal of TAS 3012, 3015 and 3015.1 locking assembles 1 1059/98 1113850 1/2
Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

Removal

1. Remove sealing plugs. 4 1

2. Loosen all screws several turns.

3. Insert screws into all lifting screw holes in the


3
front thrust ring and the arm of the internal bush,
which are screwed out of the back thrust ring.

4. By tightening the screws in the lifting screw


holes evenly (the screws on the two sides of the
slot one after the other), the connection is loos-
ened.
4 2

Figure 2

1 Back thrust ring


2 Internal bush
3 Front thrust ring
4 Locking screws DIN 912 12.9

GB TDO--ge Fitting and removal of TAS 3012, 3015 and 3015.1 locking assembles 1 1059/98 1113850 2 /2
SCHOTTEL -- Stacking Hydraulics PSV/ PSL

Table of Contents

Preliminary Remark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1 Technical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hydraulic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hydraulic unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hydraulic unit PSV--L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hydraulic unit PSV--L..--E35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hydraulic unit PSV--L..--H..--E35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hydraulic unit with countertorque lowering valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2 Mounting Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Mounting of the hydraulic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Mounting of the hydraulic unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Mounting of the hydraulic oil lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3 Start -- up and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Measures to be taken prior to initial start -- up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Flushing of the hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Measures to be taken prior to start -- up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Measures to be taken during operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Manual operation of steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Manual operation of the draught adjustment / swing out device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Manual operating of the clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4 Maintenance Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Maitenance periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Oil recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Draining of the oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Oil filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Bleeding the hydraulic system (PSV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Maintenance of the return flow filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Maintenance. of the filler and breather filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Maintenance of the pressure filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Maintenance of the countertorque lowering valve (Make BERINGER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

GB 1 1586/98 TDO--ge Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL 1101046 1 / 22


Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

5 Test, Setting and Repair Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15


Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Check and setting of the flow rate (stand -- by -- pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Check the flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Setting the flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Adjust the mechanical stop or the way valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Pressure regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Check and setting of the pressure relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Check and setting of the load retaining valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Check and setting of drauhgt adjustment / swing -- out device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Check and setting of the clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6 Trouble shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
7 Hydraulic Circuit Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

2 / 22 1101046 Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL TDO--ge 1 1586/98 GB


Preliminary Remark Attention
These operating, maintenance and mounting in-
struction are meant to offer information and help to This symbol refers to operating processes and meth-
those who are in charge of operation and mainte- ods which must be strictly kept to avoid damage to or
nance of SCHOTTEL installations. Thus it is neces- destruction of the material.
sary to read, understand and to observe these docu-
ments.

It has to be ensured that these instructions are made NOTE


available to anyone involved in operation and main-
tenance. Indication of characteristic features within the pro-
We do not accept any liability in case of damage or cess which must be observed.
breakdowns resulting from disregard of these in-
structions.
It is taken for granted that the user is familiar with the
installations and informed about possible dangers. ! CAUTION
Only trained personnel is authorized to effect any
work on the unit. Indicates operating processes and methods which
Notes within the text referring to numbers in graphi- must be strictly kept to exclude any risk for persons.
cal representations are shown in brackets.

All illustrations are schematic projections without any During any work on SCHOTTEL installations the
claim of completenes. ”Safety and Environmental Protection Regula-
tion SV 1” must be observed, as well as the relevant
Important instructions concerning technical and op- laws of the respective country of application.
erational safety are indicated by the following sym-
bols:
All SCHOTTEL installations are subject to further de-
velopment, Therefore all rights of technical alter-
ations are reserved.

GB 1 1586/98 TDO--ge Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL 1101046 3 / 22


Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

1 Technical Description

In case of the SCHOTTEL stacking hydraulics the in- PSV Hydraulic system with variable displace--
dividual hydraulic elements are mounted combined ment pumps,
in a sandwich construction one on top of the other return flow filter (2/14) and pressure filter
onto the hydraulic oil tank. (2/15) onthe hydraulic unit
The individual hydraulic elements are connected by
oil channels within the hydraulic elements.
The advantage of this system is the possibility to de-
lete connecting elements, thus making the hydraulic
system more reliable, more compact and more light- 15 14
weight.

Construction

Basically the SCHOTTEL hydraulic system consists


of these main components:

D hydraulic pump
D hydraulic unit
D hydraulic motor

There are two different systems: Figure 2 Hydraulic--unit PSV

PSL Hydraulic system with fixed displacement


pumps, The main components are connected to each other
return flow filter (1/14) on the hydraulic unit. with hydraulic lines.

Depending on the version of the hydraulic unit, the


hydraulic system can be applied for steering, draught
14 adjustment / swing--out device and clutch control.

Designation of the hydraulic unit.

PSV L H E35

var. displace- draught adjustment/


ment pump swing--out device
steering clutch control

PSL L H E35

fix. displace- draught adjustment/


Figure 1 Hydraulic--unit PSL ment pump swing--out device
steering clutch control

4 / 22 1101046 Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL TDO--ge 1 1586/98 GB


Hydraulic Pump For information on the version of the hydraulic unit,
please, see the service manual, chapter ’Spare Parts
List’.
Hydraulic pumps used for SCHOTTEL stacking hy-
draulics are axial piston pumps for operation in open The following description of the hydraulic units is
circuits. analogously also valid for the PSL version
A pressure regulator (3/1) and a flow regulator (3/2)
is standard equipment of the hydraulic pump.

Hydraulic unit PSV--L..


1
The hydraulic unit PSV--L.. is provided with a hydrau-
lic block ”steering” (5/3).
2 Activation of the proportional way valve results elec-
trically by the proportional pressure valves or manu-
ally with the control lever (5/4). The hydraulic oil is
guided by the way valve over the load retaining valve
positioned close to the consumers (hydraulic motor
on the SRP or SPJ) to the hydraulic motor which me-
chanically initiates the system control.

The load retaining valve is to avoid uncontrolled rota-


tion of the hydraulic motor due to negative load, and
Figure 3 Hydraulic pump PSV to shut--off the hydraulic motor lines leakproof with
the way valves in neutral position, thus ensuring that
the system does not adjust itself.

3
Input block
4

Figure 4 Hydraulic pump PSL

For information on the version of the hydraulic pump,


please, see the service manual, chapter ’Spare Parts
List’.

Hydraulic unit

The hydraulic unit consists of the hydraulic oil tank


and -- depending on the system -- of one or several
hydraulic valves. Figure 5 Hydraulic unit PSV--L..

The system is designed to combine in sections the


necessary control and regulating units for the re-
spective installation.

GB 1 1586/98 TDO--ge Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL 1101046 5 / 22


Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

Hydraulic unit PSV--L..--E35


Functional description of the hydraulic block ”steer-
ing” can be found in section ”Hydraulic unit PSV--L..”,
The hydraulic unit PSV--L..--E35 is provided with one that of the clutch in the section ”Hydraulic unit PSV--
hydraulic block ”steering” (6/3) and one hydraulic L..--E35”.
block ”clutch” (6/5). Both hydraulic sections are
mounted one on top of the other in sandwich The way valve is hydraulically activated via the elec-
construction, with the hydraulic block ”steering” al- trically activated pressure valves or manually with
ways on the lowest level directly above the input the control lever (7/7). The way valve guides the hy-
block. draulic oil over the load retaining valve positioned
close to the hydraulic cylinders, to the hydraulic cylin-
Functional description of the hydraulic block ”steer- ders of the draught adjustment / swing--out device.
ing” can be found in section ”Hydraulic Unit PSV--L..”.
Activation of the clutch results electrically via the way The hydraulic pressure of the hydraulic cylinders is
valves. With the corresponding activation, the way controlled by the load retaining valve to the effect that
valves release the way for the hydraulic oil towards even with negative load a ”stalling” is avoided, and
the clutch, disengaging or engaging the clutch. For the lines of the hydraulic cylinder are blocked leak-
manual operation the system is provided with a hand proof with the way valve in neutral position.
pump, see also operating instructions ”Clutch”.

5 Attention
Input block 3 Attention must be paid that each respective valve is
connected to the corresponding consumer (hydraulic
motor, hydraulic cylinder).
Observe the connection identification on the hydrau-
lic circuit diagram or on the hydraulic unit.

5
Input block
6
7

Figure 6 Hydraulic unit PSV--L..--E35

Hydraulic unit PSV--L..--H..--E35

The hydraulic unit PSV--L..--H..--E35 is provided with


one hydraulic block ”steering” (7/3), one hydraulic
block ”draught adjustment/swing--out device” (7/6), Figure 7 Hydraulic unit PSV--L..--H..--E35
and one hydraulic block ”clutch” (7/5). All three hy-
draulic blocks are mounted one on top of the other in
sandwich construction, with the hydraulic block
”steering” always on the lowest level, and the hydrau-
lic block ”draught adjustment/swing--out device” al-
ways in the center.

6 / 22 1101046 Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL TDO--ge 1 1586/98 GB


Hydraulic unit with countertorque lowe-
ring valve

The load retaining valve or countertorque lowering


valve (8/8) is positioned close to the corresponding
consumer (hydraulic motor, hydraulic cylinder).

In case of the countertorque lowering valves, mainly


used with SPJ units, two sintered bronze filters are in-
tegrated inside the valve.

Figure 8 Unit with countertorque lowering valvel

2 Mounting Instructions

! CAUTION Mounting of the hydraulic pump

Unconditionally must be observed the SCHOTTEL


”Safety and Environmental Regulations SV 1”, the in-
NOTE
structions ”Line systems for hydraulic, lubrication
and similar systems” as well as the instruction for
The designation ”left--hand version” or ”right--hand
”Screw torques, screw locking and slot filling”.
version” of the hydraulic pump only refers to mount-
ing and not to its direction of rotation.
Only mechanic installers with expert knowledge are
allowed to perform mounting.
The direction of rotation of the hydraulic pump is
marked with an arrow on the type plate.

GB 1 1586/98 TDO--ge Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL 1101046 7 / 22


Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

Tighten the mounting screw using a torque


wrench. See instructions for torques ”1099235”.
Left--hand version
3. Mount the hydraulic pump.

Attention
The hydraulic pump should be positioned lower than
the lowest possible oil level of the hydraulic tank.The
leakage oil connection of the highest position has to
Right--hand version be used or piping has to be performed to the effect
that the pump housing can never be completely
empty.
If there is no possibility to do so, you have to consult
SCHOTTEL.

The Belleville spring assembly (11/13) always must


Figure 9 Mounting of the hydraulic unit be mounted on the side facing away from the motor.

The distance between the hydraulic pump and hy-


1. Heat the V--belt pulley (10/12) up to max. 80°C, draulic oil tank should be as small as possible,
and slide it onto the drive shaft (10/11) of the hy- approx. 4 m as max.
draulic pump.Do not knock or press the V--belt SCHOTTEL must be consulted if this distance is ex-
pulley onto the drive shaft. The distance be- ceeded.
tween pump bracket and V--belt pulley must be
of 1 to 3 mm. As nominal value for sufficient V--belt tension the dis-
tance between the center of the drive shaft and base
plate should be of 250 mm. See figure 11.

1 --3 mm
12 Leakage oil connection
11

10

9 drive motor
250

Figure 10 Mounting of the V--belt pulley

13
2. Fasten the V--belt pulley (10/12) with mounting Figure 11
screw (10/9) and washer (10/10) onto the drive
shaft.

Apply screw retention agent (10/9) to the thread


of the mounting screw. See instructions
”1099235”.

8 / 22 1101046 Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL TDO--ge 1 1586/98 GB


Mounting of the hydraulic unit Mounting of the hydraulic oil lines

The hydraulic unit should be mounted in a position


with easy access to be able to perform maintenance Attention
and mounting works.
Function and operational safety of the hydraulic sys-
tem basically depends on the expert mounting of the
Attention components and on the neatness of the performed
works.
Proper ventilation of the hydraulic unit must be en-
sured.Max. permissible ambient temperature 45 Observe SCHOTTEL instructions ”1099237”!
°COptimal ambient temperature 20 to 30 °C.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the hydraulic connec-


In case of sound absorption measures all hydraulic tions and hydraulic elements corresponding to the
elements, pipe lines etc., must be flexibly mounted. mandatory hydraulic diagram and decals.

In case of sound absorption measures all hydraulic


elements, pipe lines etc., must be flexibly mounted.

3 Start -- up and Operation

Measures to be taken prior to


initial start -- up
Pressure connection

Flushing of the hydraulic system Leakage connection

Load sensing
1. Unscrew the swivel nut on the leakage line of the connection
hydraulic pump and of the hydraulic motor -- if
existing.

2. Fill the housing of the hydraulic pump and of the


hydraulic motor with hydraulic oil.

3. Screw the leakage line down on the hydraulic


pump and hydraulic motor. Suction connection

Figure 12

GB 1 1586/98 TDO--ge Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL 1101046 9 / 22


Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

4. Unscrew the cover (13/13) from the filling diagram.


strainer and top up with hydraulic oil. See page
13.
13. Start the system again and have it run at re-
5. If there are hydraulic motors or hydraulic cylin- duced speed.
ders mounted in the system, these must be
bridged by by--passing the corresponding hy-
draulic lines. See the mandatory hydraulic dia- 14. Check all functions of the hydraulic system. Top
gram. up the system with hydraulic oil if necessary.
See page 13.

! CAUTION
NOTE
By--passing of the hydraulic lines must be performed
pressure--proof!Hydraulic pressure up to 250 bar. The oil level must be continuously checked during
the first operating hours. Refill might be necessary
due to eventual air inclusions.
6. Start the system and leave displacement con-
tinue during some minutes without pressure.

7. Check the connections of the hydraulic system


for leaks. Measures to be taken prior to start -- up

8. Vent the hydraulic system, and top up with hy- Check the oil level of the hydraulic system using the
draulic oil if necessary. See page 13. dip stick in the filler and breather filter. Refill with hy-
draulic oil if necessary. See page 13 and 15.
9. Have the system run at medium speed until
reaching an oil temperature of 40 °C. During this
warming--up the operating lever of the way
valves must be shifted every 2 minutes. Measures to be taken during operation

10. Switch the system off.


Warning device of remote monitoring system for oil
level control. Observe the stand--by pressure and
11. Perform visual check of the return flow filter
possible filter soiling.
(13/14) and pressure filter (13/15). Change if
necessary. See page 14 and 15.
Information on the scope of your warning device you
will find in the mandatory hydraulic diagram and elec-
tric wiring diagram.
14

13 Attention
In case of warning: check the oil level. If necessary
stop the system immediately and top up with hydrau-
lic oil. See page 13.

NOTE

15 With oil leakage check the hydraulic system for


Figure 13 closeness. Seal the system if necessary.

12. Reestablish the hydraulic connections on the


hydraulic motor and hydraulic cylinders (if by-- Observe the visual indication for soiling on the return
passed) according to the mandatory hydraulic flow filter and pressure filter.

10 /22 1101046 Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL TDO--ge 1 1586/98 GB


NOTE Manual operation of the draught ad-
justment / swing out device
The soiling indication is only working with oil flow.
That is to say, there must be activation of a function With failure of the electrical system the complete
e.g. steering or draught adjustment.In case of cold function of the draught adjustment/swing--out device
start with an oil temperature of £ + 5 °C the soiling in- can be activated with the control lever (16/7).
dication might react. Then the red warning pin must
be pressed down at an oil temperature of 40 °C,
checking the soiling indication again.
7

Figure 16

Figure 14
Manual operating of the clutch

Manual operation With failure of the electrical system and hydraulic


system the clutch can also switched on or off with the
hand pump.

Manual operation of steering See instructions ”Clutch”

With failure of the electrical system the complete


steering function may be activated with the control le-
ver (15/4). control cabinet

steering desk
4

hand pump

hydraulic--unit

Figure 15

Figure 17 clutch

GB 1 1586/98 TDO--ge Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL 1101046 11 / 22


Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

4 Maintenance Works

NOTE Oil recommendation

During all maintenance and repair work uncondition-


ally the SCHOTTEL operating, mounting and main-
NOTE
tenance instructions and the SCHOTTEL ”Safety
and Environmental Protection Regulation” must be
The viscosity grade depends on the operating tem-
strictly observed, as well as the safety and environ-
perature inside the hydraulic oil tank. With operating
mental protection bills in force in the country of ap-
temperatures above 60 °C viscosity grade HLP 46 or
plication!
higher must be applied.

The oil must correspond to the following purity grade:

9 corresp. to NAS 1638


Maitenance periods 6 corresp. to SAE
18/15 corresp. to ISO 4406

With new or generally overhauled systems after


50 operating hours These purity grades is absolutely achieved using a
hydraulic filter of 10 mm.
-- check the return flow filter and pressure filter
-- check the system for impermeability

After 100 operating hours, but at least once a Examples


month

-- check the return flow filter, breather filter, and Brand Lubricant
pressure filter. See page 14 and 15.
ARAL ARAL--Vitam DE 32
-- check the hydraulic system for impermeability. ARAL--Vitam GF 32
-- check the V--belt of the hydraulic pump. ARAL--Oil SGF 84
BP ENERGOL HLP 32 (ISO)
After 2500 operating hours, but at least once a
year CHEVRON EP Hydraulik Oil 32

-- perform oil change. See page 13. ESSO Nuto H 32

-- clean or change if necessary the sintered filter in FINA Fina Hydran 32 ISO
the countertorque lowering valve. See page 15. MOBIL Mobil DTE 13 M
SHELL Tellus Oel 32
NOTE Tellus Oel T 32
TEXACO Rando Oil HD--A 32
Depending on the degree of soiling and of the ther-
mal load of the hydraulic oil it may be necessary to Table 1 Oil recommendation
perform shorter maintenance rates!
Perform oil analysis!

12 /22 1101046 Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL TDO--ge 1 1586/98 GB


NOTE 16

It is basically possible to use anti--pollution hydraulic


fluids.
However, it is necessary to consult SCHOTTEL be-
cause guidelines for changing must be observed!
Incompatible oils must never be mixed!
Additives of any kind subsequently added to the oil
change the oil with unpredictable effects. Figure 18
Due to the possible negative effects on power as well
as on maintenance efforts and on duration of the sys-
tem, all warranty claims against SCHOTTEL--Werft Oil filling
will expire in case of disregard.

SCHOTTEL must be consulted if the hydraulic sys- NOTE


tem is used under extreme conditions (marginal con-
ditions) such as very high or very low temperatures. Observe the oil recommendation.Frequently new
oils are delivered with more impurities than those
Max. viscosity = 1000 mm2/s over short--term with contained in the used oil.We therefore recommend to
cold start. use for filling a filter unit consisting of a filter < 10 mm
and pump !
The leakage oil temperature is always higher than
the oil temperature in the hydraulic oil tank. With new or generally overhauled installations the
However, at no point of the system the oil tempera- hydraulic system has to be flushed and bled. See
ture must exceed 90 °C. page 9 and 14.
For oil reserves see the mandatory hydraulic dia-
gram,+ 10 liters for the oil lines.
1. Clean the surrounding area of the filling and
breather filter (19/13).

Oil change 2. Unscrew the cover and check the breather filter
inside the cover. Clean it if necessary. See page
14.
NOTE 3. Fill the hydraulic oil through the 10 mm filter unit
into the hydraulic oil tank until the level reaches
During the first 15 minutes of system operation after the mark of the dip stick in the filler and breather
an oil change, the oil level must be checked continu- filter.
ously with the dip stick in the filling and breather filter.
4. Screw the cover back down.

Draining of the oil 13

1. Retract the hydraulic cylinder (if existing).

2. Have a collecting bowl ready, and open the drain


cock (18/16).

3. After draining the hydraulic oil close the drain


cock again. Figure 19

GB 1 1586/98 TDO--ge Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL 1101046 13 /22


Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

Bleeding the hydraulic system (PSV)


17
18
1. Check the oil level. 19

2. Have a collecting bowl ready, and unscrew the 22


screw joint of the load sensing line at the hydrau-
lic pump.
20 21
Load sensing connection

Figure 21

4. Remove the filter receptacle (21/21) together


with the filter element (21/20) from the upper
housing.

5. Remove the filter element from the filter recep-


tacle, perform visual check, and change if pre-
senting strong soiling.
Figure 20
6. Clean the filter receptacle completely.
3. Start the system and activate one function of the
hydraulic system until the hydraulic oil comes 7. Perform mounting in reverse order.
bubble--free out of the loose screw joint.

4. Tighten the screw joint and check the oil level. Maintenance. of the filler and breather
Top up if necessary. filter

1. Clean the surrounding area of the filling and


NOTE breather filter (22/13).

For bleeding of the clutch -- see instructions ”Clutch”. 2. Unscrew the cover with breather filter.

3. Perform visual check of the breather filter inside


the cover for soiling. If necessary, clean it with
Maintenance of the return flow filter compressed air from the inside to the outside, or
change the breather filter.
1. Clean the surrounding area of the return flow fil-
13
ter on the hydraulic oil tank.

2. Unscrew the cover (21/17) of the return flow fil-


ter.

NOTE
Check the sealing ring (21/18) and replace it if neces-
sary !

3. Remove the cover with spring (21/19). Figure 22

14 /22 1101046 Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL TDO--ge 1 1586/98 GB


Maintenance of the pressure filter Maintenance of the countertorque lowe-
ring valve (Make BERINGER)
1. Clean the surrounding area of the pressure filter
(23/15). 1. Clean the countertorque lowering valve, and un-
screw the sintered filter (24/24).

2. Clean the sintered filter using a cleaning agent,


15 and dry using compressed air.

3. Replace the O--ring (1, 78x6,07 NBR 90), and


screw the sintered filter back down.

24
Figure 23
A
A -- A
2. Unscrew the filter bowl, and perform visual
check of the filter element.Clean the filter bowl.
O--ring 1,78 x 6,07
Replace the filter element if necessary.
NBR 90

filter element
sintered filter with O--Ring
2 x ID--no.: 1111751

Figure 24

5 Test, Setting and Repair Works

2. Check the oil level of the hydraulic system with


NOTE the dip stick in the filler and breather filter
(25/13)..
All settings of the hydraulic system components have
been performed by SCHOTTEL prior to delivery,
thus, in standard case, no setting is required. 13
Spare part delivery valves do not have setting or only
a presetting. Then the corresponding setting must be
performed according to the mandatory hydraulic dia-
gram of the system.
All settings are to be performed by expert mechanical
engineers.

Checking the oil level


Figure 25
1. The hydraulic cylinders (if existing) have to be
retracted. 3. With loss of oil the hydraulic system has to
checked for leakage. Seal the hydraulic system
if necessary.

GB 1 1586/98 TDO--ge Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL 1101046 15 /22


Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

Check and setting of the flow rate (stand Setting the flow rate
-- by -- pressure)
NOTE

NOTE Any changes of the flow rate setting may be per-


formed only after authorization through SCHOTTEL.
Only small changes of the flow rate are possible with
the displacement regulator. Major changes of the 1. Disconnect all electrical plug and socket con-
flow rate may be performed by substitution of the nectors from the solenoid valves.
valve piston of the hydraulic unit.
2. onnect the pressure gauge with test hose to test
A flow rate reduction is always possible by adjusting port ²M1², (Fig. 26) and start the system.
the mechanical stops at the hydraulic way valve. See
page 17. For reference value, see mandatory hydraulic
diagram.The reference value of the hydraulic
diagram consists of :
Check the flow rate control pressure + 4 bar pressure loss
1. Disconnect all electrical plug and socket con- 3. Remove the cap nut (27/32) and unscrew the
nectors from the solenoid valves. counter nut (27/33).
2. Connect the pressure gauge with test hose to
test port ²M1², and start the system.
32

33

M1

flow rate regulator


Figure 26
Figure 27

4. Turn the setting screw to adjust the flow rate.


Right--hand turn = increase of flow rate
Left--hand turn = decrease of flow rate
3. Read the hydraulic pressure on the pressure
gauge. Adjust the flow rate if necessary 5. en the counter nut and screw down the cap nut.
(approx. 18 bar).
6. Shut--off the system. Take off the manometer
Setting value = hydraulic diagram value + 4 bar. with the test hose, and close the test port.
The setting value consists of :
control pressure + approx. 4 bar pressure loss 7. Establish the electrical connections according to
the electric wiring diagram.

16 /22 1101046 Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL TDO--ge 1 1586/98 GB


Adjust the mechanical stop or the way valve Check and setting of the pressure relief
1. Unscrew the locking screws and adjust the valve
travel stop to the required setting value by
changing the screw--down depth of the setting
The maximum pressure of the hydraulic unit is ad-
screws.
justed at the pressure relief valve of the input block
at the hydraulic unit. Standard is of 210 bar. For other
setting see the hydraulic diagram.
2. Screw the locking screws back down again.
Right--hand turn = pressure increase
Left--hand turn = pressure decrease

locking screws

Attention
Any change of the pressure setting may only be per-
formed after authorization through SCHOTTEL.

setting screw setting screw

travel stop plate

Figure 28

Pressure regulator

The pressure regulator of the hydraulic pump is ad-


justed ex works to 280 bar.
Any change of the pressure regulator adjustment Figure 30
may only be performed after authorization through
SCHOTTEL.

pressure regulator

Figure 29

GB 1 1586/98 TDO--ge Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL 1101046 17 /22


Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

Check and setting of the load retaining


valve
19 mm/17 mm
1. Take the measure between flow control screw
(31/29) and valve housing (31/28) 30

Presetting: 24 mm ^= flow control screw almost 31


open

NOTE
The distance of the flow control screws should be
approx. 23 to 25 mm. The precise value depends on Figure 32
the unit.

To adjust, unscrew the grub screw (32/31) and turn


the perforated disk (32/30).

28 Right--hand turn = pressure increase


Left--hand turn = pressure decrease

1 mm ≙ approx. 46 bar

29 Tighten the grub screw.

With valve noises, rattling, a slightly changed pres-


sure setting (perforated disk) or a changed flow con-
trol setting might be necessary.

Check and setting of drauhgt adjust-


Figure 31
ment / swing -- out device

Perform setting as described in section ”Check and


2. Check initial setting of the hydraulic pressure by
setting of the load retaining valve”.
measuring the distance between the perforated
disk and the housing.

draught/swing--out 19 mm ^= approx. 250 bar NOTE


steering 17 mm ^= approx. 160 bar
Setting of the flow control screws (31/29), eventually
to < 24 mm, due to load variations because of differ-
ent SRP weights.
NOTE
For reference value, see mandatory hydraulic dia-
gram. Check and setting of the clutch

See instructions ”Clutch”

18 /22 1101046 Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL TDO--ge 1 1586/98 GB


6 Trouble shooting

Trouble shooting instructions are meant to help the a) SCHOTTEL unit, type, serial no., year of
skilled mechanical engineer to find possible faults in construction and location of the unit.
the hydraulic system, to determine the causes, and
b) Ident no. of the hydraulic diagram, of the pump
to eliminate the fault.
and hydraulic unit.
Trouble shooting should be started with the hydraulic c) A description of the trouble or rather the effect of
pump proceeding via the hydraulic unit to the drive it on the function of the unit.
units. The mandatory hydraulic diagram being an im-
portant aid during this work.
NOTE
If the operating personnel is not able to eliminate the
trouble, please, contact the after sales service de- With trouble shooting, we assume that there are no
partment of SCHOTTEL. In doing so, the following operating errors, and the system has been correctly
data should be known: mounted.

Fault Test Test value Fault elimination


Hydraulic system does Pressure check at Hydraulic pressure does Check hydraulic pump,
not function test port ”M1” not correspond to the adjust the delivery flow
mandatory hydraulic dia- or check or change the
gram pressure relief valve at
the hydraulic unit
No function of one hy- Withdraw the plug No tension Defect of electrical ac-
draulic circuit and socket connec- tivation of solenoid
tors of solenoid valves. Inform SCHOT-
valves and check ten- TEL
sion at plug and
socket connectors NOTE
The system can be acti-
vated by manual opera-
tion

Corresponding tension Test: see the following


not present points, perform

-- Check the hydraulic -- Hydraulic oil gummy -- Clean the system ,


oil fill with new hydraulic oil

--Dismantle and --Soiling of the armature, -- Clean or change the


check the solenoid magnet coil burnt, track solenoid valve
valves recoil spring broken

GB 1 1586/98 TDO--ge Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL 1101046 19 /22


Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

Fault Test Test value Faultelimination


No function in one hy- -- Check valves of the -- Valves are soiled or -- Clean or change the
draulic circuit hydraulic block defect corresponding valve

Check hydraulic Hydraulic pump is defect Change the hydraulic


pump pump

Check the hydraulic Hydraulic motor is defect Change the hydraulic


motor motor
Hydraulic pump too Check the hydraulic Viscosity too high Perform oil change
noisy oil

Check breather filter Filter is soiled Clean breather filter or


and pressure filter of pressure filter. Change if
the hydraulic tank necessary

Check the oil level Oil level too low Top up with hydraulic oil

Check the oil temper- Oil temperature too high See trouble shooting
ature (steam genera- (above 80 °C) table ”Oil temperature
tion) too high”

Check the hydraulic Pump with soiling, bear- Clean or change the hy-
pump ing is damaged draulic pump
Hydraulic oil of milky Check colour of hy- milky colour (water in the Determine and eliminate
colour draulic oil hydraulic oil) the cause (water intru-
sion). Change the hy-
draulic oil
Hydraulic oil foamy Check the hydraulic foamy Check oil level. Top up
oil with hydraulic oil if nec-
essary
Check impermeability of
hydraulic system (seal-
ing, screw joints). Seal
the system if necessary.
See instructions
1099237.
Perform oil change

Oil temperature too high Perform pressure Clutch continuously en- Bleed the clutch. See in-
check at test port gages and disengages structions 1099294.
”M5”
Clean the pressure relief
valve

Check the pressure Clutch pressure switch Change the pressure


switch does not activate circula- switch
tion

Check impermeability leakage Perform sealing. See in-


of the hydraulic sys- structions 1099237
tem (connections and
piping)

20 /22 1101046 Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL TDO--ge 1 1586/98 GB


Fault Test Test value Fault eliminationi
Steering responds with Check if hydraulic oil Air in the hydraulic sys- Bleed the hydraulic sys-
delay comes out bubble-- tem (load sensing line) tem
free at test port ”M2”
and load sensing line
(pump)

Check the load re- See section ’Check the Adjust, check or clean
taining valve load retaining valve’, the load retaining valve
page 18

Check the oil Oil too viscous. Perform oil change


Oil temperature too low summer oil -- winter oil
Steering moves slow Check displacement Displacement of hydrau- Adjust displacement of
with manual operation of the hydraulic pump lic pump too low the hydraulic pump

Check or readjust me-


chanical stop (setting
screw) of the hydraulic
way valve

Check leakage oil of Leakage oil > 20% of Change the hydraulic
the hydraulic motor pump displacement flow motor

Check soiling of pres- Soiling of the filter ele- Filtereinsatz wechseln


sure filter ment
On standstill of the sys- Check the load re- See page 18 Adjust, clean or change
tem the hydraulic cylin- taining valve. See the load retaining valve
der slumps a few cm page 18
On standstill of the sys- Check if the hydraulic Air in the hydraulic sys- Bleed the hydraulic sys-
tem the hydraulic cylin- oil comes bubble-- tem tem at the cylinder
der slumps a few cm free out of the cylin-
der
Flow control screws with Unscrew the flow control
too high restriction screws some more
Pulsating travel of the Check the load re- See ’Check and adjust Adjust, clean or change
hydraulic cylinder taining valve the load retaining valve’, the load retaining valve
page 18

Table 2 trouble shooting

GB 1 1586/98 TDO--ge Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL 1101046 21 /22


Operating--, Mounting-- and Maintenance Instructions

7 Hydraulic Circuit Symbols

Circuit symbols Designation pressure relief valve

power line
way valve
leakage oil / pilot oil line
non--return valve
line connection

flow control valve


filling strainer with breather

hydraulic cylinder

level switch

high pressure hose with nomi-


NW32
NW32

nal size designation

flow control

orifice

M2 test port with test point list

hydraulic motor

Hydraulikmotor
offener Kreislauf

filter

M 3--phase motor
3 µ

DC--motor
M
24 V

pressure switch

22 /22 1101046 Stacking Hydraulics PSV / PSL TDO--ge 1 1586/98 GB


Thrust direction indicator (CAN)

Description
1 2
The thrust direction indicator (1/1) for the control unit
360° of SCHOTTEL propulsions exists of the essential
components:

D Microcontroller
D EEprom
D CAN-- field bus interface
D Light--emitting diode (LED)
D Step--by--step motor

Inside the thrust direction indicator there is the logical THRUST DIRECTION
evaluation for the CAN sensor.
The electronics determine the actual angle of
acknowledge and approaches the step--by--step motor
with a corresponding signal. This makes the pointer
(1/2) turn to the corresponding reference position.
3
The electronics additionally have an error monitoring
system. This includes special protective devices and an
optical error indication which is a light--emitting diode Figure 1
(1/3).

! CAUTION
The thrust direction indicator shows the effective thrust
direction of the propulsion not the driving direction
of the ship.

Technical Data
Power supply 24 V DC
admissible voltage variation +30 %
incl. residual ripple --25 %
Residual ripple <1.5 V/AC
admissible ambient
temperature 0 . . . 70 °C
utilised sensor angle encoder
System of protection IP 56 from
above
IP 00 from
below

GB STD--rg Thrust Direction Indicator 04/2007 1136890 1/9


Versions

Version without analog output

Dial base Dial Pointer Id--No.


white black blue 1128624 1
black yellow yellow 1128627 12 mA
red yellow yellow 1128630
black phosphorogen 1137958
black white white 1140214

8 mA 16 mA
Version with analog output 4 ... 20 mA

THRUST DIRECTION
Dial base Dial Pointer Id--No.
black yellow yellow 1137036
white black blue 1142101
4/20 mA

The thrust direction indicators are optionally provided


with an additional output signal , emitting analog to the
360°--resolution a 4 ... 20--mA signal. Figure 2
With ahead course, indication (2/1) at 0° or 360° the
output is of 12 mA.

Installation

1. Cut the plate according to the drawing, see Figure


3.
91
91

Figure 3

2/ 9 STD--rg Thrust Direction Indicator 04/2007 1136890 GB


2. Insert the thrust direction indicator (4/1) into the
plate.
1

Figure 4

! ATTENTION
When installing the thrust direction indicator in open
navigating stands or spaces with high humidity, it is
required to seal it from the plate (5/2) with a silicone
sealing (5/3).

3. Press the springs (5/1) down and insert the thrust 1 1


direction indicator into the plate.

3 2

Figure 5

GB STD--rg Thrust Direction Indicator 04/2007 1136890 3/9


4. Position the retainer (6/1) at the lower screw of the
thrust direction indicator (6/2) and engage it into
the upper screw by moving it clockwise.

Figure 6

5. Uniformly tighten two set screws (7/1) until the


thrust direction indicator is in tight contact with the
plate.

Figure 7

4/ 9 STD--rg Thrust Direction Indicator 04/2007 1136890 GB


Electric hook--up

The thrust direction indicator is connected to the


electric system with cable plugs with spring clamps
(8/1). The hook--up is carried out at plug base A (9/2)
and at plug base B (9/1) on the back side of the thrust 1
direction indicator.

Figure 8

Pin configuration

With the plate is supplied complete by SCHOTTEL no


further connecting works are required.
In case of component supply it is required to connect
the thrust direction indicator according to the
mandatory electric circuit diagram for the system. 24 V DC
Output
120 W
PUSH ZERO

B5 (+) 4...20 mA
B6 (---) 4...20 mA
ON OFF

(option)
A2 24 V_GND

A3 CAN_ L
A1 24 V +

CAN_H
CAN_GND
B3

B4

SHLD
A4

A5
A6

2 1

Figure 9

GB STD--rg Thrust Direction Indicator 04/2007 1136890 5/9


Integrated inside the thrust direction indicator there is
a switchable 120--W-load resistance (10/1), which can 1 2
be switched on and off with the switch ”ON OFF”
(10/2).

When connecting a thrust direction indicator, the


switch ”ON OFF” must be switched in position ”ON”.
24 V DC
When connecting several thrust direction indicators, 120 W
Output
PUSH ZERO
the switch ”ON OFF” of the last thrust direction

B5 (+) 4...20 mA
B6 (---) 4...20 mA
indicator (11/1) in the chain has to be switched to ON OFF

(option)
A2 24 V_GND
position ”ON”. The ”ON OFF” switches of all other

B2 CAN_H
A3 CAN_ L
A1 24 V +

B1 CAN_ L
CAN_H
thrust direction indicators (11/2) have to be switched to CAN_GND

B3

B4
position ”OFF”. SHLD

A4

A5
A6
Another 120--W-load resistance is to be provided at
the sensor (11/3).

Figure 10

1...n

Indication Indication
Sensor
120 W 120 W
120 W
(OFF) (ON)

3 2 1

Figure 11

6/ 9 STD--rg Thrust Direction Indicator 04/2007 1136890 GB


Replacing the thrust direction indicator

1. Disconnect the power supply of the thrust


direction indicator and secure against unintended
switch--on.

2. Loosen the screws (12/1) of the plug.

3. Remove the plug.

Figure 12

4. Detach the terminals (13/4) for the instrument


lighting and pull the cable out.

5. Loosen the locking screws ((13/3) .


1 1
6. Detach the retainer (13/2), see section
”Installation”.

7. Press the springs (13/1) and remove the thrust


direction indicator from the plate.

8. Install a new thrust direction indicator, see section


”Installation”.

2
NOTE 2

When returning the defective thrust direction indicator 3


to SCHOTTEL for repair it is required that the entire 3
thrust direction indicator including connecting plug, 4
instrument lighting and fastening material are
returned.

Figure 13

GB STD--rg Thrust Direction Indicator 04/2007 1136890 7/9


Initial operation

1
Reference run

Every time the operating voltage is switched on, the


pointer (14/1) turns counter--clockwise up to reference
position and then back to the actual position.
If with switch--on the pointer already was in reference
position then it only carries out a short movement to the
right or left side.

Positioning ”ahead”
THRUST DIRECTION
In every random position it is possible to put the thrust
direction indicator to 0° ahead by briefly pressing the
key ”PUSH ZERO” (15/1).

Fine calibration of the ahead function

Figure 14
1. Switch the power supply of the thrust direction
indicator off.
1

2. Press and hold the key ”PUSH ZERO” (15/1) and


then switch the power supply on again. Keep the
key pressed until the reference run is finished.

3. Release the key ”PUSH ZERO”. 24 V DC


Output
120 W
PUSH ZERO
B5 (+) 4...20 mA
B6 (---) 4...20 mA

ON OFF
(option)
A2 24 V_GND

B2 CAN_H
A3 CAN_ L
A1 24 V +

B1 CAN_ L

4. Set the ahead position by operating the key CAN_H


CAN_GND
”PUSH ZERO”.
B3

B4

SHLD
A4

A5
A6

With each operation of the key the pointer is


adjusted by one micro step (aprox. 0.1°)
counter--clockwise.

Figure 15

8/ 9 STD--rg Thrust Direction Indicator 04/2007 1136890 GB


Error indication

The light--emitting diode (16/2) is flashing and the


pointer (16/1) is continuously turning 1
counter--clockwise.

Possible error cause:

D Interruption of the transmitter line

D Short circuit in the transmitter line

D Failure of the sensor

NOTE
THRUST DIRECTION

After removing the error it is required to briefly interrupt


the power supply to excute a reset. The light--emitting
diode goes out after the reset.

Figure 16

GB STD--rg Thrust Direction Indicator 04/2007 1136890 9/9


Commission 310600965
Drawing No. 1K4510064

Installation and Operating Instruction for VULKAN


VULKARDAN-L Cardan-Shaft Coupling
Series 1640/1, -/2, 1660/1,-/2, 1680/1, -/2, 1690/1, -/2
Table of contents:
1 General safety instructions ......................................................................................................................... 2
1.1Symbol for industrial safety......................................................................................................................... 2
1.2Attention remark ......................................................................................................................................... 2
1.3Safety Regulations...................................................................................................................................... 2
2 Generalities................................................................................................................................................. 2
3 Technical Data............................................................................................................................................ 3
4 Series and Executions ................................................................................................................................ 3
4.1 Series 1640/1 and 1640/2 for size L1710 - L5010 ..................................................................................... 3
4.2 Series 1660/1 and 1660/2 for size L1710 - L5010 ..................................................................................... 3
4.3 Series 1660/1 and 1660/2 for size L5810................................................................................................... 4
4.4 Series 1680/1 and 1680/2 for size L1710 - L5010 ..................................................................................... 4
4.5 Series 1690/1 and 1690/2 for size L1710 - L5010 ..................................................................................... 5
5 Torsional Limit Device ................................................................................................................................ 5
6 Assembly of the coupling............................................................................................................................ 5
6.1 Assembly of the VULKARDAN-L coupling, series 1640/1, -/2 - 1660/1, -/2............................................... 6
6.2 Assembly of the VULKARDAN-L coupling, series 1680/1, -/2 .................................................................. 6
6.3 Assembly of the VULKARDAN-L coupling, series 1690/1, -/2 ................................................................... 6
7 Alignment of the coupling ........................................................................................................................... 7
8 Commissioning and Safety Regulations..................................................................................................... 7
9 Measurement of the wear of the inside bearing, dimension group L1710 - L5010 ................................... 7
9.1 Measurement of the wear of the inside bearing, dimension group L5810 ................................................. 7
9.2 Measurement of the axial wear .................................................................................................................. 8
10 Replacement of the VULKARDAN-L element ............................................................................................ 8
10.1 Replacement of the element, dimension group L1710 - L5810, series 1640/1, -/2 and 1660/1, -/2 .......... 9
10.2 Replacement of the element, dimension group L1710 - L5010, series 1680/1, -/2 ................................... 9
10.3 Replacement of the element, dimension group L1710 - 5010, series 1690/1, -/2 .................................... 9
11 Guarantee ................................................................................................................................................. 10
12 Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................. 10

VULKAN Kupplungs- und Getriebebau


B. Hackforth GmbH & Co. KG
Postfach 200462, 44634 Herne / Germany
Heerstraße 66, 44653 Herne / Germany
Tel. ++49-2325/922-0
Fax ++49-2325/71110
E-Mail: info.vkg@vulkan24.com
http://www.vulkan24.com

Title Installation + Operating Instruction Theme VULKARDAN-L 1640, 1660, 1680, 1690
Responsibility Authoring Checked and released Document E&W Vulkardan-L 1640,
1660, 1680, 1690 englisch-
02.03.2005 02.03.2005 Version:: 002
TB 20 H. Brenienek T. Schoppe Page: 1/10
1 General safety instructions

1.1 Symbol for industrial safety


This symbol is added to all passages of this documentation concerning industrial
safety and including a risk to people's life and limb. Please follow these instructions
and handle with the utmost caution in these situations. Hand over all industrial safety
instructions to other users as well.

1.2 Attention remark


This "Attention!" remark is added to passages in this documentation which
should be specially noted in order to stick to the guidelines, regulations,
instructions and correct flow of work and to prevent any damages or de-
struction of the coupling.

1.3 Safety Regulations


A coupling shield has to be provided, according to the accident prevention regulations. According to EN 292,
part 1 „Safety of Machines“, a shield against mechanical movements of machine parts (protection against acci-
dental contact) is permissible, if a „usage according to the regulations“ is guaranteed during all working con-
ditions. At the same time a good ventilation of the coupling has to be ensured (use of perforated plates). If the
possibility of exceeding the permissible speed of the coupling, nkmax, cannot be excluded completely, e. g. in
case of an incident or because of a failure of the over-speed-trip in the system, the coupling shield has to be so
designed that possible coupling fragments cannot escape to the surrounding environment. For coupling appli-
cations in fast ships (Dynamically Supported Craft), the safety regulations of publication A373 of IMO (Inter-
national Maritime Organisation) are valid. Dependant on the construction, these machine arrangements contain
components with a high rotating energy. When the coupling runs outside of a casing, an external protecting
device has to be provided to keep off possible coupling fragments in any case.

2 Generalities
The VULKARDAN-L coupling is a highly-flexible coupling.
By the arrangement of the inside bearing (items 4, 5 for sizes L1710-L5010 and items 3, 4 for size L5810) the
VULKARDAN-L coupling is guided radially and axially and therefore it is suitable to be connected with cardanic
driving elements.
All torque-transmitting parts are arranged free from backlash.
The inside bearing of the VULKARDAN-L coupling is made of a material resistant to wear.
The sleeve bearing (item 5 for sizes L1710 – L5010, item 4 for size L5810) has to be slotted and adapted.
Before the installation, the sleeve bearing (items 4, 5) and the friction plate (item 4 for sizes L1710 – L5010 and
item 3 for size L5810) have to be greased slightly. For this reason the VULKARDAN-L coupling only requires
low maintenance.
The VULKARDAN-L coupling should be protected against oil and against the radiation of heat.
The highly-flexible elements (item 7 for sizes L1710 – L5010 and item 5 for size L5810) are designed for use at
ambient temperatures between -30° (C) up to +80° (C).
Basically, the connection surfaces of the VULKARDAN-L coupling as well as the fitted bores and finish bores
are preserved by Tectyl before the coupling is dispatched.
Prior to installation of the coupling, these surfaces should be cleaned with conventional solvents.

Pay attention to wear protective clothes (gloves, safety glasses etc.) while working with solvents.
When the cleaned surfaces are completely dry, they must be greased slightly.
To guarantee faultless function of the coupling, certain installation instructions have to be observed. Basically,
this means to tighten each screwed connection participating in the transmission of the torque with a torque
spanner. The tightening torques for the connecting elements (items 8, 9, 12, 14) are given in the general
drawing of the coupling.

Title Installation + Operating Instruction Theme VULKARDAN-L 1640, 1660, 1680, 1690
Responsibility Authoring Checked and released Document E&W Vulkardan-L 1640,
1660, 1680, 1690 englisch-
02.03.2005 02.03.2005 Version:: 002
TB 20 H. Brenienek T. Schoppe Page: 2/10
3 Technical Data
The valid technical data can be taken from the current product information in the catalogues or from.
internet sites.

4 Series and Executions


VULKARDAN-L couplings can be delivered in the following executions:

4.1 Series 1640/1 and 1640/2 for size L1710 - L5010


• For connection of a flywheel or similar with a cardan shaft
• Cardan shaft and coupling shall be assembled as a unit.
• Series 1640/1 for short installation lengths with small diameter of the cardan shaft connection
• Series 1640/2 like 1640/1, however, with larger diameter of the cardan shaft connection

Figure 1 Size L1710 - L5010 Size L3410, L4110, L4810


Series 1640/1 and 1640/2 Series 1640/1 and 1640/2

4.2 Series 1660/1 and 1660/2 for size L1710 – L5010


• For connection of a flywheel or similar with a cardan shaft
• Cardan shaft and coupling can be installed individually
• Series 1660/1 external cardan shaft connection with small diameter of the cardan shaft connection
• Series 1640/2 like 1640/1, however, with bigger diameter of the cardan shaft connection

Figure 2 Sizes L1710 – L5010, series 1660/1 and 1660/2


Title Installation + Operating Instruction Theme VULKARDAN-L 1640, 1660, 1680, 1690
Responsibility Authoring Checked and released Document E&W Vulkardan-L 1640,
1660, 1680, 1690 englisch-
02.03.2005 02.03.2005 Version:: 002
TB 20 H. Brenienek T. Schoppe Page: 3/10
4.3 Series 1660/1 and 1660/2 for size L5810
• For connection of a flywheel or similar with a cardan shaft
• Cardan shaft and coupling can be installed separately
• Series 1660/1 external cardan shaft connection with smaller and bigger cardan shaft connection
diameter
• Series 1660/2 like 1660/1, however, with cardan shaft connection diameter lying in between

Figure 3 Size L5810, series 1660/1 and 1660/2

4.4 Series 1680/1 and 1680/2 for size L1710 – L5010


• For connection of a flange with a cardan shaft
• Cardan shaft and coupling should at innerpartside be installed as a unit
• Series 1680/1 for short installation lengths with small cardan shaft connection diameter
• Series 1680/2 like 1680/1, however, with bigger cardan shaft connection diameter

Figure 4 Size L1710 – L5010, series 1680/1 and 1680/2

Title Installation + Operating Instruction Theme VULKARDAN-L 1640, 1660, 1680, 1690
Responsibility Authoring Checked and released Document E&W Vulkardan-L 1640,
1660, 1680, 1690 englisch-
02.03.2005 02.03.2005 Version:: 002
TB 20 H. Brenienek T. Schoppe Page: 4/10
4.5 Series 1690/1 and 1690/2 for size L1710 – L5010
• For connection of a shaft with a cardan shaft
• Cardan shaft and coupling can be assembled separately
• Series 1690/1 for connection with small cardan shaft connection diameter
• Series 1690/2 like 1660/1, however, with bigger cardan shaft connection diameter

Figure 5 Size L1710 – L5010, series 1690/1 and 1690/2

5 Torsional Limit Device


VULKARDAN-L couplings are delivered without torsional limit
device. If an execution with torsional limit device is demanded resp.
equipped in case of special circumstances, the following should be
observed:
The torsional limit device allows emergency operation.
During emergency operation the system has to be run so that no
hammering should occur between the emergency run cams.
The elements should be replaced as soon as possible.
After a break of the VULKARDAN-L element and use of a torsional
limit device it is required to replace the element as well as the
flange (1), the bearing ring (2) and the fastening screws.
Figure 6
With respect to the assembly of the torsional limit
device, special attention should be paid that the cams are stag-
gered by 90° towards each other.

6 Assembly of the coupling

During transportation, please pay attention to a sufficient carrying force of the lifting devices. Only use
approved transportation elements. Fix the transportation elements thoroughly.

While lifting the flexible element, pay attention not to damage the flexible element and the add-
on pieces.

Title Installation + Operating Instruction Theme VULKARDAN-L 1640, 1660, 1680, 1690
Responsibility Authoring Checked and released Document E&W Vulkardan-L 1640,
1660, 1680, 1690 englisch-
02.03.2005 02.03.2005 Version:: 002
TB 20 H. Brenienek T. Schoppe Page: 5/10
6.1 Assembly of the VULKARDAN-L coupling series 1640/1, -/2 – 1660/1, -/2
(please refer to figure 1, figure 2 and figure 3)
The VULKARDAN-L coupling is dispatched by VULKAN in the assembled condition.
At first the complete VULKARDAN-L coupling has to be assembled to the engine sided connecting part with the
flange (1), for size L5810 with the connecting flange (8). Then it has to be connected with suitable connecting
elements. The tightening torque prescribed for the chosen screw quality has to be kept.

When using 10.9 screws, hardened washers are to be provided.


Then the driven sided engine with cardan shaft has to be pushed to the connecting flange (3), with respect to
size L5810 to the inner ring of the element (5) of the VULKARDAN-L coupling.
After having connected the cardan shaft with the connecting flange (3) resp. with the element (5) the assembly
is finished. With respect to the coupling, the driving side is ready for operation.
The prescribed tightening torque for the chosen screw quality is to be kept.
Alignment and alignment control are described separately.

6.2 Assembly of the VULKARDAN-L coupling series 1680/1, -/2


(please refer to figure 4)
The VULKARDAN-L coupling is dispatched by VULKAN in the assembled condition.
In order to install a coupling of series 1680/1, -/2, the plate flange (10) has to be separated from the flange (1).
For this purpose the connecting elements (9, 12) have to be removed.
At first the plate flange (10) has to be assembled to the engine sided connecting part using suitable connecting
elements.
Subsequently the VULKARDAN-L coupling has to be connected with the plate flange (10) again by the driving
sided flange (1). For this purpose the connecting elements (9, 12) are used.
Then the driven sided engine with the assembled cardan shaft is pushed towards the VULKARDAN-L coupling.
After connection of the cardan shaft with the connecting flange (3) the assembly is completed.
The tightening torque prescribed for the chosen screw quality is to be kept.
The alignment of the system and the alignment control are described separately.

6.3 Assembly of the VULKARDAN-L coupling series 1690/1, -/2


(please refer to figure 5)
The VULKARDAN-L coupling is dispatched by VULKAN in the assembled condition.
With respect to series 1690/1, -/2 the plate flange (10) is separated from the flange (1) by removing the
connecting elements (9, 12). In order to separate the add. hub (11) from the connecting flange (3) the
connecting elements (14, 15) have to be removed.
The plate flange (10) has to be mounted to the cardan shaft to be connected using suitable connecting
elements.
Then the VULKARDAN-L coupling has to be connected with the plate flange (10) again by the driving sided
flange (1). For this purpose please use connecting elements (9, 12).
Then the additional hub (11) has to be pushed onto the driven sided shaft end using a method meeting modern
engineering practice. Then the driven sided engine with mounted add. hub (11) has to be moved to the
connecting flange (3) of the VULKARDAN-L coupling and assembled. For this purpose the connecting elements
(14, 15) are used.
After connection of the add. hub (11) with the connecting flange (3) the assembly is completed.
The tightening torque prescribed for the chosen screw quality is to be kept.
The alignment of the system and the alignment control are described separately.
The assembly of a hub with oil pressure unit is described separately.

Title Installation + Operating Instruction Theme VULKARDAN-L 1640, 1660, 1680, 1690
Responsibility Authoring Checked and released Document E&W Vulkardan-L 1640,
1660, 1680, 1690 englisch-
02.03.2005 02.03.2005 Version:: 002
TB 20 H. Brenienek T. Schoppe Page: 6/10
7 Alignment of the coupling
An alignment of the VULKARDAN-L coupling is not required, as it is a cardan shaft connecting coupling.
Here the alignment is made via the cardan shaft. In order to reach a long lifetime of the system, we recommend,
however, to keep the values in the following table.
The more exact the system is aligned, the more reserves are given for the coupling to compensate
misalignments during operation.

radial alignment axial angular


tolerance alignment tolerance alignment tolerance
(flexible mounted)
∆Kr= ∆Ka= ∆Kw=
± 1.00 [mm] ± 1.00 [mm] ± 1.00 [°]

8 Commissioning and Safety Regulations


After completion of the assembly, the drive system is ready for operation, as far as the coupling is concerned.

We would like to point out that before first operation you have to make sure that all installation
aid devices have been removed from the VULKARDAN-L coupling.

9 Measurement of the wear of the inside bearing, dimension group L1710 – L5010
In order to measure the wear, a dial gauge is fixed at the coupling’s flange (2). The sensor is put on the
connecting flange (3) (please refer to the sketch).
Sequence of operations:

• Press the connecting flange (3) upwards in


direction of the dial gauge by means of a suitable
device (mounting lever).
• Adjust the dial gauge to zero.
• Press the connecting flange (3) in the opposite
direction.
• Read the dial gauge.
• Repeat the measuring procedure three times at
places staggered by 120°.

The wear of the sleeve bearing is half the measured value. Equal measuring results show an even wear of the
sleeve bearings. If this value reaches 1 mm (i. e. a wear of 0.5 mm), the sleeve bearing (5) has to be replaced.
For this purpose the Vulkardan-L coupling has to be removed and then dismounted. Now the thickness of the
friction plate (4) can be determined. When the wear limit is reached, the friction plate has to be replaced.

9.1 Measurement of the wear of the inside bearing, dimension group L5810
In order to measure the wear, a dial gauge is fixed at the coupling’s flange (2). The sensor is put on the inner
ring of the Vulkardan-L element (5) (please refer to the sketch).

Title Installation + Operating Instruction Theme VULKARDAN-L 1640, 1660, 1680, 1690
Responsibility Authoring Checked and released Document E&W Vulkardan-L 1640,
1660, 1680, 1690 englisch-
02.03.2005 02.03.2005 Version:: 002
TB 20 H. Brenienek T. Schoppe Page: 7/10
Sequence of operation:
• Press the inner ring of the element (5)
upwards in direction of the dial gauge by
means of suitable aids (mounting lever).
• Adjust the dial gauge to zero.
• Press the inner ring of the element (5) in
the opposite direction.
• Read the dial gauge.
• Repeat the measuring procedure three
times at places staggered by 120°.

The wear of the sleeve bearing is half the measured value. Equal measuring results show an even wear of the
sleeve bearings. If this value reaches 1 mm (i. e. a wear of 0.5 mm), the sleeve bearing (4) has to be replaced.
For this purpose the Vulkardan-L coupling has to be removed and then dismounted. Now the thickness of the
friction plate (3) can be determined. When the wear limit is reached, the friction plate has to be replaced.

9.2 Axial – wear measurement


Thickness in (mm) of the friction disk (item 4 for dimension group L1710 – L5010 and item 3 for dimension
group L5810).

Size New Condition Wearing Limit


L1710 3 2
L1910 3 2
L2110 4 2,5
L2510 4 2,5
L2910 4 2,5
L3410 5 3,5
L4110 5 3,5
L4510 6 4,5
L4810 6 4,5
L5010 6 4,5
L5810 10 8,5

Table 1

After replacement of the bearing parts (3, 4), they have to be checked with respect to their movability. This
procedure requires the removal of the flexible element (item 7), for dimension group L5810 (item 5).

10 Replacement of the VULKARDAN-L element

In case of a replacement of the elements, only original VULKAN elements with coordinated
technical data, approved by the classification societies, must be used!

Title Installation + Operating Instruction Theme VULKARDAN-L 1640, 1660, 1680, 1690
Responsibility Authoring Checked and released Document E&W Vulkardan-L 1640,
1660, 1680, 1690 englisch-
02.03.2005 02.03.2005 Version:: 002
TB 20 H. Brenienek T. Schoppe Page: 8/10
10.1 Replacement of the element, dimension group L1710 – L5810 series 1640/1, -/2
and 1660/1, -/2

Sequence of operations:
• Remove connecting elements (14, 15).
• Displace the driven sided unit with cardan shaft
or only the cardan shaft according to the space
required for the disassembly.
• Remove connecting elements between coupling
and driving sided unit and remove the complete
coupling out of the system.
• Remove connecting elements (8, 9).
• Separate the element (7) from the connecting
flange (3) and flange (1).
• Remove the old flexible element (7).

10.2 Replacement of the element, dimension group L1710 - L5010, series 1680/1,-/2

Sequence of operations:
• Remove connecting elements (14, 15).
• Displace the driven sided unit with cardan shaft or
only the cardan shaft according to the space
required for the disassembly.
• Remove connecting elements (9, 12).
• Separate the assembly consisting of flange (1),
bearing ring (2), connecting flange (3), friction plate
(4), bearing bush (5), element (7) and connecting
elements (8) from the plate flange (10).
• Remove the complete assembly out of the system.
• Remove connecting elements (8).
• Separate the element (7) from the connecting flange
(3) and flange (1).
• Remove the old flexible element (7).

10.3 Replacement of the element, dimension group L1710 - L5010, series 1690/1,-/2

Sequence of operations:
• Dismount connecting elements (9, 12, 14, 15).
• Displace the driven sided unit with the add. hub (11)
according to the space required for the disassembly.
• Remove the assemby consisting of flange (1),
bearing ring (2), connecting flange (3), friction plate
(4), bearing bush (5), element (7) and connecting
elements (8) from the plate flange (10).
• Remove the complete assembly out of the system.
• Remove connecting elements (8).
• Separate the element (7) from connecting flange (3)
and flange (1).
• Remove the old flexible element (7).

Title Installation + Operating Instruction Theme VULKARDAN-L 1640, 1660, 1680, 1690
Responsibility Authoring Checked and released Document E&W Vulkardan-L 1640,
1660, 1680, 1690 englisch-
02.03.2005 02.03.2005 Version:: 002
TB 20 H. Brenienek T. Schoppe Page: 9/10
11 Guarantee
On behalf of the international approval bodies, we wish to state the following for classified couplings:
The torsional vibration behaviour of the driving system has been checked and approved by the classification
society. The expected and satisfactory behaviour is guaranteed only, provided that all components comply to
the values, the torsional vibration calculation is based upon. With respect to the coupling, this means to exactly
keep to the dynamic stiffness and damping. In case of a replacement of the elements, only original VULKAN
elements with coordinated technical data, approved by the classification societies, must be used!

12 Maintenance
Under normal circumstances, the highly-flexible VULKARDAN-L coupling does not require maintenance.
In many cases, however, the highly-flexible VULKARDAN-L coupling is an indicator for malfunctions in the
system. In case of unusual events, e. g. misfiring operation, short circuit, faulty synchronization or emergency
shutdown, we recommend a check of the flexible part.
Within the scope of the system inspection intervals the flexible part (item 7), for dimension group L5810 (item 5),
should be checked as well.
The radial wear at the sleeve bearing (item 5) - for dimension group L5810 (item 4) – should be carried out after
approx. 1000 operating hours. The measurement of wear is carried out as described in chapter 9.
It depends on the application, if it is recommended to replace the element or not. These applications can be
roughly distinguished in three main categories (please refer to table 2).

Application Recommendation
Drives with unlimited condition, i. e. without 15000 h
knowledge of the load profile
Drive with limited conditions, i. e. with knowledge Is defined in agreement with VULKaN.
of the load profile The aim is a coupling selection according
to the interval of the main engine
inspection
Table 2

Title Installation + Operating Instruction Theme VULKARDAN-L 1640, 1660, 1680, 1690
Responsibility Authoring Checked and released Document E&W Vulkardan-L 1640,
1660, 1680, 1690 englisch-
02.03.2005 02.03.2005 Version:: 002
TB 20 H. Brenienek T. Schoppe Page: 10/10
SCHOTTEL
FORPROGRESSIVEPROPULSION

Spare Parts Catalogue

JOIN FORCES WITH THE BEST


Notes with respect to spare parts request

Only when using the genuine SCHOTTEL spare


parts you have a warranty for a reliable functioning 1 2
of the unit.

All spare parts requests should be made in writing.

The acceptance and passing on of telephone orders


SERVICE HANDBUCH
is exclusively at the risk and cost of the customer.
Nr. 9700278 -- 001

For requesting spare parts you should use the enclo-


sed fax form, or you may copy the corresponding
page from the spare parts list adding the missing in- Keyword SPAY 1
dications in your letter. Order no SVK 37888

Type of product SRP 330


To avoid any incorrect delivery we kindly ask you to
give the following indications with your spare parts Number of units 2

request: Factory numbers 13980 / 13981

Classification entity

4 3
1. number of manual

2. order number Fig. 1 cover page -- manual

3. type of product

4. factory number 5 6

5. denomination of unit

6. number of unit

7. item number

8. identification number

9. denomination

10. quantity

11. type of dispatch (mail, road, rail, . . . )

12. mailing address


7 8 9 10
Fig. 2 cover page -- list of parts

GB April 97 TDO Notes with respect to spare parts request 1101039 1/1
Telefax
SCHOTTEL--Agency SCHOTTEL---GmbH & Co. KG
Mainzer Strasse 99
or D---56322 Spay/Rhein

Dept.: SET
Telefax no.: . . 49 2628 61--433

SPARE PARTS REQUEST

Order no. :
Factory number :
Type of installation :
Manual no. :
Name of ship :
Ship owner :

Ident no. Denomination Item Unit no. Denomination of unit Quantity


no.

* mark where applicable

Spare parts with approval : yes no Dispatch date :

Dispatch : mail road rail

other
Invoice address :

stamp/signature of customer place and date


Telefax
SCHOTTEL--Agency SCHOTTEL---GmbH & Co. KG
Mainzer Strasse 99
or D---56322 Spay/Rhein

Dept.: SET
Telefax no.: . . 49 2628 61--433

SPARE PARTS REQUEST

Order no. :
Factory number :
Type of installation :
Manual no. :
Name of ship :
Ship owner :

Ident no. Denomination Item Unit no. Denomination of unit Quantity


no.

* mark where applicable

Spare parts with approval : yes no Dispatch date :

Dispatch : mail road rail

other
Invoice address :

stamp/signature of customer place and date


Telefax
SCHOTTEL--Agency SCHOTTEL---GmbH & Co. KG
Mainzer Strasse 99
or D---56322 Spay/Rhein

Dept.: SET
Telefax no.: . . 49 2628 61--433

SPARE PARTS REQUEST

Order no. :
Factory number :
Type of installation :
Manual no. :
Name of ship :
Ship owner :

Ident no. Denomination Item Unit no. Denomination of unit Quantity


no.

* mark where applicable

Spare parts with approval : yes no Dispatch date :

Dispatch : mail road rail

other
Invoice address :

stamp/signature of customer place and date


Telefax
SCHOTTEL--Agency SCHOTTEL---GmbH & Co. KG
Mainzer Strasse 99
or D---56322 Spay/Rhein

Dept.: SET
Telefax no.: . . 49 2628 61--433

SPARE PARTS REQUEST

Order no. :
Factory number :
Type of installation :
Manual no. :
Name of ship :
Ship owner :

Ident no. Denomination Item Unit no. Denomination of unit Quantity


no.

* mark where applicable

Spare parts with approval : yes no Dispatch date :

Dispatch : mail road rail

other
Invoice address :

stamp/signature of customer place and date


AUFTRAG/ORDER NO. : 14112286 SEITE/PAGE : 1/2
KENNWORT/KEYWORD : NODRIZA VI
ANZAHL/QUANTITY : 2
TYP/TYPE : SPJ 82 RD

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR. SEITE
POS. PART-NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY PAGE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1155823 PUMP-JET SPJ 82RD 2,00 ST K M 1150209 3 - 9
PUMP-JET, COMPL. SPJ 82RD
1125000 GETRIEBE,OBERWASSER 2,00 ST K 10 - 11
UPPER GEAR-BOX
1136557 QUITTUNGSGEBER 1:1 2,00 ST K 12 - 13
FEED BACK UNIT 1:1
2 1048050 OELBEHAELTER KPL. 2,00 ST K 14 - 15
OIL TANK, COMPL.
3 1111361 HY-AGGREGAT 2,00 ST K 16 - 18
HYDRO-AGGREGATE
1157110 ANSCHLUßTEILE KLEMMKASTEN 2,00 ST K 19 - 19
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM
1111360 HY-AGGREGAT,BASIS 2,00 ST K 20 - 22
HYDRO-AGGREGATE, BASE
1091684 RUECKLAUFFILTER 2,00 ST K 23 - 23
RETURN OIL FILTER
1089883 NIVEAUSCHALTER KPL. 2,00 ST K 24 - 24
LEVEL SWITCH, COMPL.
1031034 HOCHDRUCKFILTER 2,00 ST K 25 - 25
FILTER, HIGH PRESSURE PI 4
4 1093067 HY-PUMPENAGGREGAT 2,00 ST K 26 - 27
HYDRO-PUMP, COMPL.
5 1148786 ELEKTRO-ANLAGE 1,00 ST K 28 - 28
E.-UNIT
1148788 SCHALTSCHRANK 1,00 ST K 29 - 31
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM BB
1148789 SCHALTSCHRANK 1,00 ST K 32 - 34
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM STB
1148790 PLATINE 1,00 ST K 35 - 37
PANEL PS
1148791 PLATINE 1,00 ST K 38 - 40
PANEL PS
1148792 PLATINE 1,00 ST K 41 - 43
PANEL STB

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 1


AUFTRAG/ORDER NO. : 14112286 SEITE/PAGE : 2/2
KENNWORT/KEYWORD : NODRIZA VI
ANZAHL/QUANTITY : 2
TYP/TYPE : SPJ 82 RD

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR. SEITE
POS. PART-NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY PAGE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1148793 PLATINE 1,00 ST K 44 - 46
PANEL STB
6 1148794 ERSATZTEILE,ELEKTRO 1,00 ST K 47 - 48
SPARE PARTS LIST
7 1156055 RESERVETEILE SPJ+HY 1,00 ST K 49 - 50
SPARE PARTS
8 1126001 WERKZEUG,LAUFRADMONTAGE 1,00 ST K M 1101001 51 - 51
TOOLS FOR MOUNTING OF IMPELLER
9 1122888 OELABSAUGVORRICHTUNG 1,00 ST K 52 - 52
OIL SUCTION DEVICE
10 1113700 KUPPLUNG,VULKARDAN-L 2,00 ST L
COUPLING, ELASTIC
11 1114794 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M18X 40 16,00 ST
HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
12 1104095 SCHILD D,GB/F,E 2,00 ST
SIGNBOARD -ATTENTION!-D,GB.F,E
13 1104096 SCHILD D,GB/F,E 2,00 ST
SIGNBOARD -ATTENTION!-D,GB.F,E
14 1053426 RUNDDICHTSCHNUR 6,00 5,450 M
RUNDDICHTSCHNUR 6,00
15 1053426 RUNDDICHTSCHNUR 6,00 5,450 M
RUNDDICHTSCHNUR 6,00
16 1001099 STIFTSCHRAUBE M16X 50 96,00 ST
STUD
17 1010938 SECHSKANTMUTTER M 16 96,00 ST
HEXAGON NUT M 16
18 1104097 KONSERVIERUNGSVORSCHRIFT 2,00 ST M 1104097
CONSERVATION INSTRUCTION
19 1075748 SEKUNDENKLEBER 1,00 ST
ADHESIVE
20 1125267 HY-PLAN 2,00 ST M 1101046
HYDRO-DIAGRAM

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 2


PUMP-JET SPJ 82RD 1155823 SEITE/PAGE : 1/7
PUMP-JET, COMPL. SPJ 82RD

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1155823 NEUANLAGE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 1125000 GETRIEBE,OBERWASSER 1,00 ST K
UPPER GEAR-BOX
002 1125100 STEUERUNGSGEHAEUSE 1,00 ST
STEERING GEAR HOUSING
003 1124288 DIFFUSORGEHAEUSE,OBERTEIL 1,00 ST
HOUSING, UPPER PART
004 1115062 DIFFUSORGEHAEUSE,UNTERTEIL 1,00 ST
HOUSING, LOWER PART
005 1147766 LAUFRAD 1,00 ST M 1101001
IMPELLER
006 1124323 EINLAUFTRICHTER 1,00 ST
WATER INLET
009 1124485 GLOCKE 1,00 ST
BELL-SHAPED FLANGE
011 1124518 LAUFRADKAPPE 1,00 ST
CAP
012 1124965 LAUFRING 1,00 ST
LINER
013 1155484 DICHTRINGBUCHSE 1,00 ST
SEALING BUSH
014 1110055 DECKEL,OBERWASSER 1,00 ST
COVER
017 1093016 PACKUNG,ARAMID 10X 10 2,246 M
GLAND PACKING, ARAMID
019 1137393 KLEMMRING 1,00 ST
CLAMPING RING
021 1147764 LAUFBUCHSE 1,00 ST
LINER
022 1124980 KREUZROLLENLAGER 1,00 ST
FOUR POINT CONTACT BEARING
027 1114128 SPANNSATZ 100X145 1,00 ST M 1113850
LOCKING ELEMENT CONNECTION
030 1106039 HY-MOTOR 1,00 ST
HYDRO-MOTOR

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 3


PUMP-JET SPJ 82RD 1155823 SEITE/PAGE : 2/7
PUMP-JET, COMPL. SPJ 82RD

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1155823 NEUANLAGE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
033 1125051 STIRNRAD M 8,00 Z 15 1,00 ST
SPUR WHEEL
034 1106977 PLANETENGETRIEBE M.ANBAUTEILE 1,00 ST
PLANETARY GEARING
035 1136557 QUITTUNGSGEBER 1:1 1,00 ST K
FEED BACK UNIT 1:1
036 1098149 KONSOLE 1,00 ST
CONSOLE
037 1098068 WELLE 1,00 ST
SHAFT
038 1125227 ZAHNRAD M 8,00 Z 15 1,00 ST
SPUR WHEEL
039 1125041 STIRNRAD M1,50 Z 84 1,00 ST
SPUR WHEEL
040 1125042 STIRNRAD M 1,50 Z 15 1,00 ST
SPUR WHEEL
041 1092916 BUCHSE U 15F 7X 21 R 6X10Y 1,00 ST
BUSH FOR PLAIN BEARING
042 1092917 BUCHSE G 15F 7X 21 R 6X10X 1,00 ST
BUSH FOR PLAIN BEARING
045 1101422 RADIALWELLENDICHTRING M1/D6 2,00 ST
ROTARY SHAFT SEAL
046 1061020 RADIALWELLENDICHTRING 3,00 ST
ROTARY SHAFT SEAL
047 1001101 RADIALWELLENDICHTRING 1,00 ST
ROTARY SHAFT SEAL
048 1024856 RUNDDICHTSCHNUR 5,00 3,570 M
SEALING RING
049 1049310 RUNDDICHTRING 655,00X 5,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
050 1028039 RUNDDICHTRING 587,00X 5,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
051 1020517 RUNDDICHTRING 480,00X 4,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 4


PUMP-JET SPJ 82RD 1155823 SEITE/PAGE : 3/7
PUMP-JET, COMPL. SPJ 82RD

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1155823 NEUANLAGE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
052 1029237 RUNDDICHTRING 415,00X 5,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING 415,00X 5,00
053 1001517 RUNDDICHTRING 340,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
055 1001422 RUNDDICHTRING 170,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING 170,00X 3,00
056 1001400 RUNDDICHTRING 135,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING 135,00X 3,00
057 1001397 RUNDDICHTRING 132,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
058 1001383 RUNDDICHTRING 100,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING 100,00X 3,00
059 1001413 RUNDDICHTRING 160,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
060 1001402 RUNDDICHTRING 140,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING 140,00X 3,00
061 1034175 RUNDDICHTRING 100,00X 5,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING 100,00X 5,00
065 1001099 STIFTSCHRAUBE M16X 50 32,00 ST
STUD
066 1000465 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M16X 60 20,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD BOLT M16X 60
068 1000635 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M16X 80 18,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD BOLT M16X 80
069 1000721 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M12X 40 24,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M12X 40
070 1000709 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M10X 25 8,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M10X 25
071 1000339 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M10X 35 8,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M10X 35
074 1012558 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M16X 80 18,00 ST
HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
075 1000855 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M12X 35 10,00 ST
HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 5


PUMP-JET SPJ 82RD 1155823 SEITE/PAGE : 4/7
PUMP-JET, COMPL. SPJ 82RD

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1155823 NEUANLAGE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
076 1000896 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M16X 40 4,00 ST
HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
077 1000838 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M10X 40 4,00 ST
HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
078 1000811 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M 6X 30 4,00 ST
HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
079 1030181 STIFTSCHRAUBE M16X 45 9,00 ST
STUD
080 1000720 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M12X 40 10,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M12X 40
081 1039753 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M12X 25 4,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M12X 25
082 1010938 SECHSKANTMUTTER M 16 32,00 ST
HEXAGON NUT M 16
083 1000721 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M12X 40 24,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M12X 40
084 1108543 SECHSKANTMUTTER M 16 9,00 ST
HEXAGON NUT
085 1000729 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M14X 40 2,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
086 1007235 SCHEIBE B 15,0-140 HV 2,00 ST
WASHER
087 1000889 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M16X 20 4,00 ST
HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
088 1076115 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M10X 16 3,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M10X 16
089 1002334 SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE VS 12 10,00 ST
LOCK WASHER
090 1002327 FEDERSCHEIBE B 12 4,00 ST
CURVED OR WAVE SPRING WASHER
092 1002325 FEDERSCHEIBE B 10 8,00 ST
CURVED OR WAVE SPRING WASHER
093 1002322 FEDERSCHEIBE B 6 4,00 ST
CURVED OR WAVE SPRING WASHER

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 6


PUMP-JET SPJ 82RD 1155823 SEITE/PAGE : 5/7
PUMP-JET, COMPL. SPJ 82RD

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1155823 NEUANLAGE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
094 1011389 VERSCHLUSSTOPFEN 2,00 ST
PLASTIC PLUG
095 1005958 SPANNSTIFT 4,0X 30 1,00 ST
SPRING TYPE STRAIGHT PIN
096 1021881 SPANNSTIFT 4,0X 40 1,00 ST
SPRING TYPE STRAIGHT PIN
097 1005957 SPANNSTIFT 3,0X 16 1,00 ST
SPRING TYPE STRAIGHT PIN
098 1103067 GEWINDESTIFT M 8X 12 1,00 ST
HEXAGON SOCKET SET SCREW
105 1012546 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 2,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
106 1012399 ROHR,HY-DRUCKGEPRUEFT 0,450 M
SEAMLESS PRECISION STEEL TUBES
107 1098609 LASTRING 3-D 3T M20X25 3,00 ST
LIFTING EYE 3-D 3T M20X25
110 1101757 FLANSCH 1,00 ST
FLANGE
128 1049707 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
129 1002245 VERSCHLUSSCHRAUBE M18X1,5 1,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW PLUG
130 1026796 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
131 1119156 REDUZIER ANSCHLUSS VERSCHRAUB. 1,00 ST
REDUCING FITTING
132 1010058 VERSCHLUSSTOPFEN 2,00 ST
PLASTIC PLUG
136 1121100 KONSOLE 1,00 ST
CONSOLE
137 1103743 NAEHERUNGSSCHALTER 1,00 ST
PROXIMITY SWITCH INDUCTIVE
138 1103745 GEHAEUSE K 11 1,00 ST
HOUSING K 11

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 7


PUMP-JET SPJ 82RD 1155823 SEITE/PAGE : 6/7
PUMP-JET, COMPL. SPJ 82RD

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1155823 NEUANLAGE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
139 1012739 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M 4X 20 4,00 ST
SLOTTED CHEESE HEAD SCREW
140 1000979 SECHSKANTMUTTER M 4 4,00 ST
HEXAGON NUT M 4
141 1001554 FEDERRING B 4 4,00 ST
SPRING LOCK WASHER B 4
148 1104985 TYPENSCHILD 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE
149 1010473 KERBNAGEL 3,0X 8 4,00 ST
ROUND AND HEAD GROOVED PIN
151 1025567 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 2,00 ST
STRAIGHT MALE STUD FITTING
152 1045443 MESSKUPPL.KPL.DKO-DICHTKEGELAN 2,00 ST
MINIMESS-CONNECTION
153 1087229 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT MALE STUD FITTING
154 1012396 ROHR,HY-DRUCKGEPRUEFT 0,500 M
SEAMLESS PRECISION STEEL TUBES
155 1007102 EINSTELLBARE WINKEL ASL-VSHR 4,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW FITTING
156 1101910 DOPPELBREMSVENTIL,LECKFREI 1,00 ST
BRAKING VALVE UNIT
157 1109505 KONSOLE 1,00 ST
CONSOLE
158 1000495 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M 6X 70 4,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD BOLT
159 1007330 SCHEIBE B 6,4-140 HV 4,00 ST
WASHER B 6,4-140 HV
160 1000984 SECHSKANTMUTTER M 6 4,00 ST
HEXAGON NUT M 6
161 1065952 SCHILD 1,00 ST
SIGNBOARD M4
162 1065951 SCHILD 1,00 ST
SIGNBOARD M3

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 8


PUMP-JET SPJ 82RD 1155823 SEITE/PAGE : 7/7
PUMP-JET, COMPL. SPJ 82RD

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1155823 NEUANLAGE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
163 1007800 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 4,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
164 1012570 EINSTELLBARE L ASL VERSCHRAUB. 2,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE BARREL TEE FITTING
165 1008084 HOECHSTDRUCKSCHLAUCH 2,00 ST
HOSE, MAX. PRESSURE
166 1008093 HOECHSTDRUCKSCHLAUCH 1,00 ST
HOSE, MAX. PRESSURE
167 1007106 GERADE VERSCHRAUBUNG EL15 2,00 ST
STRAIGHT COUPLING
168 1007105 GERADE VERSCHRAUBUNG EL12 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT COUPLING
169 1007832 KABELBAND 5,00 ST
CABEL STRAP
170 1007508 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -H-
171 1007510 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -J-
172 1007511 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -K-
173 1018148 VERSCHLUSSKEGEL 2,00 ST
PLUG
174 1018147 VERSCHLUSSKEGEL 1,00 ST
PLUG
175 1148336 RADIALWELLENDICHTRING 1,00 ST
ROTARY SHAFT SEAL
176 1155482 RING 1,00 ST
RING
177 1063228 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M 8X 16 8,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M 8X 16

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 9


GETRIEBE,OBERWASSER 1125000 04/1084KG SEITE/PAGE : 1/2
UPPER GEAR-BOX

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1125000 04/1084KG

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 1125030 KEGEL-TELLERRAD-PAAR 37:19 KPL 1,00 ST
SET OF BEVEL GEARS
002 1124930 GEHAEUSE,OBERWASSER 1,00 ST
HOUSING, UPPER GEAR-BOX
003 1124979 LATERNE 1,00 ST
BEARING HANGER
004 1099409 KRAFTEINGANGGEHAEUSE 1,00 ST
HOUSING, POWER INPUT
005 1099408 KRAFTEINGANGSFLANSCH 1,00 ST
FLANGE
006 1099443 DISTANZSCHEIBE 1,00 ST
SPACER
007 1124997 DISTANZSCHEIBE 1,00 ST
SPACER
008 1125131 WELLENMUTTER 1,00 ST
SLOTTED NUT
009 1004161 KEGELROLLENLAGER 1,00 ST
TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
010 1099578 KEGELROLLENLAGER 1,00 ST
TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
011 1101423 KEGELROLLENLAGER 1,00 ST
TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
012 1004110 KEGELROLLENLAGER 1,00 ST
TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
013 1114025 SPANNSATZ 80X120 1,00 ST M 1113850
LOCKING ELEMENT CONNECTION
014 1147044 RADIALWELLENDICHTRING 1,00 ST
ROTARY SHAFT SEAL
015 1001511 RUNDDICHTRING 235,00X 4,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
016 1001367 RUNDDICHTRING 80,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING 80,00X 3,00
017 1001369 RUNDDICHTRING 80,00X 5,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 10


GETRIEBE,OBERWASSER 1125000 04/1084KG SEITE/PAGE : 2/2
UPPER GEAR-BOX

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1125000 04/1084KG

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
018 1000741 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M16X 45 12,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M16X 45
019 1000312 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M12X 55 20,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD BOLT M12X55
020 1125024 OELFOERDERSCHNECKE 1,00 ST
OIL TRANSPORT WORM

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 11


QUITTUNGSGEBER 1:1 1136557 02/1282KG SEITE/PAGE : 1/2
FEED BACK UNIT 1:1

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1136557 3D

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 1032531 STIRNRAD M 0,70 Z 50 3,00 ST
SPUR WHEEL M 0,70 Z 50
002 1031961 GRUNDPLATTE 1,00 ST
BASE PLATE
003 1131323 BUCHSE 1,00 ST
BUSHING
004 1131324 WELLE 1,00 ST
SHAFT
005 1099767 SCHEIBE MIT SKALA 1,00 ST
SCALE
006 1136556 GEHAEUSE 1,00 ST
HOUSING
007 1024709 GEWINDESTIFT M 4X 6 9,00 ST
HEXAGON SOCKET SET SCREW
009 1131686 BLINDSTOPEN M20X1,5 MIT O-RIN 4,00 ST
SCREWED GLANDS M20X1,5 MIT O-R
012 1032497 QUADRING 1,00 ST
SQUARE SEAL
013 1001351 RUNDDICHTRING 60,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING 60,00X 3,00
014 1063043 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M 6X 16 3,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M 6X 16
016 1022477 SENKSCHRAUBE M 6X 16-A1E 2,00 ST
COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW
017 1136943 BLOCKKLEMME 18,00 ST
TERMINAL
018 1102265 ENDHALTER E/MK 2,00 ST
STOPPPER E/MK
019 1136944 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVER PLATE
020 1032500 HUTSCHIENE 0,120 M
SUPPORTING BAR
021 1000769 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M 4X 12 2,00 ST
SLOTTED CHEESE HEAD SCREW

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 12


QUITTUNGSGEBER 1:1 1136557 02/1282KG SEITE/PAGE : 2/2
FEED BACK UNIT 1:1

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1136557 3D

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
022 1136255 DREHWINKELGEBER OHNE STECKER 2,00 ST
CAN SENSOR
033 1104986 TYPENSCHILD 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE
038 1090156 ZEIGER 1,00 ST
POINTER
039 1130139 SCHEIBE B 4,3 2,00 ST
WASHER B 4,3
040 1075973 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M 4X 12 1,00 ST
SLOTTED CHEESE HEAD SCREW
041 1100069 SCHILD 1,00 ST
SIGNBOARD, SELF-STICKING
042 1069664 SCHEIBE B 6,4-140 HV 3,00 ST
WASHER B 6,4-140 HV
043 1002286 SICHERUNGSRING 15X 1,00 1,00 ST
RETAINING RING FOR SHAFT 1

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 13


OELBEHAELTER KPL. 1048050 01/0848KG SEITE/PAGE : 1/2
OIL TANK, COMPL.

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1048050 03/1813KG

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 1046346 OELBEHAELTER 1,00 ST
OIL TANK
002 1046348 DECKEL 1,00 ST
COVER
003 1001874 KAPPE 1,00 ST
CAP
004 1012580 ROHR 1,00 ST
PIPE
005 1046476 DICHTUNG 1,00 ST
GASKET
006 1012653 OELSTANDAUGE R 1 1/2 Z 1,00 ST
OIL GAUGE GLASS
007 1012099 SCHWIMMERSCHALTER 1,00 ST
FLOAT SWITCH
008 1124305 LUFTFILTER 1,00 ST
AIR FILTER
009 1012569 LEITUNGSVERBINDER 1,00 ST
CABLE CONNECTOR B 9
010 1029745 MUFFE 1,00 ST
SLEEVE
011 1004177 STIFTSCHRAUBE M 8X 20 6,00 ST
STUD M 8X 20
012 1002332 SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE VS 8 6,00 ST
LOCK WASHER VS 8
013 1002331 SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE VS 5 2,00 ST
LOCK WASHER VS 5
014 1000673 FLACHKOPFSCHRAUBE A M 5X 12 2,00 ST
SLOTTED PAN HEAD SCREW
015 1002210 DICHTRING A 18,0X 24,0 1,00 ST
SEALING RING A 18,0X 24,0
016 1008697 VERSCHRAUBUNG C4 PG11,0X 7- 9 1,00 ST
SCREWED GLANDS C4 PG11,0X 7- 9
017 1007791 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 2,00 ST
STRAIGHT MALE STUD FITTING

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 14


OELBEHAELTER KPL. 1048050 01/0848KG SEITE/PAGE : 2/2
OIL TANK, COMPL.

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1048050 03/1813KG

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
018 1007103 EINSTELLBARE WINKEL ASL-VSHR 2,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW FITTING
019 1000998 SECHSKANTMUTTER M 10X 1,0 2,00 ST
HEXAGON NUT M 10X 1,0
020 1007334 SCHEIBE B 10,5-140 HV 2,00 ST
WASHER B 10,5-140 HV
021 1010940 SECHSKANTMUTTER M 8 6,00 ST
HEXAGON NUT M 8
022 1010058 VERSCHLUSSTOPFEN 2,00 ST
PLASTIC PLUG
023 1009196 VERSCHLUSSTOPFEN 1,00 ST
PLASTIC PLUG

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 15


HY-AGGREGAT 1111361 06/0826 SEITE/PAGE : 1/3
HYDRO-AGGREGATE

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1111361 98/0252KG

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1157109 E.-PLAN 1,00 ST M 1099245
E.-DIAGRAM
1157110 ANSCHLUßTEILE KLEMMKASTEN 1,00 ST K
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM
001 1111360 HY-AGGREGAT,BASIS 1,00 ST K
HYDRO-AGGREGATE, BASE
002 1111416 WEGESCHIEBER,PROPORTIONAL 1,00 ST
DIRECTIONAL SPOOL VALVE
003 1111358 KONSOLE 1,00 ST
CONSOLE
004 1000329 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M 8X 25 8,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M 8X 25
005 1111365 BEILAGE 1,00 ST
DISTANCE PLATE
006 1013516 GEWINDE REDUZIERSTUTZEN VSHR 1,00 ST
REDUCING THREAD ADAPTOR
007 1007103 EINSTELLBARE WINKEL ASL-VSHR 1,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW FITTING
008 1013735 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 2,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
010 1046548 ROHR,HY-DRUCKGEPRUEFT 0,250 M
SEAMLESS PRECISION STEEL TUBES
011 1008099 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
012 1009073 GERADE EINSCHRAUBSTUTZEN VSHR 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT STUD STANDPIPE ADAPTO
013 1152673 DRUCKSCHALTER- 5- 70BAR-G1/4Z 1,00 ST
PRESSURE SWITCH -5- 70BAR-G1/4
014 1007522 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -V-
015 1007832 KABELBAND 5,00 ST
CABEL STRAP
016 1007513 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -M-

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 16


HY-AGGREGAT 1111361 06/0826 SEITE/PAGE : 2/3
HYDRO-AGGREGATE

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1111361 98/0252KG

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
017 1007514 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -N-
018 1007800 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
019 1007102 EINSTELLBARE WINKEL ASL-VSHR 1,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW FITTING
020 1012396 ROHR,HY-DRUCKGEPRUEFT 0,300 M
SEAMLESS PRECISION STEEL TUBES
021 1065850 SCHILD 1,00 ST
SIGNBOARD M2
022 1008100 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
023 1007101 EINSTELLBARE WINKEL ASL-VSHR 1,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW FITTING
024 1007512 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -L-
025 1008657 VERSCHLUSSCHRAUBE G 1/4 A 1,00 ST
HEXAGON SOCKET SCREW PLUG
026 1011622 DICHTRING A 14,0X 18,0 1,00 ST
SEALING RING A 14,0X 18,0
027 1149133 KLEMMENKASTEN 1,00 ST
TERMINALBOX
028 1011484 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M 5X 16 4,00 ST
SLOTTED CHEESE HEAD SCREW
029 1045061 GEWINDESTIFT M 6X 10 4,00 ST
SLOTTED SET SCREW
031 1104986 TYPENSCHILD 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE
032 1015594 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
033 1010065 EINSTELLBARE L ASL VERSCHRAUB. 1,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE BARREL TEE FITTING
034 1028207 MESSKUPPLUNG D12 1,00 ST
MINIMESS-CONNECTION

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 17


HY-AGGREGAT 1111361 06/0826 SEITE/PAGE : 3/3
HYDRO-AGGREGATE

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1111361 98/0252KG

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
035 1007800 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 2,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
038 1007522 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -V-

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 18


ANSCHLUßTEILE KLEMMKASTEN 1157110 SEITE/PAGE : 1/1
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1069763 ENDWINKEL 2,00 ST
STOP ANGLE
1115445 DIODE,BREAKDOWN 2,00 ST
DIODE
1129872 KABELVERSCHRAUB. D= 4,5- 9,0 3,00 ST
CABLE GLAND D= 4,5- 9,0
1154676 RADOX BAHNKABEL ABGESCHIRMT 2,000 M
PATH CABLE,RADOX
1154677 RADOX BAHNKABEL ABGESCHIRMT 1,000 M
PATH CABLE,RADOX
1155892 REIHENKLEMME ZDU 2,5/3AN 7,00 ST
TERMINAL ROW ZDU 2,5/3AN
1155954 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVERPLATE

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 19


HY-AGGREGAT,BASIS 1111360 98/0242KG SEITE/PAGE : 1/3
HYDRO-AGGREGATE, BASE

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1111360 00/1516KG

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 1111363 HY-OELBEHAELTER NG 30 1,00 ST
HYDRO-OIL TANK
002 1111364 STAHLDECKEL 1,00 ST
COVER, 30L TANK
003 1046541 GERADE EINSCHRAUBSTUTZEN VSHR 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT STUD STANDPIPE ADAPTO
004 1007521 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -U-
005 1007520 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -T-
006 1086317 DICHTUNG 1,00 ST
GASKET
008 1008073 FUSS FUER BEHAELTER 4,00 ST
FOOT
010 1085873 EINFUELLFILTER 1,00 ST
FILLER FILTER
011 1091684 RUECKLAUFFILTER 1,00 ST K
RETURN OIL FILTER
012 1089883 NIVEAUSCHALTER KPL. 1,00 ST K
LEVEL SWITCH, COMPL.
013 1008095 HOECHSTDRUCKSCHLAUCH 1,00 ST
HOSE, MAX. PRESSURE
014 1026903 DICHTUNG DN 15 PN 6 1,00 ST
GASKET
015 1103550 DICHTUNG 56X 31X 2 1,00 ST
GASKET
016 1007343 SCHEIBE B 31,0-140 HV 2,00 ST
WASHER
017 1002214 DICHTRING A 22,0X 27,0 1,00 ST
SEALING RING A 22,0X 27,0
020 1008053 EINSTELLBARE WINKEL ASL-VSHR 1,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW FITTING
021 1007016 GERADE SCHOTTVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT BULKHEAD COUPLING

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 20


HY-AGGREGAT,BASIS 1111360 98/0242KG SEITE/PAGE : 2/3
HYDRO-AGGREGATE, BASE

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1111360 00/1516KG

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
022 1007018 GERADE SCHOTTVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT BULKHEAD COUPLING
023 1007108 GERADE VERSCHRAUBUNG EL22 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT COUPLING
025 1037190 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M 8X 20 6,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M 8X 20
027 1014647 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M10X 20 4,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M10X 20
028 1001559 FEDERRING B 10 4,00 ST
SPRING LOCK WASHER B 10
029 1000766 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M 8X 16 4,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
030 1018273 RINGMUTTER M 8 2,00 ST
LIFTING EYE NUT
031 1002224 DICHTRING A 48,0X 55,0 1,00 ST
SEALING RING A 48,0X 55,0
032 1007832 KABELBAND 4,00 ST
CABEL STRAP
033 1050384 MANOMETER 1,00 ST
MANOMETER
034 1079631 HOECHSTDRUCKSCHLAUCH 1,00 ST
HOSE, MAX. PRESSURE
035 1011654 DICHTRING A 30,0X 36,0 1,00 ST
SEALING RINGS
036 1068218 SCHEIBE R 22 2,00 ST
ROUND WASHER FOR WOOD
037 1046672 MANOMETERANSCHLUSS R1/4" 1,00 ST
PRESSURE GAUGE CONNECTOR
038 1043354 STIFTSCHRAUBE M 8X 20 2,00 ST
STUD
043 1007102 EINSTELLBARE WINKEL ASL-VSHR 1,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW FITTING
044 1031034 HOCHDRUCKFILTER 1,00 ST K
FILTER, HIGH PRESSURE PI 4205-

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 21


HY-AGGREGAT,BASIS 1111360 98/0242KG SEITE/PAGE : 3/3
HYDRO-AGGREGATE, BASE

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1111360 00/1516KG

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
045 1007800 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 2,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
046 1115627 HALTER 1,00 ST
FASTENER
047 1000766 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M 8X 16 2,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
048 1007103 EINSTELLBARE WINKEL ASL-VSHR 1,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW FITTING
049 1009200 DURCHGANGVENTIL 1,00 ST
THROUGH WAY VALVE
050 1046548 ROHR,HY-DRUCKGEPRUEFT 0,070 M
SEAMLESS PRECISION STEEL TUBES
051 1012570 EINSTELLBARE L ASL VERSCHRAUB. 1,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE BARREL TEE FITTING
052 1007519 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -S-
053 1065849 SCHILD 1,00 ST
SIGNBOARD M1
054 1045443 MESSKUPPL.KPL.DKO-DICHTKEGELAN 1,00 ST
MINIMESS-CONNECTION

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 22


RUECKLAUFFILTER 1091684 97/1502KG SEITE/PAGE : 1/1
RETURN OIL FILTER

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1091684 96/0136KG

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 1091770 FILTERELEMENT 1,00 ST
FILTER INSERT
005 1001363 RUNDDICHTRING 75,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
006 1076109 RUNDDICHTRING 68,00X 4,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
007 1001322 RUNDDICHTRING 24,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 23


Ersatzteilkatalog Rücklauffilter
1091684
Spare Parts Catalogue Return Oil Filter

SW 32

10 5

9
EIN
6

AUS 7

1502/97

D/GB Seite / Page 1 -- 1


NIVEAUSCHALTER KPL. 1089883 93/0403KG SEITE/PAGE : 1/1
LEVEL SWITCH, COMPL.

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1089883 06/0181

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 1081657 VERSCHLUSSCHRAUBE G 1 1/2Z-3/8 1,00 ST
SCREW PLUG, REFINISHED
002 1081650 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M10X 16 1,00 ST
HEXAGON BOLT
003 1089884 KLEMMENKASTEN 1,00 ST
TERMINALBOX
004 1012099 SCHWIMMERSCHALTER 1,00 ST
FLOAT SWITCH
005 1078130 KABELKLEMME 1,00 ST
CABLE TERMINAL
006 1069295 ADERENDHUELSE H 1,00/14 2,00 ST
END SLEEVE OF STRAND
007 1019113 ZYLINDERSCHRAUBE M 3X 16 1,00 ST
SLOTTED CHEESE HEAD SCREW
008 1085597 KABELVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
STUFFING BOX, CABLE
009 1030820 GEWINDESTUECK 1,00 ST
THREADED PIECE
010 1008100 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
011 1007105 GERADE VERSCHRAUBUNG EL12 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT COUPLING
012 1012395 ROHR,HY-DRUCKGEPRUEFT 0,075 M
SEAMLESS PRECISION STEEL TUBES

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 24


8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Version A

F F

Mit EFK-A gedichtet Mit DELO gedichtet


Tightened with EFK-A tightened with DELO 5

Schaltpunkt
switch point
ID-NRS: 1029100 ID-NRS: 1040106

E E

38 101

A
8
4 9 10 1 2 7 3

D Version B D

4 1 2 7 5
9 11
12 10 8

Schaltpunkt
switch point

C C

G1 1/2
38 Mit EFK-A gedichtet
Tightened with EFK-A
ID-NRS: 1029100 16

A
101 3
1155662 420 B Mit DELO gedichtet
15 tightened with DELO
1130898 311 B ID-NRS: 1040106
B 1115800 280 B B

1115070 466 B
1113535 150 A Typ H 0
1113534 320 B Schutzvermerk
DIN ISO 16016 beachten Passmass Abmass Passmass Abmass Passmass Abmass Passmass Abmass
1113533 348 B
1111652 368 B
Dieser Entwurf ist geistiges Eigentum
der SCHOTTEL GmbH & Co. KG
CAD-ZEICHNUNG
Manuelle Aenderung verboten !

1110445 133 A Pos.4 um 180° gedreht Werkstueckkanten


DIN ISO 13715
Projektionsmethode 1
DIN ISO 128
Allgemeintoleranz DIN ISO 2768-mK
Schweisskonstr. DIN EN ISO 13920-C
Massstab: 1:1 Gewicht: 0.74 kg
-0.3 Tolerierung DIN ISO 8015 Werkstoff:
+0.8
1096421 133 A Oberflaechenangaben DIN EN ISO 1302 Rohteil-Nr.:
Datum Name Modell-Nr.:
1096696 185 A Bearb. 10.01.1990 KraemerE Benennung:
A A
1095792 231 B
Gepr. 24.05.1993 Wahl
AV 24.05.1996 Pech
Niveauschalter kpl.
Norm 23.01.2006 MalewskiD
1089883 223 B Abt. TBM / N LEVEL SWITCH, COMPL.
015 06/0181 18.01.2006 ScherrW SCHOTTEL GmbH & Co. KG Ident-Nr. Index: 015 Format
ID-NRS Maß A Version Bemerkung 12.09.2005 GastTKO_1

Versionstabelle
014
013
3D
01/0445KG 19.11.2002
Zust. Aenderung Datum
DUE
Name Urspr.:
Mainzer Strasse 99
D-56322 Spay/Rhein 1089883
Ers. f.: Ers. d.:
Bl.Nr.: 1
von 1 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
HOCHDRUCKFILTER 1031034 SEITE/PAGE : 1/1
FILTER, HIGH PRESSURE PI 4205-

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
000 1038129 FILTERELEMENT 1,00 ST
FILTER INSERT
000 1109446 DICHTUNGSSATZ HOCHDRUCKFILTER 1,00 ST
SEALING KIT

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 25


HY-PUMPENAGGREGAT 1093067 93/0469KG SEITE/PAGE : 1/2
HYDRO-PUMP, COMPL.

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1093067 NEUANLAGE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 1087373 HY-PUMPE 1,00 ST
HYDRO-PUMP
002 1085580 FLANSCH SAE 1 1/4-3000PSI 1,00 ST
FLANGE, SAE
003 1085581 FLANSCH SAE 1/2-3000PSI 1,00 ST
FLANGE, SAE
004 1085582 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT MALE STUD FITTING
005 1031636 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT MALE STUD FITTING
006 1026148 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
007 1007800 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
008 1012532 EINSTELLBARE WINKEL ASL-VSHR 1,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW FITTING
009 1007102 EINSTELLBARE WINKEL ASL-VSHR 2,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW FITTING
010 1006959 EINSTELLBARE WINKEL ASL-VSHR 1,00 ST
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW FITTING
011 1008065 GERADE VERSCHRAUBUNG EL35 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT COUPLING
012 1007106 GERADE VERSCHRAUBUNG EL15 2,00 ST
STRAIGHT COUPLING
013 1006998 GERADE REDUZIER VERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT REDUCING FITTING
014 1007105 GERADE VERSCHRAUBUNG EL12 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT COUPLING
015 1008062 HOECHSTDRUCKSCHLAUCH 1,00 ST
HOSE, MAX. PRESSURE
016 1008084 HOECHSTDRUCKSCHLAUCH 2,00 ST
HOSE, MAX. PRESSURE
017 1008088 HOECHSTDRUCKSCHLAUCH 1,00 ST
HOSE, MAX. PRESSURE

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 26


HY-PUMPENAGGREGAT 1093067 93/0469KG SEITE/PAGE : 2/2
HYDRO-PUMP, COMPL.

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1093067 NEUANLAGE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
018 1007832 KABELBAND 4,00 ST
CABEL STRAP
019 1007501 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -A-
020 1007502 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -B-
021 1007503 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -C-
022 1012394 ROHR,HY-DRUCKGEPRUEFT 0,050 M
SEAMLESS PRECISION STEEL TUBES
025 1007518 SCHILD,ANSCHLUSS 1,00 ST
PLATE, CONNECTION, SMALL -R-

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 27


ELEKTRO-ANLAGE 1148786 SEITE/PAGE : 1/1
E.-UNIT

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1133685 PRUEFANWEISUNG 1,00 ST
TEST CERTIFICATE
1148787 E.-PLAN 1,00 ST M 1099245
E.-DIAGRAM
1148788 SCHALTSCHRANK 1,00 ST K
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM BB
1148789 SCHALTSCHRANK 1,00 ST K
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM STB
1148790 PLATINE 1,00 ST K
PANEL PS
1148791 PLATINE 1,00 ST K
PANEL PS
1148792 PLATINE 1,00 ST K
PANEL STB
1148793 PLATINE 1,00 ST K
PANEL STB

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 28


SCHALTSCHRANK 1148788 04/2467 SEITE/PAGE : 1/3
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM BB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1031747 STECKVERBINDER 3,00 ST
PLUG CONNECTOR
1033932 RELAIS 4,00 ST
RELAY
1033933 STECKSOCKEL 4,00 ST
PLUG SOCKET
1043807 TRAGSCHIENE GELOCHT 2,000 M
SUPPORTING BAR
1047533 DIODE 4,00 ST
DIODE
1056202 LEISTUNGSSCHALTERRELAIS 2,00 ST
RELAY
1063497 TRAEGERSCHIENE 1,00 ST
SCREW TAP
1063499 GEWINDESTREIFEN 1,00 ST
SCREW TAP
1069763 ENDWINKEL 10,00 ST
STOP ANGLE
1069768 SCHILD 6,00 ST
NAME PLATE FOR TERMINAL ROW
1071039 TYPENSCHILD 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE
1093148 DRAHTWIDERSTAND 2,00 ST
RESISTOR
1100425 SCHALTSCHRANK,KOMPAKT 1,00 ST
CASING
1106863 ABGLEICHKLEMME SAKL 4/100K TEN 3,00 ST
TERMINAL WITH POTENTIOMETER
1109851 SICHERUNGSAUTOMAT B 6A 1P 10,00 ST
AUTOMATIC FUSE B 6A 1P
1112326 RELAISKLEMME 13,00 ST
TERMINAL WITH RELAY
1115903 MOTORANSTEUERUNG 1,00 ST M 1128284
AMPLIFIER

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 29


SCHALTSCHRANK 1148788 04/2467 SEITE/PAGE : 2/3
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM BB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1121638 HAUPTSCHALTER 1,00 ST
MAIN SWITCH
1121639 KLEMMENABDECKUNG 2,00 ST
COVER PLATE
1121654 SPANNUNGSUEBERWACHUNG 1,00 ST
VOLTAGE CONTROL
1121721 REIHENKLEMME ZDU 6 4,00 ST
TERMINAL ROW ZDU 6
1121722 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVER PLATE
1121723 REIHENKLEMME ZDU 2,5 60,00 ST
TERMINAL ROW ZDU 2,5
1121724 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVER PLATE
1126578 VERDRAHTUNGSKANAL 37,5X75 1,000 M
CABLE CHANNEL 37,5X75
1126579 VERDRAHTUNGSKANAL 50X 75,0 1,000 M
CABLE CHANNEL 50X 75,0
1126581 VERDRAHTUNGSKANAL 100X 75,0 0,600 M
CABLE CHANNEL 100X 75,0
1126919 SERVICESCHNITTSTELLE 2,00 ST
SERVICE POINT
1127473 STROMSTOSSRELAIS 1,00 ST
IMPULSE STORING RELAIS
1133057 WARNANLAGENMODUL 2,00 ST M 1128282
WARNING UNIT MODUL
1133898 FREQUENZ MESSUMFORMER 1,00 ST
CONVERTER
1135189 DC/DC WANDLER 24V 3,00 ST
DC DC CONVERTER
1135350 CAN LOGIK MODUL 1,00 ST M 1128282
CAN LOGIC MODULE
1135768 TUEARRETIERUNG 1,00 ST
SWITCH BOX DOOR HOLDER

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 30


SCHALTSCHRANK 1148788 04/2467 SEITE/PAGE : 3/3
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM BB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1137787 STECKKARTE 1,00 ST M 1101065
ELECTRONIC CARD DPV
1148645 TRENNVERSTAERKER PROGRAMMIERB 2,00 ST
CONVERTER PROGRAMMIERB
1148819 LOGIK MODUL FAHRSTANSWAHL 1,00 ST M 1128282
LOGIK MODUL DESK CONTROL
1148831 STECKKARTE 1,00 ST M 1101061
ELECTRONIC CARD, DCM
1149843 STECKKARTE 1,00 ST M 1101026
ELECTRONIC CART DCM

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 31


SCHALTSCHRANK 1148789 04/2468 SEITE/PAGE : 1/3
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM STB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1031747 STECKVERBINDER 3,00 ST
PLUG CONNECTOR
1033932 RELAIS 4,00 ST
RELAY
1033933 STECKSOCKEL 4,00 ST
PLUG SOCKET
1043807 TRAGSCHIENE GELOCHT 2,000 M
SUPPORTING BAR
1047533 DIODE 4,00 ST
DIODE
1056202 LEISTUNGSSCHALTERRELAIS 2,00 ST
RELAY
1063497 TRAEGERSCHIENE 1,00 ST
SCREW TAP
1063499 GEWINDESTREIFEN 1,00 ST
SCREW TAP
1069763 ENDWINKEL 10,00 ST
STOP ANGLE
1069768 SCHILD 6,00 ST
NAME PLATE FOR TERMINAL ROW
1071039 TYPENSCHILD 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE
1093148 DRAHTWIDERSTAND 2,00 ST
RESISTOR
1100425 SCHALTSCHRANK,KOMPAKT 1,00 ST
CASING
1106863 ABGLEICHKLEMME SAKL 4/100K TEN 3,00 ST
TERMINAL WITH POTENTIOMETER
1109851 SICHERUNGSAUTOMAT B 6A 1P 10,00 ST
AUTOMATIC FUSE B 6A 1P
1112326 RELAISKLEMME 12,00 ST
TERMINAL WITH RELAY
1115903 MOTORANSTEUERUNG 1,00 ST M 1128284
AMPLIFIER

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 32


SCHALTSCHRANK 1148789 04/2468 SEITE/PAGE : 2/3
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM STB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1121638 HAUPTSCHALTER 1,00 ST
MAIN SWITCH
1121639 KLEMMENABDECKUNG 2,00 ST
COVER PLATE
1121654 SPANNUNGSUEBERWACHUNG 1,00 ST
VOLTAGE CONTROL
1121721 REIHENKLEMME ZDU 6 4,00 ST
TERMINAL ROW ZDU 6
1121722 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVER PLATE
1121723 REIHENKLEMME ZDU 2,5 60,00 ST
TERMINAL ROW ZDU 2,5
1121724 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVER PLATE
1126578 VERDRAHTUNGSKANAL 37,5X75 1,000 M
CABLE CHANNEL 37,5X75
1126579 VERDRAHTUNGSKANAL 50X 75,0 1,000 M
CABLE CHANNEL 50X 75,0
1126581 VERDRAHTUNGSKANAL 100X 75,0 0,600 M
CABLE CHANNEL 100X 75,0
1126919 SERVICESCHNITTSTELLE 2,00 ST
SERVICE POINT
1127473 STROMSTOSSRELAIS 1,00 ST
IMPULSE STORING RELAIS
1133057 WARNANLAGENMODUL 2,00 ST M 1128282
WARNING UNIT MODUL
1133898 FREQUENZ MESSUMFORMER 1,00 ST
CONVERTER
1135189 DC/DC WANDLER 24V 3,00 ST
DC DC CONVERTER
1135350 CAN LOGIK MODUL 1,00 ST M 1128282
CAN LOGIC MODULE
1135768 TUEARRETIERUNG 1,00 ST
SWITCH BOX DOOR HOLDER

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 33


SCHALTSCHRANK 1148789 04/2468 SEITE/PAGE : 3/3
SWITCH BOX ENGINE ROOM STB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1137787 STECKKARTE 1,00 ST M 1101065
ELECTRONIC CARD DPV
1148645 TRENNVERSTAERKER PROGRAMMIERB 2,00 ST
CONVERTER PROGRAMMIERB
1148819 LOGIK MODUL FAHRSTANSWAHL 1,00 ST M 1128282
LOGIK MODUL DESK CONTROL
1148831 STECKKARTE 1,00 ST M 1101061
ELECTRONIC CARD, DCM
1149843 STECKKARTE 1,00 ST M 1101026
ELECTRONIC CART DCM

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 34


PLATINE 1148790 04/2466 SEITE/PAGE : 1/3
PANEL PS

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1033932 RELAIS 1,00 ST
RELAY
1033933 STECKSOCKEL 1,00 ST
PLUG SOCKET
1037927 VERDRAHTUNGSKANAL 1,000 M
CABLE CHANNEL
1043807 TRAGSCHIENE GELOCHT 0,500 M
SUPPORTING BAR
1047533 DIODE 1,00 ST
DIODE
1059213 POTENTIOMETERANTRIEB 1,00 ST
POTI-DRIVE
1062084 BLECH 4,00 0,200 QM
ALU-PLATE
1069636 SPIRALSCHLAUCH 1,200 M
FLEXIBLE SPIRAL HOSE
1069642 ANSCHLUSSHALTER 2,00 ST
CABLE SUPPORT
1069763 ENDWINKEL 2,00 ST
STOP ANGLE
1069764 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
SAFETY PLATE
1069768 SCHILD 3,00 ST
NAME PLATE FOR TERMINAL ROW
1071039 TYPENSCHILD 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE
1078486 SCHOTTEL-LOGO 50X 50 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE, -SCHOTTEL-
1079632 DIMMER 1,00 ST
DIMMER
1079633 POTENTIOMETER 1,00 ST
POTENTIOMETER
1098007 BEFESTIGUNGSWINKEL 1,00 ST
ATTACHEMENT ANGLE

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 35


PLATINE 1148790 04/2466 SEITE/PAGE : 2/3
PANEL PS

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1098223 SICHERUNGSKLEMME 1,00 ST
FUSE HOLDER
1112326 RELAISKLEMME 1,00 ST
TERMINAL WITH RELAY
1121723 REIHENKLEMME ZDU 2,5 20,00 ST
TERMINAL ROW ZDU 2,5
1121724 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVER PLATE
1121726 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVERPLATE FOR 1121725
1126292 DIODENKLEMME 3,00 ST
DIODE TERMINAL
1128627 SCHUBRICHTUNGSANZEIGE 1,00 ST M 1136890
THRUST DIRECTION INDICATOR
1129037 WELLENDREHZAHLANZEIGE 1,00 ST
SPEED INDICATOR
1130217 SCHLUESSELSCHALTER-VORS.2STELL 1,00 ST
FRONT PART KEY SWITCH
1130218 SCHLOSSDRUCKHAUBE 1,00 ST
FRONT PART KEY SWITCH
1130219 FRONTRAHMEN-SET 27,00 ST
FRONT SET
1130221 DRUCKHAUBE KLAR 3,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130222 DRUCKHAUBE BLAU 1,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130223 DRUCKHAUBE GELB 5,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130224 DRUCKHAUBE ROT 10,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130225 DRUCKHAUBE GRUEN 6,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130226 DRUCKHAUBE ORANGE 1,00 ST
FRONT PART

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 36


PLATINE 1148790 04/2466 SEITE/PAGE : 3/3
PANEL PS

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1130229 SCHALTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 3S 2,00 ST
SWITCH
1130230 FRONTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 12,00 ST
FRONT PART LIGHTED PUSH BUTTON
1130231 FRONTELEMENT LEUCHTMELDER 14,00 ST
FRONT PART PILOT LAMP
1130233 GLUEHLAMPE T1 3/4 28V/30MA 24,00 ST
MINIATURE BULBS
1130416 SCHUTZKLAPPE 2,00 ST
FRONT SET
1130753 ALARMSUMMER 1,00 ST
HORN
1130754 SUMMEREINSATZ 1,00 ST
HORN SET
1130755 FRONTRAHMEN SET 1,00 ST
FRONT SET
1131111 FRONTRAHMEN SET 1,00 ST
FRONT SET
1131112 SCHALTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 1S 11,00 ST
SWITCHING ELEMENT
1133067 DIODENKLEMME 19,00 ST
DIODE TERMINAL
1135350 CAN LOGIK MODUL 3,00 ST M 1128282
CAN LOGIC MODULE
1138568 CO-PILOT 3 1,00 ST
COPILOT UNIT
1140261 ANSCHLUSSKABEL MIT STECKER 2,00 ST
CONNECTION CABLE WITH PLUG
1146073 CAN REPEATER 4,00 ST
RELAY
1148005 SICHERUNGSEINSATZ 5X20/0,2A 1,00 ST
FUSE CARTRIDGE 5X20/0,2A
1148821 PLATINE 1,00 ST
PANEL DRILLED

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 37


PLATINE 1148791 04/2465 SEITE/PAGE : 1/3
PANEL PS

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1033932 RELAIS 1,00 ST
RELAY
1033933 STECKSOCKEL 1,00 ST
PLUG SOCKET
1037927 VERDRAHTUNGSKANAL 1,000 M
CABLE CHANNEL
1043807 TRAGSCHIENE GELOCHT 0,500 M
SUPPORTING BAR
1047533 DIODE 1,00 ST
DIODE
1059213 POTENTIOMETERANTRIEB 1,00 ST
POTI-DRIVE
1062084 BLECH 4,00 0,200 QM
ALU-PLATE
1069636 SPIRALSCHLAUCH 1,200 M
FLEXIBLE SPIRAL HOSE
1069642 ANSCHLUSSHALTER 2,00 ST
CABLE SUPPORT
1069763 ENDWINKEL 2,00 ST
STOP ANGLE
1069764 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
SAFETY PLATE
1069768 SCHILD 3,00 ST
NAME PLATE FOR TERMINAL ROW
1071039 TYPENSCHILD 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE
1078486 SCHOTTEL-LOGO 50X 50 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE, -SCHOTTEL-
1079632 DIMMER 1,00 ST
DIMMER
1079633 POTENTIOMETER 1,00 ST
POTENTIOMETER
1098007 BEFESTIGUNGSWINKEL 1,00 ST
ATTACHEMENT ANGLE

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 38


PLATINE 1148791 04/2465 SEITE/PAGE : 2/3
PANEL PS

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1098223 SICHERUNGSKLEMME 1,00 ST
FUSE HOLDER
1112326 RELAISKLEMME 1,00 ST
TERMINAL WITH RELAY
1121723 REIHENKLEMME ZDU 2,5 20,00 ST
TERMINAL ROW ZDU 2,5
1121724 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVER PLATE
1121726 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVERPLATE FOR 1121725
1126292 DIODENKLEMME 3,00 ST
DIODE TERMINAL
1128627 SCHUBRICHTUNGSANZEIGE 1,00 ST M 1136890
THRUST DIRECTION INDICATOR
1129037 WELLENDREHZAHLANZEIGE 1,00 ST
SPEED INDICATOR
1130219 FRONTRAHMEN-SET 25,00 ST
FRONT SET
1130221 DRUCKHAUBE KLAR 3,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130222 DRUCKHAUBE BLAU 1,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130223 DRUCKHAUBE GELB 5,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130224 DRUCKHAUBE ROT 9,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130225 DRUCKHAUBE GRUEN 6,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130226 DRUCKHAUBE ORANGE 1,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130229 SCHALTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 3S 2,00 ST
SWITCH
1130230 FRONTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 11,00 ST
FRONT PART LIGHTED PUSH BUTTON

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 39


PLATINE 1148791 04/2465 SEITE/PAGE : 3/3
PANEL PS

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1130231 FRONTELEMENT LEUCHTMELDER 14,00 ST
FRONT PART PILOT LAMP
1130233 GLUEHLAMPE T1 3/4 28V/30MA 23,00 ST
MINIATURE BULBS
1130416 SCHUTZKLAPPE 1,00 ST
FRONT SET
1130753 ALARMSUMMER 1,00 ST
HORN
1130754 SUMMEREINSATZ 1,00 ST
HORN SET
1130755 FRONTRAHMEN SET 1,00 ST
FRONT SET
1131111 FRONTRAHMEN SET 1,00 ST
FRONT SET
1131112 SCHALTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 1S 9,00 ST
SWITCHING ELEMENT
1133067 DIODENKLEMME 19,00 ST
DIODE TERMINAL
1135350 CAN LOGIK MODUL 3,00 ST M 1128282
CAN LOGIC MODULE
1138568 CO-PILOT 3 1,00 ST
COPILOT UNIT
1140261 ANSCHLUSSKABEL MIT STECKER 2,00 ST
CONNECTION CABLE WITH PLUG
1148005 SICHERUNGSEINSATZ 5X20/0,2A 1,00 ST
FUSE CARTRIDGE 5X20/0,2A
1148822 PLATINE 1,00 ST
PANEL DRILLED

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 40


PLATINE 1148792 04/2595 SEITE/PAGE : 1/3
PANEL STB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1033932 RELAIS 1,00 ST
RELAY
1033933 STECKSOCKEL 1,00 ST
PLUG SOCKET
1037927 VERDRAHTUNGSKANAL 1,000 M
CABLE CHANNEL
1043807 TRAGSCHIENE GELOCHT 0,500 M
SUPPORTING BAR
1047533 DIODE 1,00 ST
DIODE
1059213 POTENTIOMETERANTRIEB 1,00 ST
POTI-DRIVE
1062084 BLECH 4,00 0,200 QM
ALU-PLATE
1069636 SPIRALSCHLAUCH 1,200 M
FLEXIBLE SPIRAL HOSE
1069642 ANSCHLUSSHALTER 2,00 ST
CABLE SUPPORT
1069763 ENDWINKEL 2,00 ST
STOP ANGLE
1069764 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
SAFETY PLATE
1069768 SCHILD 3,00 ST
NAME PLATE FOR TERMINAL ROW
1071039 TYPENSCHILD 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE
1078486 SCHOTTEL-LOGO 50X 50 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE, -SCHOTTEL-
1079632 DIMMER 1,00 ST
DIMMER
1079633 POTENTIOMETER 1,00 ST
POTENTIOMETER
1098007 BEFESTIGUNGSWINKEL 1,00 ST
ATTACHEMENT ANGLE

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 41


PLATINE 1148792 04/2595 SEITE/PAGE : 2/3
PANEL STB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1098223 SICHERUNGSKLEMME 1,00 ST
FUSE HOLDER
1112326 RELAISKLEMME 1,00 ST
TERMINAL WITH RELAY
1121723 REIHENKLEMME ZDU 2,5 20,00 ST
TERMINAL ROW ZDU 2,5
1121724 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVER PLATE
1121726 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVERPLATE FOR 1121725
1126292 DIODENKLEMME 3,00 ST
DIODE TERMINAL
1128627 SCHUBRICHTUNGSANZEIGE 1,00 ST M 1136890
THRUST DIRECTION INDICATOR
1129037 WELLENDREHZAHLANZEIGE 1,00 ST
SPEED INDICATOR
1130217 SCHLUESSELSCHALTER-VORS.2STELL 1,00 ST
FRONT PART KEY SWITCH
1130218 SCHLOSSDRUCKHAUBE 1,00 ST
FRONT PART KEY SWITCH
1130219 FRONTRAHMEN-SET 28,00 ST
FRONT SET
1130221 DRUCKHAUBE KLAR 3,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130222 DRUCKHAUBE BLAU 1,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130223 DRUCKHAUBE GELB 5,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130224 DRUCKHAUBE ROT 10,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130225 DRUCKHAUBE GRUEN 7,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130226 DRUCKHAUBE ORANGE 1,00 ST
FRONT PART

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 42


PLATINE 1148792 04/2595 SEITE/PAGE : 3/3
PANEL STB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1130229 SCHALTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 3S 2,00 ST
SWITCH
1130230 FRONTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 13,00 ST
FRONT PART LIGHTED PUSH BUTTON
1130231 FRONTELEMENT LEUCHTMELDER 14,00 ST
FRONT PART PILOT LAMP
1130233 GLUEHLAMPE T1 3/4 28V/30MA 25,00 ST
MINIATURE BULBS
1130416 SCHUTZKLAPPE 2,00 ST
FRONT SET
1130753 ALARMSUMMER 1,00 ST
HORN
1130754 SUMMEREINSATZ 1,00 ST
HORN SET
1130755 FRONTRAHMEN SET 1,00 ST
FRONT SET
1131111 FRONTRAHMEN SET 1,00 ST
FRONT SET
1131112 SCHALTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 1S 12,00 ST
SWITCHING ELEMENT
1133067 DIODENKLEMME 20,00 ST
DIODE TERMINAL
1135350 CAN LOGIK MODUL 3,00 ST M 1128282
CAN LOGIC MODULE
1138570 CO-PILOT 3 1,00 ST
COPILOT UNIT
1140261 ANSCHLUSSKABEL MIT STECKER 4,00 ST
CONNECTION CABLE WITH PLUG
1146073 CAN REPEATER 4,00 ST
RELAY
1148005 SICHERUNGSEINSATZ 5X20/0,2A 1,00 ST
FUSE CARTRIDGE 5X20/0,2A
1148823 PLATINE 1,00 ST
PANEL DRILLED

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 43


PLATINE 1148793 04/2595 SEITE/PAGE : 1/3
PANEL STB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1033932 RELAIS 1,00 ST
RELAY
1033933 STECKSOCKEL 1,00 ST
PLUG SOCKET
1037927 VERDRAHTUNGSKANAL 1,000 M
CABLE CHANNEL
1043807 TRAGSCHIENE GELOCHT 0,500 M
SUPPORTING BAR
1047533 DIODE 1,00 ST
DIODE
1059213 POTENTIOMETERANTRIEB 1,00 ST
POTI-DRIVE
1062084 BLECH 4,00 0,200 QM
ALU-PLATE
1069636 SPIRALSCHLAUCH 1,200 M
FLEXIBLE SPIRAL HOSE
1069642 ANSCHLUSSHALTER 2,00 ST
CABLE SUPPORT
1069763 ENDWINKEL 2,00 ST
STOP ANGLE
1069764 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
SAFETY PLATE
1069768 SCHILD 3,00 ST
NAME PLATE FOR TERMINAL ROW
1071039 TYPENSCHILD 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE
1078486 SCHOTTEL-LOGO 50X 50 1,00 ST
NAME PLATE, -SCHOTTEL-
1079632 DIMMER 1,00 ST
DIMMER
1079633 POTENTIOMETER 1,00 ST
POTENTIOMETER
1098007 BEFESTIGUNGSWINKEL 1,00 ST
ATTACHEMENT ANGLE

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 44


PLATINE 1148793 04/2595 SEITE/PAGE : 2/3
PANEL STB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1098223 SICHERUNGSKLEMME 1,00 ST
FUSE HOLDER
1112326 RELAISKLEMME 1,00 ST
TERMINAL WITH RELAY
1121723 REIHENKLEMME ZDU 2,5 20,00 ST
TERMINAL ROW ZDU 2,5
1121724 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVER PLATE
1121726 ABSCHLUSSPLATTE 1,00 ST
COVERPLATE FOR 1121725
1126292 DIODENKLEMME 3,00 ST
DIODE TERMINAL
1128627 SCHUBRICHTUNGSANZEIGE 1,00 ST M 1136890
THRUST DIRECTION INDICATOR
1129037 WELLENDREHZAHLANZEIGE 1,00 ST
SPEED INDICATOR
1130219 FRONTRAHMEN-SET 26,00 ST
FRONT SET
1130221 DRUCKHAUBE KLAR 3,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130222 DRUCKHAUBE BLAU 1,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130223 DRUCKHAUBE GELB 5,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130224 DRUCKHAUBE ROT 9,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130225 DRUCKHAUBE GRUEN 7,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130226 DRUCKHAUBE ORANGE 1,00 ST
FRONT PART
1130229 SCHALTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 3S 2,00 ST
SWITCH
1130230 FRONTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 12,00 ST
FRONT PART LIGHTED PUSH BUTTON

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 45


PLATINE 1148793 04/2595 SEITE/PAGE : 3/3
PANEL STB

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1130231 FRONTELEMENT LEUCHTMELDER 14,00 ST
FRONT PART PILOT LAMP
1130233 GLUEHLAMPE T1 3/4 28V/30MA 24,00 ST
MINIATURE BULBS
1130416 SCHUTZKLAPPE 1,00 ST
FRONT SET
1130753 ALARMSUMMER 1,00 ST
HORN
1130754 SUMMEREINSATZ 1,00 ST
HORN SET
1130755 FRONTRAHMEN SET 1,00 ST
FRONT SET
1131111 FRONTRAHMEN SET 1,00 ST
FRONT SET
1131112 SCHALTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 1S 10,00 ST
SWITCHING ELEMENT
1133067 DIODENKLEMME 20,00 ST
DIODE TERMINAL
1135350 CAN LOGIK MODUL 3,00 ST M 1128282
CAN LOGIC MODULE
1138570 CO-PILOT 3 1,00 ST
COPILOT UNIT
1140261 ANSCHLUSSKABEL MIT STECKER 4,00 ST
CONNECTION CABLE WITH PLUG
1148005 SICHERUNGSEINSATZ 5X20/0,2A 1,00 ST
FUSE CARTRIDGE 5X20/0,2A
1148824 PLATINE 1,00 ST
PANEL DRILLED

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 46


ERSATZTEILE,ELEKTRO 1148794 04/2464 SEITE/PAGE : 1/2
SPARE PARTS LIST

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1033932 RELAIS 1,00 ST
RELAY
1047533 DIODE 1,00 ST
DIODE
1056202 LEISTUNGSSCHALTERRELAIS 1,00 ST
RELAY
1112326 RELAISKLEMME 2,00 ST
TERMINAL WITH RELAY
1115903 MOTORANSTEUERUNG 1,00 ST M 1128284
AMPLIFIER
1126292 DIODENKLEMME 3,00 ST
DIODE TERMINAL
1127473 STROMSTOSSRELAIS 1,00 ST
IMPULSE STORING RELAIS
1130232 WERKZEUGSET,ELEKTRO 1,00 ST
MOUNTING SET
1130233 GLUEHLAMPE T1 3/4 28V/30MA 10,00 ST
MINIATURE BULBS
1131112 SCHALTELEMENT LEUCHTTASTER 1S 1,00 ST
SWITCHING ELEMENT
1133057 WARNANLAGENMODUL 1,00 ST M 1128282
WARNING UNIT MODUL
1133067 DIODENKLEMME 5,00 ST
DIODE TERMINAL
1133898 FREQUENZ MESSUMFORMER 1,00 ST
CONVERTER
1135189 DC/DC WANDLER 24V 1,00 ST
DC DC CONVERTER
1135350 CAN LOGIK MODUL 3,00 ST M 1128282
CAN LOGIC MODULE
1135350 CAN LOGIK MODUL 1,00 ST M 1128282
CAN LOGIC MODULE
1137787 STECKKARTE 1,00 ST M 1101065
ELECTRONIC CARD DPV

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 47


ERSATZTEILE,ELEKTRO 1148794 04/2464 SEITE/PAGE : 2/2
SPARE PARTS LIST

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1148005 SICHERUNGSEINSATZ 5X20/0,2A 1,00 ST
FUSE CARTRIDGE 5X20/0,2A
1148819 LOGIK MODUL FAHRSTANSWAHL 1,00 ST M 1128282
LOGIK MODUL DESK CONTROL
1148831 STECKKARTE 1,00 ST M 1101061
ELECTRONIC CARD, DCM
1149843 STECKKARTE 1,00 ST M 1101026
ELECTRONIC CART DCM

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 48


RESERVETEILE SPJ+HY 1156055 SEITE/PAGE : 1/2
SPARE PARTS

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1001101 RADIALWELLENDICHTRING 1,00 ST
ROTARY SHAFT SEAL
1001322 RUNDDICHTRING 24,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
1001351 RUNDDICHTRING 60,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING 60,00X 3,00
1001363 RUNDDICHTRING 75,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
1001402 RUNDDICHTRING 140,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING 140,00X 3,00
1001413 RUNDDICHTRING 160,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
1001517 RUNDDICHTRING 340,00X 3,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
1002214 DICHTRING A 22,0X 27,0 1,00 ST
SEALING RING A 22,0X 27,0
1002224 DICHTRING A 48,0X 55,0 1,00 ST
SEALING RING A 48,0X 55,0
1007105 GERADE VERSCHRAUBUNG EL12 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT COUPLING
1007106 GERADE VERSCHRAUBUNG EL15 4,00 ST
STRAIGHT COUPLING
1007108 GERADE VERSCHRAUBUNG EL22 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT COUPLING
1007800 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 2,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
1008062 HOECHSTDRUCKSCHLAUCH 1,00 ST
HOSE, MAX. PRESSURE
1008065 GERADE VERSCHRAUBUNG EL35 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT COUPLING
1008084 HOECHSTDRUCKSCHLAUCH 4,00 ST
HOSE, MAX. PRESSURE
1008093 HOECHSTDRUCKSCHLAUCH 1,00 ST
HOSE, MAX. PRESSURE

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 49


RESERVETEILE SPJ+HY 1156055 SEITE/PAGE : 2/2
SPARE PARTS

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1008095 HOECHSTDRUCKSCHLAUCH 1,00 ST
HOSE, MAX. PRESSURE
1011622 DICHTRING A 14,0X 18,0 1,00 ST
SEALING RING A 14,0X 18,0
1011654 DICHTRING A 30,0X 36,0 1,00 ST
SEALING RINGS
1026903 DICHTUNG DN 15 PN 6 1,00 ST
GASKET
1032497 QUADRING 1,00 ST
SQUARE SEAL
1038129 FILTERELEMENT 1,00 ST
FILTER INSERT
1076109 RUNDDICHTRING 68,00X 4,00 1,00 ST
SEALING RING
1086317 DICHTUNG 1,00 ST
GASKET
1087229 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
STRAIGHT MALE STUD FITTING
1091770 FILTERELEMENT 1,00 ST
FILTER INSERT
1103550 DICHTUNG 56X 31X 2 1,00 ST
GASKET
1109446 DICHTUNGSSATZ HOCHDRUCKFILTER 1,00 ST
SEALING KIT

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 50


WERKZEUG,LAUFRADMONTAGE 1126001 SEITE/PAGE : 1/1
TOOLS FOR MOUNTING OF IMPELLER

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
002 1007336 SCHEIBE B 13,0-140 HV 2,00 ST
WASHER B 13,0-140 HV
003 1001006 SECHSKANTMUTTER M 12 2,00 ST
HEXAGON NUT M 12
004 1021548 GEWINDEBOLZEN M12 X 1000 2,000 M
STUD BOLTS
008 1109521 SPANNVORRICHTUNG 4,00 ST
CLAMPING DEVICE
009 1000722 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M12X 45 4,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
013 1125899 MONTAGEPLATTE 1,00 ST
MOUNTING PLATE
014 1000336 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M10X 30 2,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M10X 30
015 1038232 GEWINDEBOLZEN M16 X 1000 1,000 M
STUD BOLTS
016 1010938 SECHSKANTMUTTER M 16 1,00 ST
HEXAGON NUT M 16
017 1007338 SCHEIBE B 17,0-140 HV 1,00 ST
WASHER
018 1007338 SCHEIBE B 17,0-140 HV 1,00 ST
WASHER
019 1010938 SECHSKANTMUTTER M 16 1,00 ST
HEXAGON NUT M 16
020 1000633 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M16X 70 1,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD BOLT M16X 70

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 51


OELABSAUGVORRICHTUNG 1122888 SEITE/PAGE : 1/1
OIL SUCTION DEVICE

ZEICHNUNG/DRAWING: 1122888 NEUANLAGE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POS. TEILE-NR. BENENNUNG MENGE ME BA-NR.
POS. PART NO. DENOMINATION QUANTITY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 1003866 WINKELBLECH 1,00 ST
ANGLE PLATE
002 1009526 FLUEGELHANDPUMPE 1,00 ST
PUMP, HAND
003 1000338 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE M10X 30 2,00 ST
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW M10X 30
004 1001594 FEDERRING 10 2,00 ST
SPRING LOCK WASHER
005 1000999 SECHSKANTMUTTER M 10 2,00 ST
HEXAGON NUT M 10
006 1007800 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
007 1004245 ROHR 1,00 ST
PIPE
009 1089622 ROHR,HY-DRUCKGEPRUEFT 0,050 M
SEAMLESS PRECISION STEEL TUBES
010 1023103 WASSERSCHLAUCH 9,0X 3,0 5,000 M
HOSE, WATER-
011 1012785 SCHLAUCHSCHELLE 2,00 ST
HOSE CLAMP
012 1013777 GERADE EINSCHRAUBVERSCHRAUBUNG 1,00 ST
MALE STUD COUPLING
013 1089622 ROHR,HY-DRUCKGEPRUEFT 0,925 M
SEAMLESS PRECISION STEEL TUBES

D/GB 26.07.2006 14112286 52


SCHOTTEL
FORPROGRESSIVEPROPULSION

Electronic System

JOIN FORCES WITH THE BEST


Indications and Electric Symbols for
SCHOTTEL Electronic Systems

Preliminary remark
! ATTENTION

The present operating, maintenance and mounting Refers to working and operating processes which
instructions offer information and help to every per- have to be strictly kept in order to avoid damages or
son engaged in operation and maintenance of destruction of the material.
SCHOTTEL installations. To this effect it is essential
to read, understand and to observe these docu-
ments. NOTE
It has to be ensured that these instructions are made
available to any person involved in operation and Indicates exceptional features in the working pro-
maintenance. cess which have to be observed.
We do not accept any liability for damages and
breakdowns resulting from disregard of these
instructions.
It is taken for granted that every user is familiar with ! CAUTION
the installations and has been informed about pos-
sible dangers. Indicates working and operating methods which
All work on the installations has to be carried out by have to be strictly observed in order to exclude pos-
well trained personnel only. sible dangers for persons.
Notes pointing out reference numbers in illustrations
are depicted in brackets in the text. During all works carried out on SCHOTTEL installa-
tions the “Safety and Environmental Protection
All illustrations are schematic projections without any Regulations SV 1” as well as the relevant laws in
claim of completenes. force in the respective country have to be observed.

Important instructions relevant to technical and


operational safety are indicated by the following sym- We reserve the right for technical modifications due
bols. to further development of SCHOTTEL installations.

! ATTENTION
For ordering of spare parts or queries, order number
If there is a ventilator in your switchbox, every 3 and part characteristics are to be indicated (see wi-
months the filterelements have to be cleaned or re- ring scheme, page 7).
newed if necessary.

GB TDO--ge Indications and electric symbols for SCHOTTEL elctronic systems 2 428/98 1099245 1/7
SCHOTTEL -- Electronic Systems

Electric symbols

10 15 20 24
U LOGIK
28 18 20 31 1 27

3A1

1B1 pressure pick---up for display unit


P

1B2 temperature pick---up for display unit


γ

1B3 level pick up for display unit

1B4 speed pick---up for display unit


G

1F1 fuse with indication of trigger value


6A

1F2 automatic fuse with indication of trigger caracteristics and trigger value
L6A

+
1G1 battery
---

B+
G three---phase generator with integreted bridge rectifer
µ 1G2
3
B---

X1
1H1 signal lamp, lamp general
X2

2 /7 TDO--ge Indications and electric symbols for SCHOTTEL elctronic systems 2 428/98 1099245 GB
+
1H2 horn
---

1H3 LED

86
1K1 relay coil / general
85

A1
1K2 relay coil / general with quenching diode
A2

1K3
A1 B1
throw over relay, mechanical locking relay
A2 B2

A1
b1K4 pull---in time delay relay
A2

b1K5 drop---out time delay relay

U b1K6 low voltage relay

b1K7 flashing relay

87
2K1 relay contact, closing at actuation
30

87a
2K2 relay contact, opening at actuation
30

12 14
2K3 relay contact,changing over at actuation
11

GB TDO--ge Indications and electric symbols for SCHOTTEL elctronic systems 2 428/98 1099245 3/7
SCHOTTEL -- Electronic Systems

22 14
2K4 relay contact, pull in time delayed changing over
11

12 14
2K5 relay contact, drop out time delayed changing over
11

14

2K6 relay contact, drop out time delayed changing over


11

95
2F / K7 thermically triggered contact (overcurrent relay)
96

30 50

1M1 DC---Motor (starter)

31
L1 L2 L3

1M2 three---phase motor



PE

1M3 one---phase motor (switch box ventilator)


380 / 220V
1M4 transformator with indication of characteristic date
400VA

+
1P1 service hour meter
---

1P2 display unit (rpm)

+ 1P3 display unit (oil pressure resp. temperature)


G

1Q1 circuit breaker (battery main switch)

4 /7 TDO--ge Indications and electric symbols for SCHOTTEL elctronic systems 2 428/98 1099245 GB
1Q2 engine protection switch

1R1 resistance fixed

1R2 resistance variable

1R3 potentiometer (instrument lights)

3R1 potentiometer (speed control)


6 5

4R3 potentiometer (thrust direction control)


1 2 5 3

1 2 3 4 5
e4A4 potentiometer (feedback signal for small thrust direction display)

13

1S1 key switch


14

13

1S2 push button


14

0 1 13
1S3 ON---OFF switch

14

0
0
1S4 swiviel switch, spring---operated zero---position after actuation

1 0 2 13
1/0 stop key, locking in position 1 and 0 automatic draw---back
1S5 to position 0 from position 2
14

GB TDO--ge Indications and electric symbols for SCHOTTEL elctronic systems 2 428/98 1099245 5/7
SCHOTTEL -- Electronic Systems

13
1S6 emergency off---switch, locking after actuation
14

1S7 limit switch, mechanically actuated

+ ---
1S8 limit switch, inductive switch

1S10 level switch

γ 1S11 temperature switch

P 1S12 pressure switch

1V1 diode

1X1 terminal

1X2 plug connection

1Y1 coil (cut---off magnet)

1Y2 solenoid valve

1Y3 magnet clutch

6 /7 TDO--ge Indications and electric symbols for SCHOTTEL elctronic systems 2 428/98 1099245 GB
GB
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4qmm
24V DC +--20% not specially signed areas 0,75qm current path number
L+/5.8 L+/5.1

b3F1 b3F1

TDO--ge
6A a3R1 L6A 3x2 3 W1 MGCG 1,5qmm
6 5
3x1 3
1 2 W2 MGCG 1,5qmm

1 2
+0-- 13 24 33 44
a3S1 0
14 23 34 43
10 16 20 24

b3A1 U= LOGIK cable data


3x1 4 5 6
28 18 20 27 cable name (W . . )
3x2 4 5 6 type of cable (MGCG)
part indication criss--section of wire (1,5 qmm)
22 24 32 34
b3K1
5.5
21 31
3x2
10 11 12 13
W3 MGCG 1,5qmm

7 5 6 2 3

h3A2 A1
b3K1
4qmm A2

L--/5.8 L--/5.1

function text nominal value actual value control unit failure time dependent
speed control follow up speed control
speed contr.

Indications and electric symbols for SCHOTTEL elctronic systems


indication of side and current path, 14 indication of
12 11

2
where contact of the relay is used existing relay contacts
24
5.4
22 21
5.4
34
5.5
SCHOTTEL--order number SCHOTTEL-- drawing number page number

428/98
32 31
5.4
44
42 41

Datum electric symbols


Bearb. SCHOTTEL

1099245
Gepr. Bl.
Änderung Datum Name Norm Urspr. Ers.f. Er.d. Bl.

7/7
Controller board DCM

The digital controller board for the 360 Schottel Description


steering control basically consist of:
voltage stabilization This electronic board contains the evaluation logics
8 bit Microcontroller and the reference power supply (10 V/ DC) for the
RAM 360 steering system. The electronic compares the
Eprom preselection with the actual angle of the steering unit
10 bit A/D converter and transmits a signal corresponding to the differen-
12 bit D/A converter tial angle with a CAN--bus interface to an amplifier
4 digital input--ports board.
3 digital output--ports
serial interface The logic card also processes different analogue and
CAN interface digital values for control and monitoring of the drive.
LED display
alarm relay A malfunction detection is integrated at the controller
board. This malfunction detection contains special
Important! protective devices and a visible display which is lo-
cated in the front panel of the board as a LED row.
The ID--No. on the front panel is the number of the
complete board. The green emitting diode ( LED 1) indicates the op-
It includes the electronic--board ID--No. 1112500 and erational readiness of the board.
the software.
The red LED’s will be illuminated if the following mal-
functions exist:
steering LED 2 CAN--failure
DCM In case of a communication failure via the
LED l in service field bus (wrong CAN knot address, lacking
can
final resistor).
LED 2
LED 3 power supply LED 3 failure power supply
LED 4 digital out Without delay if the voltage exceeds 32 V,
controller or with a reaction time of 4 sec. in case of
LED 5
undershooting 18 Volts.
LED 6 setpoint

LED 7
feedback LED 4 failure digital out
Will be illuminated if there is a short circuit
in a digital output.
LED 5 failure--controller
Will be illuminated if the watchdog control
on the electronic detect a malfunction of
the controller or memory chip failure and
the controller does not work correctly after
an automatically reset.
Code plug of the
back side LED 6 failure set point
Will be illuminated if there is a wire break-
ID--NR 1111409 age or a short circuit in the normal value
circuit.
LED 7 failure feed back
Will be illuminated if there is a wire break-
age or a short circuit in the actual value
Figure 1 Front view circuit.

GB Controller board DCM 2 782/98 1101026 1/4


SCHOTTEL--Electronic System

Whenever there is a warning (red LED’s) the green Special--Jumper


LED “in service” will be extinguished and a potential
free relay contact will be switched. One the board there are two special jumpers S1 and
S2 to switch several special functions.

NOTE
--see layout DCM 1.0
After the malfunction has been eliminated, the oper-
ating voltage must be interrupted for a short time, to
ensure that the LED ”in service” is illuminated again
Pick up input channel
and that the relay is switched over again. (hardware--
reset).
On the board there is one digital input channel
(counter) for a pick up signal, with a frequency of
3...500 Hz.
Inputs

Analog voltage inputs


The board has 4 analog inputs (input E1--4) for an in-
! ATTENTION
put signal 0...10 V. The frequency input channel has to be used together
with the pick up: Type ODg18b SOPO.GP00.K2 (p--
switched) Rheintacho IDNR. 1103743.
Digital input channels
Pick up distance from screws : 2 -- 3 mm
The board has 4 digital input channels (18--36 V) for Max. input 1.5 KHz
controlling of the steering system, all digital input sig- Do not use any hexagon socket or slotted screws!
nals are optically isolated.

green LD1
2
J3 1
red LD2 Eprom K1 2

red LD3

RAM
red LD4

red LD5

red LD6 I U
J4 123
red LD7
J9 123
3 I
Special J5 2
1 U
S1
2
S2 Controller J2 1
1
2 32
J1 1
3 I
J8 2
1 U
CAN Address

Figure 2 Layout DCM 1.0

2/ 4 Controller board DCM 2 782/98 1101026 GB


Outputs Technical Data

Digital output channels Power supply 24 V DC


The board has 3 digital output ports for an output sig- Permissible voltage deviation + 30%
nal of 24 V / max. 0.5 A and one output port for failure with ripple -- 25 %
indication. In case of a failure the potentional free
relay contact (24 V / 0.5 A) switches (open). Ripple < 1,5 V /AC
The digital output ports 1--3 are for the controlling of Ambient temperature 0 . . . 70 C
switch boxes,amplifiers, etc.
Stabilized reference voltage 10V (intern)
Interfaces Micocontroller Typ P80C592
Frontpanel size 8 TE
RS--232 interface (1 TE = 5,08 mm)
A serial interface RS--232 is installed at the DCM for Eurocard board with 32--pole male multipoint
connecting priority input devices and for using the connector
Schottel service programm ( only for Schottel ser-
vice engineers).

Baud rate : 9600 bps


( 1 startbit, 8 databit, Type approval
1 stopbit, no parity )
GL -- certificate No. : 99133--96 HH
CAN interface RINA : ELE / 81196 / 1
A CAN interface is installed at the DCM for connect-
ing priority CAN input devices and for using a sepa-
rate CAN service--monitor.
max. data transfer distance 500m
bitrate 125 kbps

Voltage diagram of the presetting or


feedback potentiometer

U/V
10

0 90 180 270 360

Sign analog input 1


analog input 3

Angle analog input 2


analog input 4

Figure 3

GB Controller board DCM 2 782/98 1101026 3/4


SCHOTTEL--Electronic System

Connection diagramm DCM

2a
Input GND
2c
4a Input + 24V / DC
4c
6a Warning contact 24 V / 1A
6c Warning contact 24 V / 1 A (the warning relays has triggered in the operating mode)
8a Digital input 3
8c Digital input 4
10a Digital input 1
10c Digital input 2
12a Digital output 3 (24 V / 0,5 A)
12c Input pick up
14a Digital output 1 (24 V / 0,5 A)

14c Digital output 2 (24 V / 0,5 A)


16a Analog GND
16c Digital GND
18a Analog input 3 (0 . . . 10 V
18c Analog input 4 (0 . . . 10 V
20a Analog input 1 (0 . . . 10 V)

20c Analog input 2 (0 . . . 10 V)


22a Housing GND
22c Reference voltage 10 V (max. 30 mA)

28a GND 24 V
28c Reset --input
30a Output serial interface RS--232 / RXD
30c Output serial interface RS--232 / TXD
32a Output interface CAN--H
32c Output interface CAN--L

4/ 4 Controller board DCM 2 782/98 1101026 GB


Controller board DCM

The digital controller board basically consist of: Description


Voltage stabilization
8 bit Microcontroller
RAM This electronic board contains the evaluation logics
EPROM and the reference power supply (10 V/ DC).
10 bit A/D converter
12 bit D/A converter The logic card also processes different analogue and
4 digital input--ports digital values for control and monitoring of the drive.
3 digital output--ports
Serial interface
A malfunction detection is integrated at the controller
CAN interface
board. This malfunction detection contains special
LED display
protective devices and a visible display which is lo-
Alarm relay
cated in the front panel of the board as a LED row.
Important!
The green emitting diode ( LED 1) indicates the op-
The ID--No. on the front panel is the number of the erational readiness of the board.
complete board.
It includes the electronic--board ID--No. 1112498 and
the software.
The red LED’s will be illuminated if the following mal-
functions exist:

steering LED 2 CAN failure


DCM Will be illuminated if the communication
LED l in service with the CAN--interface fails.
LED 2 can
LED 3 Failure power supply
LED 3 power supply
Without delay if the voltage exceeds 32 V,
LED 4 digital out or with a reaction time of 4 sec. in case of
LED 5 controller undershooting 18 Volts.
LED 6 setpoint
LED 7 feedback LED 4 Failure digital out
Will be illuminated if there is a short circuit
in a digital output.

LED 5 Failure--controller
Will be illuminated if the watchdog control
on the electronic detect a malfunction of
the controller or memory chip failure and
Code plug on the controller does not work correctly after
the back side an automatically reset.

LED 6 Failure set point


ID--NR Will be illuminated if there is a wire break-
age or a short circuit in the normal value cir-
cuit.

LED 7 Failure feed back


Number of the Will be illuminated if there is a wire break-
complete board age or a short circuit in the actual value cir-
Figure 1 Front view
cuit.

GB TDO--ge Controller board DCM 0 Mai/98 1101061 1/4


SCHOTTEL--Electronic System

Whenever there is a warning (red LED’s) the green Digital input channels
LED “in service” will be extinguished and a potential
The board has 4 digital input channels (18--36 V) for
free relay contact will be switched.
controlling of the steering system, all digital input sig-
nals are optically isolated.

NOTE Special--Jumper
On the board there are two special jumpers S1 and
After the malfunction has been eliminated, the oper-
S2 to switch several special functions.
ating voltage must be interrupted for a short time, to
ensure that the LED ”in service” is illuminated again
--see layout DCM 1.0
and that the relay is switched over again. (hardware--
reset).
Pick up input channel
On the board there is one digital input channel
(counter) for a pick up signal, with a frequency of
Inputs 3...500 Hz.

Analog voltage-- and current inputs ! ATTENTION


The board has 4 analog inputs (input E1--4) for an in- The frequency input channel has to be used together
put signal 0...10 V. Input channel E3 and E4 are pre- with the pick up (p--switched).
pared for current input signal (0...20 mA / 4...20 mA) Do not use any hexagon socket or slotted screws!
by switching jumpers on the card (see Table 1).

green LD1
2
J3 1
red LD2 Eprom K1 2

red LD3
RAM U I
red LD4
3 (0..20mA) 321
J16
red LD5 J6 2
1 (4..20mA) 123
J14
123
red LD6 J15
3 (0..20mA)
red LD7 J7 2
1 (4..20mA) U I
Special 3 I J12 321 I U
J5 2
S1
1 U J10 123 J4 123
2 J11 123 J9 123
S2 Controller J2 1
1
2 32
J1 1
3 I
J8 2
1 U
CAN address

Figure 2 Layout DCM 1.0

2/ 4 TDO--ge Controller board DCM 0 Mai/98 1101061 GB


Jumper--position

Jumper 4 Jumper 5 Jumper 6


Input E3for voltage input activated 2 -- 3 1 -- 2 n.c.
Input E3 for current input 0 . . . 20 mA activated 1 -- 2 2 -- 3 2 -- 3
Input E3 for current input 4 . . . 20 mA activated 1 -- 2 2 -- 3 1 -- 2
Jumper 7 Jumper 8 Jumper 9
Input E4 for voltage input activated n.c. 1 -- 2 2 -- 3
Input E4 for current input 0 . . . 20 mA activated 2 -- 3 2 -- 3 1 -- 2
Input E4 for current input 4 . . . 20 mA activated 1 -- 2 2 -- 3 1 -- 2

Table 1

Outputs

Analog voltage-- and current outputs Digital output channels


The board has 4 digital output ports for an output sig-
The board has 4 analog voltage outputs (output 1--4) nal of 24 V / max. 0.5 A and one output port for failure
for an output signal 0...10 V / max. 20 mA (12 bit) . indication. In case of a failure the potentional free
Output channel 3 and 4 are prepared for output sig- relay contact (24V / 0.5 A) switches (open).
nal 0...20 mA ( 12bit ) by switching jumpers on the The digital output ports 1--3 are for the controlling of
board, (see table 2). switch boxes,amplifiers, etc.

Jumper--position

Jumper 10 Jumper 11 Jumper 12


Output 3 for voltage output activated 1 -- 2 1 -- 2 2 -- 3
Output 3 for current output activated 2 -- 3 2 -- 3 1 -- 2
Jumper 14 Jumper 15 Jumper 16
Output 4 for voltage output activated 1 -- 2 1 -- 2 2 -- 3
Output 4 for current output activated 2 -- 3 2 -- 3 1 -- 2

Table 2

Interfaces

RS--232 interface CAN interface


A CAN interface is installed at the DCM for connect-
A serial interface RS--232 is installed at the DCM for ing priority CAN input devices and for using a sepa-
connecting priority input devices and for using the rate CAN service--monitor.
Schottel service programm ( only for Schottel ser-
vice engineers). max. data transfer distance 500m
bitrate 125 kbps
Baud rate : 9600 bps
( 1 startbit, 8 databit,
1 stopbit, no parity )

GB TDO--ge Controller board DCM 0 Mai/98 1101061 3/4


SCHOTTEL--Electronic System

Technical data
Type approval
Power supply 24 V DC
Permissible voltage deviation + 30% GL -- certificate No. : 99133--96 HH
with ripple -- 25 % RINA : ELE / 81196 / 1
Ripple < 1,5 V /AC
Ambient temperature 0 . . . 70 C
stabilized reference voltage 10V (intern)
Frontpanel size 8 TE
(1 TE = 5,08,mm)
Eurocard board with 32--pole male multipoint
connector

Connection diagram DCM

2a/c Input GND


4a/c Input + 24V / DC
6a Warning contact 24 V / 1A
6c Warning contact 24 V / 1 A (the warning relays has triggered in the operating mode)
8a Digital input 3
8c Digital input 4
10a Digital input 1
10c Digital input 2
12a Digital output 3 (24 V / 0,5 A)
12c Input pick up
14a Digital output 1 (24 V / 0,5 A)
14c Digital output 2 (24 V / 0,5 A)
16a Analog GND
16c Digital GND
18a Analog input 3 (0 . . . 10 V or 0 . . . 20 mA)
18c Analog input 4 (0 . . . 10 V or 0 . . . 20 mA)
20a Analog input 1 (0 . . . 10 V)
20c Analog input 2 (0 . . . 10 V)
22a Housing GND
22c Reference voltage 10 V (max. 30 mA)
24a Analog output 3 ( 0 . . . 10 V / max. 20 mA or 0 . . . 20 mA)
24c Analog output 4 ( 0 . . . 10 V / max. 20 mA or 0 . . . 20 mA)
26a Analog output 1 (0 . . . 10 V / max. 20 mA)
26c Analog output 2 (0 . . . 10 V / max. 20 mA)
28a GND 24 V
28c Reset input
30a Output serial interface RS--232 / RXD
30c Output serial interface RS--232 / TXD
32a Output interface CAN--H
32c Output interface CAN--L

4/ 4 TDO--ge Controller board DCM 0 Mai/98 1101061 GB


Digital Proportional Amplifier board DPV

! ATTENTION
The digital proportional amplifier board must only be
The digital proportional amplifier board basically con-
used together with the electronic board DCM.
sist of:

voltage stabilization
8 bit Microcontroller
RAM
steering EPROM
DPV 10 bit A/D converter
2 analog input--ports
LED l in service 2 analog output--ports
LED 2 can serial interface
CAN interface
LED 3 power supply
LED display
LED 4 valve alarm relay
LED 5 controller

LED 6 Important!
valve a

Tr. 1 I max The ID--No. on the front panel is the number of the
Tr. 2 I min complete board. It includes the electronic--board
Tr. 3 amplification ID--NR. 1112601 and the software.
Tr. 4 sensitivity

LED 7 valve b
Description
Tr. 5 I max
Tr. 6 I min
The amplifier board DPV gets a signal corresponding
Tr. 7 amplification to the differential angle with a CAN--bus interface
Tr. 8 sensitivity from the controller board DCM.
The electronic amplifies the signal and applies it to
the valve. The data for the valve characteristic curves
ID--NR are stored in an Eprom memory chip, the Eprom stor-
age is subdivided in 15 separate sections. With a
code switch on the board it is possible to change 15
different characteristic curves for the analog outputs.

Code plug on the The DPV also contains two analog ports for steering
back side Number of the and adjust the valve control outputs (analog outputs).
complet board
A malfunction detection is integrated at the amplifier
board. This malfunction detection contains special
Figure 2 Frontansicht protective devices and a visible display which is
located in the front panel of the board as a LED row.

GB TDO--ge Digital proportional amplifier board DPV 0 Mai/98 1101065 1/4


SCHOTTEL--Electronic Sytem

The green emitting diode ( LED 1) indicates the


operational readiness of the board.
NOTE
After the malfunction has been eliminated, the
The red LED’s will be illuminated if the following
operating voltage must be interrupted for a short
malfunctions exist:
time, to ensure that the LED ”in service” is illuminated
again and that the relay is switched over again. (
LED 2 CAN failure
hardware -- reset ).
In case of a communication failure via the
field bus (wrong CAN knot address, lacking
final resistor).
Inputs
LED 3 failure power supply
Without delay if the voltage exceeds 32 V,
or with a reaction time of 4 sec. in case of Analog input channel E1
undershooting 18 Volts.
The board has 1 analog input channel for a input
LED 4 failure analog outputs signal +/-- 0...10 V (10 bit). Input channel E1 is
Will be illuminated if there is a short circuit prepared for a separate input signal (for example
or a wire breakage in an analog output. autopilot system), by switching the jumper (E1) on
the board. (see figure 3).
LED 5 failure--controller
Will be illuminated if the watchdog control Input channel for speed overlap E2
on the electronic detect a malfunction of
the controller or memory chip failure and The board has one analog input signal 0...10 V (10
the controller does not work correctly after bit).
an automatically reset. With this input channel is it possible to overlap a
signal to the output current of the valves, which
Whenever there is a warning (red LED’s) the green depends on the engine speed and is transformed to
LED “ready for service” will be extinguished and a a signal 0...10 V, to get the same steering time at
potential free relay contact will be switched. each engine speed.
To use channel E2, jumper (E2) must be switched on
the board. (see figure 3).

Code switch
green LD1
Eprom
red LD2
2
red LD3 Dither D1
D2
red LD4 E1
Enable RAM
red LD5 E2
S1
yellow LD6 Sonder S2
S4
2 x test points Tr 1 1
Tr 2 2
CAN 4
Tr 3 8
16
Tr 4
yellow LD7
K1
2 x test points Tr 5
Tr 6 Controller 32
Tr 7
Tr 8

Figure 3 Layout DPV 1.0

2/ 4 TDO--ge Digital proportional amplifier board DPV 0 Mai/98 1101065 GB


Outputs

Analog current outputs analog output channel for valve B is


switched.
The board has 2 analog output channels, prepared
for output signal (0...1000 mA) of (10 bit).
Tr. 5 I max valve B
For inductive load activation (proportional valve) a
The maximum current which flows at the
protectiv system is needed at the load, e.g.
analog output channel for valve B, can be
breakdown diode P6KE39CP.
adjusted by means of trimming
With a code switch on the board it is possible to
potentiometer Tr. 5 (approx. 10 %).
change 15 characteristic curves for the analog
outputs.
The characteristic curves, can be adjusted by means Tr. 6 I min valve B
of trimming potentiometers which are located in the The minimum current which flows at the
analog output channel for valve B, can be
front panel of the board.
adjusted by means of trimming
potentiometer (Tr. 6) (approx. 30 %).

! ATTENTION
In the idling mode there is current at the
analog outputs.

The adjustment are separate for valve A and valve B. Tr. 7 amplification valve B
The steepness of the current increase at
Before use the board please, adjust code switch (S1) the analog output channel for valve B, can
according to the electrical diagram of the order. be adjusted by means of the trimming
potentiometer (Tr.7).
LED 6 valve A
The light emitting diode indicates that the Tr.8 sensitivity valve B
analog output channel for valve A has been The sensitivity of the current increases at
switched on. the analog output channel for valve B, can
be adjusted, by means of the trimming
Tr. 1 I max valve A potentiometer (Tr. 8).
The maximum current which flows at the
analog output channel for value A, can be Test points for valve current A and B
adjusted by means of trimming
potentiometer Tr. 1 (approx. 10 %). On the front panel there are test points for the valve
current A and B. The measuring has to be done with
Tr. 2 I min valve A a V--meter range mV / DC.
The minimum current which flows at the One mV / DC is equivalent to one mA / DC.
analog out put channel for valve A, can be
adjusted by means of trimming Frequency of the dither
potentiometer Tr. 2 (approx. 30 %).
In the idling mode there is current at the The board has two jumper for change the frequenz
analog outputs. of the dither.
See Layout DPV (figure 3)
Tr. 3 amplification valve A
The steepness of the current increase at
Jumper--position
the analog output channel for valve A, can
be adjusted by means of the trimming Dither 1 n. c.
potentiometer Tr.3. 35 Hz
Dither 2 n. c.
Tr.4 sensitivity valve A Dither 1 close
70 Hz
The sensitivity of the current increase at Dither 2 n. c.
the analog output channel for valve A, can Dither 1 n. c.
be adjusted by means of the trimming 135 Hz
Dither 2 close
potentiometer Tr. 4.
Dither 1 close
210 Hz
LED 7 valve B Dither 2 close
The light emitting diode indicates, that the

GB TDO--ge Digital proportional amplifier board DPV 0 Mai/98 1101065 3/4


SCHOTTEL--Electronic Sytem

Interfaces Technical data

Power supply 24 V DC
RS--232 interface
Permissible voltage devi- + 30%
A serial interface RS--232 is installed at the DPV for ation with ripple -- 25 %
connecting priority input devices and for using the Ripple < 1,5 V /AC
Schottel serviceprogramm ( only for Schottel
service engineers). Ambient temperature
0 . . . 70 C
Baud rate : 9600 bps
Stabilized reference voltage 10V (intern)
( 1 startbit, 8 databit,
1 stopbit, no parity ) Maximum output current 1000 mA
Dither amplitude 0 . . . 250 steps
Frequency of the dither 35, 70, 135 or
CAN interface
210 Hz
A CAN interface is installed at the DPV for Coil resistance 10 -- 30 Ohm
connecting priority CAN input devices and for using
a separate CAN service--monitor. Short circuit protected
Frontpanel size 8 TE
max. data transfer distance 500 m (1 TE = 5,08,mm)
bitrate 125 kbps
Eurocard board with 32--pole male multipoint
connector

Type approval

GL -- certificate No. : 99133--96 HH


RINA : ELE / 81196 / 1

Connecting pin assignment DPV


2a/2c Input GND
4a/4c Input + 24V / DC
14a Analog output A (0 . . . 1000 mA / 10 bit)
14c GND analog output A
16a Analog output B (0 . . . 1000 mA / 10 bit)
16c GND analog output B
20a Warning contact 24 V / 1A
20c Warning contact 24 V / 1 A ( the warning relay has triggered in the operating mode)
22a/22c Housing GND
24a GND analog input
24c GND analog input
26a Analog input E2 for speed overlap 0--10 V / DC
26c Analog input E1 (+/--10 V)
28a GND reset
28c Reset --input
30a Output serial interface RS--232 / RXD
30c Output serial interface RS--232 / TXD
32a Output interface CAN--H
32c Output interface CAN--L

4/ 4 TDO--ge Digital proportional amplifier board DPV 0 Mai/98 1101065 GB


Interface Module D I/O

Basically, the digital module consists of the following Description


components:

D voltage stabilisation Via this module results the read--in and the output of
the digital control signals. The electronic system
D 8 bit micro--controller compares the input signals or transmitted informa-
tion with the actual control program setting the corre-
D RAM sponding digital output, or transmits the information
D EEprom with a data telegram via a field bus system to the con-
trol components in the field bus system.
D 8 digital inputs The module additionally includes a failure recogni-
D 8 digital outputs tion. This includes special protective devices as well
as a visual display. This visual display is located at
D serial interface the front side in form of light--emitting diodes.
The green LED “POWER” (1/1) indicates the readi-
D CAN field bus interface ness for operation of the interface module.
D LED display The yellow LED “RUN” (1/2) indicates the functional
readiness.
D warning relay The yellow LED’s “IN“, “OUT” (1/3) indicate which
digital input “IN“ and/or output “OUT“ is activated.
With all warnings, the yellow LED ”RUN” goes out
and a potential--free relay contact for transmitting the
malfunction is activated by the release of the warning
relay.

NOTE
After elimination of the failure, the operating voltage
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 has to be briefly interrupted to perform a reset of the
electronic system. After the elimination of the error
and reset, the LED ”RUN” is shining and the relay is
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
activated again.
3
IN OUT
Inputs
1 POWER RUN The interface module has 8 static digital inputs for re-
cording of signals. The inputs are executed electri-
cally separated for a voltage margin of 18--36 V.

2 ELCAN DIO 8/8 Outputs

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Digital outputs
The interface module has 9 digital outputs 24 V / 0.5
A. One digital output is executed as potential--free
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 relay contact for an alarm message. In condition
without failure the relay contact is closed.
The digital outputs 1--8 are previewed for activation
of relay and LED message, and for the transmission
of status messages.

Figure 1 Front view

GB TEL--SCH--ge Interface module DIO 1 608/01 1128282 1/3


SCHOTTEL Elektronic System

DIP switch CAN Feldbus--Schnittstelle


On the card there is a field bus interface for a CAN
On the electronic card of the module there are BUS interface for the connection of higher ranking
bridges which can be used to activate the address of CAN input devices and one CAN field bus unit.
the component in the field bus system. max. field bus length 500m
In shipped condition the CAN address is switched ex Bit rate 100 KBit/s
works.

Bus interface
Technical data

RS 232 interface
voltage supply 24 V DC
On this card there is a serial interface RS--232 for the
connection of higher ranking input devices and for admissible voltage variation + 30%
the SCHOTTEL Service Routine (for SCHOTTEL incl. residual ripple -- 25 %
service staff only). residual ripple < 1,5 V /AC
Data transmission rate : 9600 bit/s
admissible ambient tempera-
( 1 start bit, 8 data bits, ture
1 stop bit, no parity) 0 . . . 70 C

2/ 3 TEL--SCH--ge Interface module DIO 1 608/01 1128282 GB


Pin configuration DIO module

1 CAN VCC
2 CAN H
3 CAN L CAN Bus
4 CAN GND
5 DO VCC reference voltage
6 DO GND
7 PWM 0
8 PWM 1
9 Alarm 0
alarm outputs
10 Alarm 1
11 TXD
serial interface
12 RXD
13 DO 0
14 DO 1
digital outputs
15 DO 2
16 DO 3
17 DI 0
18 DI 1
digital inputs
19 DI 2
20 DI 3
21 DO 4
22 DO 5
digital outputs
23 DO 6
24 DO 7
25 DI 4
26 DI 5
dicital inputs
27 DI 6
28 DI 7
29 DI GND
30 24V VCC
voltage supply
31 24V GND
32 24V GND

GB TEL--SCH--ge Interface module DIO 1 608/01 1128282 3/3


Motor Activation Speedronic MSV Id--No. 1115903

The motor activation basically consists of the follow- On failure of the module a malfunction is recognised
ing components: and transmitted by the externally connected logic
system (DCM).
D voltage stabilisation
D digital activation
Inputs
D MOS--FET power amplifier stage short--circuit--
proof The motor activation contains 2 electrically separ-
ated digital inputs 18V--32V for right / left activation
D light--emitting diode display
of the Speedronic motor.

Outputs
1
The motor activation contains 2 analogue outputs
18V--32V/ 5A for activation of the Speedronic mo-
tors. With a short circuit on the side of the motor the
voltage is limited.
2

Technical data

voltage supply 24 V DC
admissible voltage variation + 30%
incl. residual ripple -- 25 %
residual ripple < 1,5 V /AC
1 2 3 4 5 6
admissible ambient tempera-
ture 0 . . . 70 C
power cut--of at approx. 5A
Figure 1

Description
Pin configuration MSV
The engine activation MSV is a power amplifier in
MOS--FET version activating the SCHOTTEL Spee-
X1 : +24V DC --25%..+30%
dronic used in the speed regulation system.
The activation is realised via digital inputs which
X2 : GND
make the D.C. motor turn to the left or the right side.
Additionally, the system includes a light--emitting
X3 : digital input 1, set input 1
diode display:
X4 : digital input 2, set input 2
the yellow LED’s (1/2) indicate the active digital
inputs X5 : analogue output Speedronic motor

the green LED (1/1) indicates the readiness for X6 : analogue output Speedronic motor
operation.

GB TEL--SCH--ge Motor activation Speedronic MSV Id--No. 1115903 0 Juli/00 1128284 1/1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Electro- diagram

SCHOTTEL
GmbH & Co.KG
Mainzer Straße 99
D-56322 Spay/Rhein
Tel.: 02628/ 61-0

Shipyard : Cotemar
Sort of propulsor : SPJ 82 RD
Typ of propulsor : main propulsion
Class : none

Typ of ship : Patrol Vessel


SCHOTTEL Order Nr : 14106087
Drawing number : 1148787

Ps Stbd Ps Stbd

Switch boxes : sea page 2 Wheel house parts : sea page 2


Power supply : 24V DC Part feature :
Operating voltage : 24V DC
Protection : IP 54

Test order :

Project beginning : 13.Sep.2004


Responsible for project : R. Menden
Last change : 30.Jun.2006
Last Editor : RME No. of the pages : 218

06/1339 30.06.2006 RME Datum 30.Jun.2006 Order Datas = INFO 1 / 10


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 1
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

panel main desk panel main desk


=PS+A =STBD+A
IDNR 1148791 IDNR 1148793

ECR panel ECR panel


=PS+K =STBD+K
IDNR 1148790 IDNR 1148792

Ps unit Stbd unit

switch box switch box


=PS+B =STBD+B
IDNR 1148788 IDNR 1148789
lub oil tank lub oil tank
=PS+T =STBD+T

SPJ SPJ
= PS+E hy aggregate hy aggregate = STBD+E
" =PS+D " " =STBD+D "

Datum 16.Dez.2004 overview = INFO 2 / 10


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 SCHOTTEL componens
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 2
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Seite Seitenbenennung Anlage Ort Blatt Änderung Datum Bearb.


unit place page Changes Date Editor
Page Page designation
1 Order Datas INFO 1 06/1339 30.06.2006 RME 30.Jun.2006 RME
2 overview SCHOTTEL componens INFO 2 16.Dez.2004 RME
3 table of contents INFO 3 30.Jun.2006 RME
4 table of contents INFO 4 30.Jun.2006 RME
5 table of contents INFO 5 30.Jun.2006 RME
6 table of contents INFO 6 30.Jun.2006 RME
7 table of contents INFO 7 30.Jun.2006 RME
8 table of contents INFO 8 30.Jun.2006 RME
9 table of contents INFO 9 30.Jun.2006 RME
10 table of contents INFO 10 30.Jun.2006 RME
11 notes terminals Ps unit INFO NOTES 1 16.Dez.2004 RME
12 notes terminals Stbd unit INFO NOTES 2 16.Dez.2004 RME
13 notes yard terminals INFO NOTES 3 16.Dez.2004 RME
14 notes INFO NOTES 4 16.Dez.2004 RME
15 cable diagram INFO CABLE 1 16.Dez.2004 RME
16 cable diagram Ps unit INFO CABLE 2 04/2454 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
17 cable diagram Stbd unit INFO CABLE 3 16.Dez.2004 RME
18 switch box Ps unit PS B 1 16.Dez.2004 RME
19 feed line PS B 2 16.Dez.2004 RME
20 desk selection PS B 3 16.Dez.2004 RME
21 desk selection PS B 4 16.Dez.2004 RME
22 desk selection PS B 5 16.Dez.2004 RME
23 desk selection PS B 6 16.Dez.2004 RME
24 desk selection PS B 7 16.Dez.2004 RME
25 desk selection PS B 8 16.Dez.2004 RME
26 desk selection PS B 9 04/2454 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
27 warning unit PS B 10 16.Dez.2004 RME
28 warning unit PS B 11 16.Dez.2004 RME
29 warning unit PS B 12 06/1339 30.06.2006 RME 30.Jun.2006 RME
30 warning unit PS B 13 16.Dez.2004 RME

Datum 30.Jun.2006 table of contents = INFO 3 / 10


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 3
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Seite Seitenbenennung Anlage Ort Blatt Änderung Datum Bearb.


unit place page Changes Date Editor
Page Page designation
31 FFU steering PS B 14 16.Dez.2004 RME
32 FFU steering PS B 15 04/2454 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
33 thrust direction steering PS B 16 16.Dez.2004 RME
34 thrust direction steering time dependent PS B 17 16.Dez.2004 RME
35 thrust direction steering time dependent PS B 18 16.Dez.2004 RME
36 thrust direction steering time dependent PS B 19 16.Dez.2004 RME
37 FFU steering PS B 20 06/1339 30.06.2006 RME 30.Jun.2006 RME
38 speed control speed setting PS B 21 04/2454 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
39 reverse gear control PS B 22 16.Dez.2004 RME
40 selection of control interface to prime mover PS B 23 16.Dez.2004 RME
41 clutch control shaft speed indicator PS B 24 16.Dez.2004 RME
42 switch box engine room PS B 25 16.Dez.2004 RME
43 switch box engine room PS B 26 16.Dez.2004 RME
44 mounting parts switch box PS B 27 16.Dez.2004 RME
45 name plates PS B 28 16.Dez.2004 RME
46 ECR desk Ps unit PS K 1 16.Dez.2004 RME
47 desk selection PS K 2 16.Dez.2004 RME
48 instrument light PS K 3 04/2595 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
49 desk selection PS K 4 04/2595 15.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
50 desk selection PS K 5 16.Dez.2004 RME
51 desk selection PS K 6 16.Dez.2004 RME
52 desk selection PS K 7 04/2454 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
53 desk selection PS K 8 16.Dez.2004 RME
54 desk selection PS K 9 16.Dez.2004 RME
55 thrust direction indicating PS K 10 16.Dez.2004 RME
56 thrust direction steering PS K 11 06/1339 30.06.2006 RME 30.Jun.2006 RME
57 NFU control PS K 12 16.Dez.2004 RME
58 indicators PS K 13 16.Dez.2004 RME
59 nominal value speed setting PS K 14 06/1339 30.06.2006 RME 30.Jun.2006 RME
60 panel ECR desk PS K 15 16.Dez.2004 RME

Datum 30.Jun.2006 table of contents = INFO 4 / 10


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 4
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Seite Seitenbenennung Anlage Ort Blatt Änderung Datum Bearb.


unit place page Changes Date Editor
Page Page designation
61 panel ECR desk PS K 16 16.Dez.2004 RME
62 mounting parts panel PS K 17 16.Dez.2004 RME
63 main desk Ps unit PS A 1 16.Dez.2004 RME
64 desk selection PS A 2 16.Dez.2004 RME
65 instrument light PS A 3 04/2595 15.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
66 desk selection PS A 4 04/2454 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
67 desk selection PS A 5 16.Dez.2004 RME
68 desk selection PS A 6 16.Dez.2004 RME
69 desk selection PS A 7 04/2454 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
70 desk selection PS A 8 16.Dez.2004 RME
71 desk selection PS A 9 16.Dez.2004 RME
72 thrust direction indicating PS A 10 16.Dez.2004 RME
73 nominal values for steering and speed PS A 11 04/2454 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
74 NFU control PS A 12 16.Dez.2004 RME
75 indicators PS A 13 16.Dez.2004 RME
76 panel main desk PS A 14 16.Dez.2004 RME
77 panel main desk PS A 15 16.Dez.2004 RME
78 mounting parts panel PS A 16 16.Dez.2004 RME
79 switch box Stbd unit STBD B 1 16.Dez.2004 RME
80 feed line STBD B 2 16.Dez.2004 RME
81 desk selection STBD B 3 16.Dez.2004 RME
82 desk selection STBD B 4 16.Dez.2004 RME
83 desk selection STBD B 5 16.Dez.2004 RME
84 desk selection STBD B 6 16.Dez.2004 RME
85 desk selection STBD B 7 16.Dez.2004 RME
86 desk selection STBD B 8 16.Dez.2004 RME
87 desk selection STBD B 9 16.Dez.2004 RME
88 warning unit STBD B 10 16.Dez.2004 RME
89 warning unit STBD B 11 16.Dez.2004 RME
90 warning unit STBD B 12 06/1339 30.06.2006 RME 30.Jun.2006 RME

Datum 30.Jun.2006 table of contents = INFO 5 / 10


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 5
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Seite Seitenbenennung Anlage Ort Blatt Änderung Datum Bearb.


unit place page Changes Date Editor
Page Page designation
91 warning unit STBD B 13 16.Dez.2004 RME
92 FFU steering STBD B 14 16.Dez.2004 RME
93 FFU steering STBD B 15 04/2454 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
94 thrust direction steering STBD B 16 16.Dez.2004 RME
95 thrust direction steering time dependent STBD B 17 16.Dez.2004 RME
96 thrust direction steering time dependent STBD B 18 16.Dez.2004 RME
97 thrust direction steering time dependent STBD B 19 16.Dez.2004 RME
98 FFU steering STBD B 20 06/1339 30.06.2006 RME 30.Jun.2006 RME
99 speed control speed setting STBD B 21 16.Dez.2004 RME
100 reverse gear control STBD B 22 16.Dez.2004 RME
101 selection of control interface to prime mover STBD B 23 16.Dez.2004 RME
102 clutch control shaft speed indicator STBD B 24 16.Dez.2004 RME
103 switch box engine room STBD B 25 16.Dez.2004 RME
104 switch box engine room STBD B 26 16.Dez.2004 RME
105 mounting parts switch box STBD B 27 16.Dez.2004 RME
106 name plates STBD B 28 16.Dez.2004 RME
107 ECR desk Stbd unit STBD K 1 16.Dez.2004 RME
108 desk selection STBD K 2 16.Dez.2004 RME
109 instrument light STBD K 3 04/2595 15.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
110 desk selection STBD K 4 16.Dez.2004 RME
111 desk selection STBD K 5 04/2595 15.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
112 desk selection STBD K 6 16.Dez.2004 RME
113 desk selection STBD K 7 16.Dez.2004 RME
114 desk selection STBD K 8 16.Dez.2004 RME
115 desk selection STBD K 9 16.Dez.2004 RME
116 thrust direction indicating STBD K 10 16.Dez.2004 RME
117 thrust direction steering STBD K 11 06/1339 30.06.2006 RME 30.Jun.2006 RME
118 NFU control STBD K 12 16.Dez.2004 RME
119 indicators STBD K 13 16.Dez.2004 RME
120 nominal value speed setting STBD K 14 06/1339 30.06.2006 RME 30.Jun.2006 RME

Datum 30.Jun.2006 table of contents = INFO 6 / 10


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 6
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Seite Seitenbenennung Anlage Ort Blatt Änderung Datum Bearb.


unit place page Changes Date Editor
Page Page designation
121 nominal values for steering and speed to Ps unit Tandem Mode STBD K 15 04/2595 15.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
122 panel ECR desk STBD K 16 04/2454 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
123 panel ECR desk STBD K 17 16.Dez.2004 RME
124 mounting parts panel STBD K 18 16.Dez.2004 RME
125 main desk Stbd unit STBD A 1 16.Dez.2004 RME
126 desk selection STBD A 2 16.Dez.2004 RME
127 instrument light STBD A 3 04/2595 15.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
128 desk selection STBD A 4 16.Dez.2004 RME
129 desk selection STBD A 5 04/2595 15.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
130 desk selection STBD A 6 16.Dez.2004 RME
131 desk selection STBD A 7 06/1339 30.06.2006 RME 30.Jun.2006 RME
132 desk selection STBD A 8 16.Dez.2004 RME
133 desk selection STBD A 9 06/1339 30.06.2006 RME 30.Jun.2006 RME
134 thrust direction indicating STBD A 10 16.Dez.2004 RME
135 nominal values for steering and speed STBD A 11 16.Dez.2004 RME
136 nominal values for steering and speed to Ps unit Tandem Mode STBD A 12 04/2595 15.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
137 NFU control STBD A 13 16.Dez.2004 RME
138 indicators STBD A 14 16.Dez.2004 RME
139 panel main desk STBD A 15 04/2454 02.12.04 RME 16.Dez.2004 RME
140 panel main desk STBD A 16 16.Dez.2004 RME
141 mounting parts panel STBD A 17 16.Dez.2004 RME
142 parts list PARTS PARTS 1 16.Dez.2004 RME
143 parts list PARTS PARTS 2 16.Dez.2004 RME
144 parts list PARTS PARTS 3 16.Dez.2004 RME
145 parts list PARTS PARTS 4 16.Dez.2004 RME
146 parts list PARTS PARTS 5 16.Dez.2004 RME
147 parts list PARTS PARTS 6 16.Dez.2004 RME
148 parts list PARTS PARTS 7 16.Dez.2004 RME
149 parts list PARTS PARTS 8 16.Dez.2004 RME
150 parts list PARTS PARTS 9 16.Dez.2004 RME

Datum 30.Jun.2006 table of contents = INFO 7 / 10


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 7
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Seite Seitenbenennung Anlage Ort Blatt Änderung Datum Bearb.


unit place page Changes Date Editor
Page Page designation
151 parts list PARTS PARTS 10 16.Dez.2004 RME
152 parts list PARTS PARTS 11 16.Dez.2004 RME
153 parts list PARTS PARTS 12 16.Dez.2004 RME
154 parts list PARTS PARTS 13 16.Dez.2004 RME
155 parts list PARTS PARTS 14 16.Dez.2004 RME
156 parts list PARTS PARTS 15 16.Dez.2004 RME
157 parts list PARTS PARTS 16 16.Dez.2004 RME
158 parts list PARTS PARTS 17 16.Dez.2004 RME
159 parts list PARTS PARTS 18 16.Dez.2004 RME
160 parts list PARTS PARTS 19 16.Dez.2004 RME
161 parts list PARTS PARTS 20 16.Dez.2004 RME
162 parts list PARTS PARTS 21 16.Dez.2004 RME
163 drawings CABEL 1 16.Dez.2004 RME
164 list of cables CABEL 2 16.Dez.2004 RME
165 list of cables CABEL 3 16.Dez.2004 RME
166 =PS+W-100 * CABEL 4 16.Dez.2004 RME
167 =PS+W-101 * CABEL 5 16.Dez.2004 RME
168 =PS+W-102 CABEL 6 16.Dez.2004 RME
169 =PS+W-103 CABEL 7 16.Dez.2004 RME
170 =PS+W-104 * CABEL 8 16.Dez.2004 RME
171 =PS+W-105 * CABEL 9 16.Dez.2004 RME
172 =PS+W-106 * CABEL 10 16.Dez.2004 RME
173 =PS+W-107 * CABEL 11 16.Dez.2004 RME
174 =PS+W-108 * CABEL 12 16.Dez.2004 RME
175 =PS+W-109 * CABEL 13 16.Dez.2004 RME
176 =PS+W-110 * CABEL 14 16.Dez.2004 RME
177 =PS+W-111 * CABEL 15 16.Dez.2004 RME
178 =PS+W-112 * CABEL 16 16.Dez.2004 RME
179 =PS+W-113 * CABEL 17 16.Dez.2004 RME
180 =PS+W-114 * CABEL 18 16.Dez.2004 RME

Datum 30.Jun.2006 table of contents = INFO 8 / 10


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 8
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Seite Seitenbenennung Anlage Ort Blatt Änderung Datum Bearb.


unit place page Changes Date Editor
Page Page designation
181 =PS+W-115 * CABEL 19 16.Dez.2004 RME
182 =PS+W-116 * CABEL 20 16.Dez.2004 RME
183 =PS+W-117 CABEL 21 16.Dez.2004 RME
184 =PS+W-118 * CABEL 22 16.Dez.2004 RME
185 =PS+W-119 * CABEL 23 16.Dez.2004 RME
186 =PS+W-120 * CABEL 24 16.Dez.2004 RME
187 =PS+W-121 * CABEL 25 16.Dez.2004 RME
188 =PS+W-122 * CABEL 26 16.Dez.2004 RME
189 =PS+W-123 * CABEL 27 16.Dez.2004 RME
190 =PS+W-124 * CABEL 28 16.Dez.2004 RME
191 =PS+W-125 * CABEL 29 16.Dez.2004 RME
192 =PS+W-126 * CABEL 30 16.Dez.2004 RME
193 =PS+W-127 * CABEL 31 16.Dez.2004 RME
194 =PS+W-128 * CABEL 32 16.Dez.2004 RME
195 =STBD+W-100 * CABEL 33 16.Dez.2004 RME
196 =STBD+W-101 * CABEL 34 16.Dez.2004 RME
197 =STBD+W-102 CABEL 35 16.Dez.2004 RME
198 =STBD+W-103 CABEL 36 16.Dez.2004 RME
199 =STBD+W-104 * CABEL 37 16.Dez.2004 RME
200 =STBD+W-105 * CABEL 38 16.Dez.2004 RME
201 =STBD+W-106 * CABEL 39 16.Dez.2004 RME
202 =STBD+W-107 * CABEL 40 16.Dez.2004 RME
203 =STBD+W-108 * CABEL 41 16.Dez.2004 RME
204 =STBD+W-109 * CABEL 42 16.Dez.2004 RME
205 =STBD+W-110 * CABEL 43 16.Dez.2004 RME
206 =STBD+W-111 * CABEL 44 16.Dez.2004 RME
207 =STBD+W-112 * CABEL 45 16.Dez.2004 RME
208 =STBD+W-113 * CABEL 46 16.Dez.2004 RME
209 =STBD+W-114 * CABEL 47 16.Dez.2004 RME
210 =STBD+W-115 * CABEL 48 16.Dez.2004 RME

Datum 30.Jun.2006 table of contents = INFO 9 / 10


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 9
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Seite Seitenbenennung Anlage Ort Blatt Änderung Datum Bearb.


unit place page Changes Date Editor
Page Page designation
211 =STBD+W-116 * CABEL 49 16.Dez.2004 RME
212 =STBD+W-117 CABEL 50 16.Dez.2004 RME
213 =STBD+W-118 * CABEL 51 16.Dez.2004 RME
214 =STBD+W-119 * CABEL 52 16.Dez.2004 RME
215 =STBD+W-120 * CABEL 53 16.Dez.2004 RME
216 =STBD+W-121 * CABEL 54 16.Dez.2004 RME
217 =STBD+W-122 * CABEL 55 16.Dez.2004 RME
218 =STBD+W-123 * CABEL 56 16.Dez.2004 RME

Datum 30.Jun.2006 table of contents = INFO 10 / 10


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 10
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Position of SCHOTTEL terminal rows Ps unit

main ECR switch box components


steering desk steering desk engine room
"=PS+A-" "=PS+K-" "PS+B-"

=PS+B-X2=terminal row =PS+D-X1=terminal row


=PS+A-X1=terminal row =PS+K-X1=terminal row feed line hy tank
control signals control signals
=PS+B-1X2=terminal row =PS+E-4A4=terminal row
control system feedback unit steering

=PS+B-2X2=terminal row
warning unit

=PS+B-3X2=terminal row
speed control

=PS+B-4X2=terminal row
360° steering

Datum 16.Dez.2004 notes = INFO 1 / 4


1148787 + NOTES
Bearb. RME
14106087 terminals Ps unit
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 11
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Position of SCHOTTEL terminal rows Stbd unit

main ECR switch box components


steering desk steering desk engine room
"=STBD+A-" "=STBD+K-" "STBD+B-"

=STBD+A-X1=terminal row =STBD+K-X1=terminal row =STBD+B-X2=terminal row =STBD+D-X1=terminal row


control signals control signals feed line hy tank

=STBD+B-1X2=terminal row =STBD+E-4A4=terminal row


control system feedback unit steering

=STBD+B-2X2=terminal row
warning unit

=STBD+B-3X2=terminal row
speed control

=STBD+B-4X2=terminal row
360° steering

Datum 16.Dez.2004 notes = INFO 2 / 4


1148787 + NOTES
Bearb. RME
14106087 terminals Stbd unit
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 12
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

* = no supply from SCHOTTEL


Position of YARD terminal rows
Type of cables: MGCG or FMGCG ( IEC 92-3 )
according to the rules

=PS+USV-X1=terminal row main switchbord 24V DC minimum distance between signal cables of SCHOTTEL controls
and cables with power current is 30cm ( 12 inch ).
=STBD+USV-X1=terminal row main switchbord 24V DC

Allowable voltage drop in the cables <5%


=ESB+24-X1 = terminal row switchboard emergency power supply 24V DC

=SWU+PS-X1 = terminal row ship warning unit


Attention:
=SWU+STBD-X1 = terminal row ship warning unit
There must be seperate power supplies
for the port and starboard unit.
=PS+PM-X1 = terminal sets Ps engine

=STBD+PM-X1 = terminal sets Stbd engine

cable connection

Shield connected to the ground.

terminal

Cable

max 15cm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 notes = INFO 3 / 4


1148787 + NOTES
Bearb. RME
14106087 yard terminals
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 13
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Arangement and systematics

With the exception of the general cable diagram, all Assembly Function
number
electrical diagrams are made up as circuit diagrams.
1 engine control, 24V DC power supply,
All components are shown in rest position, that means, all
instrument illumination, control platform selection
relay contacts are shown in deenergized condition.
2 alarm system

3 speed control for prime mover


The graphical symbols used in the circuit diagrams comply
4 steering system for SCHOTTEL unit
with the relevant DIN standarts and IEC Publication 117.
5 clutch and brake control

6 reverse gear control


Equipment marking
7 draft adjusting system
The equipment marking is made up as follows:
8 computerized steering system for SCHOTTEL unit

a 1 1 K 2 9 control system for CP propeller

Consecutive number within the assy *0 electrical motors, AC power supply

Identifying letter as to DIN 40719

Assembly number

Unit number

Mounting place see sheet 4

Attention:
For installation and power supply at SCHOTTEL electric systems
the requirements of the classification society for
"steering gear circuits" must be observed !

There must be seperate power supplies for the port and


starboard unit.
Shield connected to the ground.

Type of cables MGCG or FMGCG (IEC 92-3) according to the rules.


terminal
Minimum distance between signal cables of SCHOTTEL controls
and cables with power current is 30cm (12Inch).
Cable

max 15cm * = Supply from shipyard.

Datum 16.Dez.2004 notes = INFO 4 / 4


1148787 + NOTES
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 14
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

cable diagram

Datum 16.Dez.2004 = INFO 1 / 3


1148787 + CABLE
Bearb. RME
14106087 cable diagram
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 15
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

=PS+W-124

=PS+W-125
panel main desk panel main desk
=PS+A =STBD+A
IDNR 1148791 IDNR 1148793

=PS+W-122
=PS+W-123
=PS+W-121
ECR panel
=PS+W-120 =STBD+K
=PS+W-117 IDNR 1148792
emergency
switchboard
24V DC
" =ESB "
ECR panel
=PS+K
IDNR 1148790

=PS+W-118 =PS+W-128
=PS+W-127
=PS+W-126

=PS+W-103 =PS+W-115
=PS+W-116 =PS+W-111
main switchboard =PS+W-100 =PS+W-108
24V DC =PS+W-102
" =PS+USV " =PS+W-101

switch box
switch box engine =PS+W-113
=PS+B
" =PS+PM "
IDNR 1148788

reverse gear lub oil tank


" =PS+RG " =PS+W-112 =PS+T

=PS+W -104

ship warning unit


=PS+W-107
" =SWU+PS "

=PS+W-105 =PS+W-109 =PS+W-106 =PS+W-119


=PS+W-114 =PS+W-110

hy aggregate
SPJ =PS+D
switch box
= PS+E
=STBD+B
IDNR 1148789

04/2454 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 cable diagram = INFO 2 / 3


1148787 + CABLE
Bearb. RME
14106087 Ps unit
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 16
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

panel main desk


=STBD+A
IDNR 1148793

=STBD+W -122
=STBD+W-123
=STBD+W -121
=STBD+W -120
=STBD+W -117
emergency
switchboard
24V DC
" =ESB "
ECR panel
=STBD+K
IDNR 1148792

=STBD+W-118

=STBD+W-103 =STBD+W -115


=STBD+W-116 =STBD+W -111
main switchboard =STBD+W-100 =STBD+W -108
24V DC =STBD+W -102
" =STBD+USV " =STBD+W -101

switch box
switch box engine =STBD+W-113
=STBD+B
" =STBD+PM "
IDNR 1148789

reverse gear lub oil tank


" =STBD+RG " =STBD+W-112 =STBD+T

=STBD+W-104

ship warning unit


=STBD+W-107
" =SWU+STBD "

=STBD+W-105 =STBD+W -109 =STBD+W-106 =STBD+W-119


=STBD+W -114 =STBD+W-110

hy aggregate
SPJ =STBD+D
switch box
= STBD+E
=PS+B
IDNR 1148788

Datum 16.Dez.2004 cable diagram = INFO 3 / 3


1148787 + CABLE
Bearb. RME
14106087 Stbd unit
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 17
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

switch box
Ps unit

Datum 16.Dez.2004 = PS 1 / 28
1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 switch box
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 18
Keim
Ps unit e. - diagram
Änderung Datum Name Norm 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5qmm
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm
L+/3.0

-F1 -F3 87
-K1
B6A B6A
.7
30

-X2 3

+W-101
MGCH
14x1,5mm² * 1

2,5

1 3
-S2
2 4

UO1 /+K/3.1
+W-100
MGCH
2x4mm² *

UO2 /+K/3.1
+USV-X1 1 2 ¤

+W-101
MGCH
16A 14x1,5mm² * 2
L+ -F2
L- =STBD/12.2
24V DC +-20%
A1 -X2 4

AC ripple <1,5V

* main A2
86
switchboard -K1
85
L-/3.0

feed line failure unit ON


switch box feed line 24V DC
24V DC
87 30 .8

Datum 16.Dez.2004 feed line = PS 2 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 19
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5mm²
24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²
2.9/L+ L+/4.0

-1F1
B6A
1F1 /4.0
K1/+K/2.1
K2/+K/2.1
K31 /+K/2.1
K4/+K/2.1
K5/+K/2.1

+W-102 +W-101
FMGCH. MGCH
2x2x0,75mm² BU1 WH1 BU2 14x1,5mm² 3 4

-1X2 1 2 3 ¤ -1X2 4 5 ¤

-1A1 -1A2
6.0 5 30 10 8.0 9 30 5
DO_VCC

DO_VCC
VCC +

VCC +

modul :1148819 card :1135350


ARE

programm: 1148820 programm:1138327


ADD_CAN 1 ADD CAN 2
MASTER
DO_Gnd

DO_Gnd

120Ohm 120Ohm
DI_Gnd

DI_Gnd
VCC-

VCC-

6 29 31 9 2 3 6 29 31 10 2 3

A1
-1K4
A2
2.9/L- L-/4.0

power supply failure CAN Bus feed line


desk control desk control desk selection
ECR desk
14
12 11 =STBD/12.3

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 3 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 20
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5mm²
24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²
3.9/L+ L+/5.0

3.9/1F1

-1A3
IN+ IN-

OUT+

OUT-

-1X2 6 7 8

+W-103
MGCH
14x1,5mm² 1 2 3

A31 /+A/2.1
A5/+A/2.1
A6/+A/2.1

A1
-1K3
A2

3.9/L- L-/5.0

feed line failure


desk selection control system
main desk main desk
14
12 11 =STBD/12.3

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 4 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 21
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5mm²
24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²
4.9/L+ L+/10.0

-1F2
B6A

-1A4
IN+ IN-
12 14 1
-4K4 -4K3
18.4 18.6
11 2

OUT+

OUT-
22 24 3
-4K4 -4K3
18.4 18.6
21 4

-1X2 9 -1X2 10 -1X2 11 -1X2 12 13 -1X2 14 -1X2 15

+W-101 +W-103
MGCH MGCH
14x1,5mm² 5 6 7 14x1,5mm² 4 5 6 7

AFUS /+A/3.1
AFU /+A/3.1
A3/+A/2.1
A4/+A/2.1
NFUS /+K/3.1
NFU /+K/3.1
K3/+K/2.1
4.9/L- L-/7.0

feedline NFU steering NFU steering feedline NFU steering NFU steering feed line
instrument light ON switched ON instrument light ON switched ON desk selection
ECR desk main desk

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 5 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 22
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

ST2 /15.0
DT2 /21.0
3G1/22.1
3G2/22.1
ST4 /11.0
DT3 /21.0
2.9/12.0
2.14/10.0

-1A1 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
3.0
E 1.0 E 1.1 E 1.2 E 1.3 E 1.4 E 1.5 E 1.6 E 1.7

nominal value nominal value gear in cleaning gear in drive FFU steering FFU steering failure horn
steering = speed = direction direction in service in service control system waring unit
actual value actual value engaged engaged Stbd unit

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 6 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 23
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A1
3.0

A 1.0 A 1.1 A 1.2 A 1.3 A 1.4 A 1.5 A 1.6 A 1.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

DT1 /21.0
ST1 /15.0
2.2/10.0
2.1/10.0

A1 A1 A1 A1
-3K3 -3K4 -3K5 -3K6
A2 A2 A2 A2
5.9/L- L-/9.0

horn OFF lamp test gear engaging gear engaging gear engaging gear cleaning desk desk
cleaning drive speed speed selection selection
direction direction steering speed

14 14 14 14
12 11 22.3 12 11 22.5 12 11 21.8 12 11 21.7

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 7 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 24
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

2.3/11.0
2.4/11.0
2.5/11.0
2.6/11.0
2.7/11.0
2.8/12.0
2.10/12.0
2.13/12.0

-1A2 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
3.2
E 2.0 E 2.1 E 2.2 E 2.3 E 2.4 E 2.5 E 2.6 E 2.7

oil level failure failure failure failure failure power supply hy oil hy oil
thruster min FFU steering NFU steering FFU speed control gear control Stbd unit pressure min level min

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 8 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 25
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A2
3.2

A 2.0 A 2.1 A 2.2 A 2.3 A 2.4 A 2.5 A 2.6 A 2.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

ECR /15.0

TM /15.0

A1
-1K1
A2
7.9/L- L-/10.0

ECR desk Tandem Mode reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve
in service ON

14
12 11 21.3

04/2454 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 9 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 26
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5mm²
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²
5.9/L+ L+ /15.0

-2F1
B6A

7.9/2.2
7.9/2.1
6.9/2.14

-A3
11.0 5 30 31 23 30 27 28
ON
Master D0-6 DI-6 DI-7
CAN-No.: 1
Sonder-Jumper.: 1 and 4 ON

6 29 31 32 24 30 31 120hm

A1
2,5mm² -2K1
A2
9.9/L- L-/11.0

com. collective com. horn lamp


alarm OFF check

14
12 11 13.5

Datum 16.Dez.2004 warning unit = PS 10 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 27
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

8.9/2.7
8.9/2.6
8.9/2.5
8.9/2.4
8.9/2.3

-A3
10.0 13 14 15 16 21 22 6 1/12.0
D0-0 D0-1 D0-2 D0-3 D0-4 D0-5 5 2/12.0
4 3/12.0
DI-0 DI-1 DI-2 DI-3 DI-4 DI-5 3 4/12.0
delay 10s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 2 5/12.0
30 time 17 18 19 20 25 26 30

3.1/22.1
6.9/ST4 ST4 /17.1

-2X2 1
+W-104
FMGCH.
2x2x0.75mm² * BU1

+T-S1

12 14 22 24
+W-104 -4K2 -3K1
FMGCH. 18.2 21.5
11 21
2x2x0.75mm² * WH1

-2X2 2

10.9/L- L-/12.0

oil level failure failure failure failure


thruster min FFU steering NFU steering FFU speed control gear control

Datum 16.Dez.2004 warning unit = PS 11 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 28
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

8.9/2.13
8.9/2.10
6.9/2.9
8.9/2.8

-A4
13.2 5 30 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

11.9/ 1 6 Slave D0-0 D0-1 D0-2 D0-3 D0-4 D0-5 D0-6 D0-7
11.9/ 2 5 CAN-No.: 2
11.9/ 3 4 Sonder-Jumper.: 1and 5
11.9/ 4 3 DI-0 DI-1 DI-2 DI-3 120hm DI-4 DI-5 DI-6 DI-7
11.9/ 5 2 delay time 0s 3s 3s 5s 3sec 5sec 1sec 3sec
6 29 31 32 17 18 19 20 30 25 26 27 28

+W-105 -2X2 3 -2X2 6


FMGCH.
2x2x0.75mm² * BU1 BU2
2.11/23.0
2.12/23.0
=STBD+B-2X2 1 =STBD+B-2X2 4

=STBD+B-F2 -2X2 7 +W-106 -2X2 9


12 14
=STBD/2.5 11 =STBD+B-1K3 FMGCH.
=STBD/4.4 BU1 2x2x0.75mm² * BU2
11

14 12 14 +D-X1 1 +D-X1 3
=STBD+B-1K4
=STBD/3.1
11
+D-S1 +D-S3
+W-105 =STBD+B-2X2 2 =STBD+B-2X2 3 ¤
FMGCH. +D-X1 2 +W-106 +D-X1 4 ¤
2x2x0.75mm² * WH1 WH2 FMGCH.
WH1 2x2x0.75mm² * WH2

-2X2 4 -2X2 5 ¤
-2X2 8 -2X2 10 ¤

11.9/L- L-/15.0

failure power supply failure control system hy oil hy oil


Stbd unit Stbd unit pressure min level min

06/1339 30.06.2006 RME Datum 30.Jun.2006 warning unit = PS 12 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 29
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

=SWU+PS

-X1 1 2 -X1 3 4

+W-107
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2

-2X2 11 12 -2X2 13 14 ¤

-A3
10.0
9

11
-2K1
10.2
24V 14 12
0,1A
10

-A4
12.0
9

24V
0,1A
10

failure SCHOTTEL common alarm


Warning unit SCHOTTEL unit

Datum 16.Dez.2004 warning unit = PS 13 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 30
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

KS1 /+K/11.0
KS2 /+K/11.0
KS3 /+K/11.0
KS4 /+K/11.0

-4SP1 -4A1 -4A2


15.1 15.1 16.0
DCM DPV
CAN 120
Ohm
X1 X3 X2 X10 X11 X12
32a 32c
+W-108
4c 2c 32c 32a
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2

-4X2 1 2 3 4 ¤

+W-109 -4X2 5 6 7 8 ¤
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2

+E-4A4 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

VT
RD

BU

YE

GN

BN

WH

GR

PK
nominal value
follow up steering feed back unit
SCHOTTEL service point follow up steering
main desk

Datum 16.Dez.2004 FFU steering = PS 14 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 31
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²


10.9/L+ L+ /17.1

-4F1
B6A
4F1 /17.1

32 34
-4K4
18.4
31

-4A1
14.4 6c 4a 4c 10c 22a
card :1149843
programm:1149844 DI2
CAN ADD 0 DO2 DI3 DO3 DI4 DCM DI1 DO1

30a 30c 28a 2a 2c 14c 8a 12a 8c 10a 14a

-4SP1
14.2 X5 X4 X6

360° DCM

9.9/TM
9.9/ ECR ECR /21.0
7.9/ST1
6.9/ST2

12.9/L- L-/16.0

service point NFU steering main desk desk nominal = actual


ON ON selection value steering
for desk changing

04/2454 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 FFU steering = PS 15 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 32
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-4A2
14.7

card :1137787
DPV CAN ADD 1
26c 24c 30a 30c 28a 22a 2a 2c 14a 14c 16a 16c

4.8/18.1

4.9/18.1
-4SP1
14.2 X8 X7 X9

22 24 32 34 42 44
-4K1
360° DPV 17.4
21 31 41

-4X2 9 10 11 ¤
+W-110
MGCH 4x1.5qmm * 1 2 3

+D-X1 5 6 7 ¤

+D-Y1
15.9/L- L-/17.1

service point steering valve

JUMPER CODE
SWITCH B...D
D1 D2 E1 E2 S1 S2 S4

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction = PS 16 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 steering
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 33
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5qmm
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm
15.9/ L+ L+ /18.1

15.9/4F1

-4A1 -4A2
15.1 16.0 4a 4c

6a 20a 20c

11.9/ST4

42 44
-4K4
18.4
41

A1 A1
-4K1 -4K1.1
A2 A2 2,5qmm

16.9/L- L-/18.1

failure FFU steering

14 14
12 11 12 11 18.4
24
22 21 16.6
34
32 31 16.7
44
42 41 16.7

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction steering = PS 17 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 time dependent
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 34
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5qmm
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm
17.9/ L+ L+ /19.1

-4F2
B6A
4F2 /19.1

12 14 12 14 5 12 14 12 14
-4K6 -4K5 -4K3 -4K1.1 -4K7 12 14
19.4
11
19.3
11
.6
6
17.5
11
19.5
11 -4K4.1
.5
11

-4X2 12 13 14 15 16
+W-101
MGCH
14x1,5mm² * 8 9 10 11 12

-4A5
1 3 4

SZ3 /+K/12.1
6 5 1 2 SZ1 /+K/12.1
SZ4 /+K/12.1
SZ5 /+K/12.1
SZ2 /+K/12.1

-4R1 -4R2
120Û 120Û A1 A1 A1
A1 -4K4 -4K4.1 -4K3
16.9/4.8 -4K2 A2 A2 A2 2,5qmm
16.9/4.9 A2
17.9/L- L-/19.1

NFU steering failure time steering ON NFU steering


ECR desk NFU steering ECR desk

14 14 14 1 2 5.3
12 11 11.4 12 11 5.2 12 11 .8 3 4 5.7
24 24 5 6 .4
22 21 5.6 22 21 19.7
34 34
32 31 15.4 32 31
44 44
42 41 17.4 42 41

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction steering = PS 18 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 time dependent
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 35
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5qmm
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm
18.9/ L+ L+ /21.0
18.9/4F2

-4A4
IN- IN+

22 24
-4K4.1
18.5
21

OUT+
OUT-

-4X2 17 18 19 20 21
+W-103
MGCH
14x1,5mm² * 8 9 10 11 12

AZ3 /+A/12.1
AZ1 /+A/12.1
AZ4 /+A/12.1
AZ5 /+A/12.1
AZ2 /+A/12.1
A1 A1 A1
-4K5 -4K6 -4K7
A2 A2 A2 2,5qmm

18.9/L- L-/21.0

thrst to Ps thrust to Stbd NFU ON NFU steering


main desk main desk

14 14 14
12 11 18.2 12 11 18.1 12 11 18.6

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction steering = PS 19 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 time dependent
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 36
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

KD1 /+K/14.0
KD2 /+K/14.0
KD3 /+K/14.0
KD4 /+K/14.0

-3SP1 -3A1
21.0
DCM
CAN
X1 X3 X2 X10 X11 X12
32a 32c 2a 4a
+W-111
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2

-3A1R
120 Ohm
-4X2 22 23 24 25 ¤

nominal value
follow up speed control
SCHOTTEL service point
main desk

06/1339 30.06.2006 RME Datum 30.Jun.2006 FFU steering = PS 20 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 37
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²


19.9/L+ L+/22.1
15.9/ ECR
7.9/DT1 -3F1
B6A

starting engaging RPM max RPM


point I out I out
4...20mA 4..6mA 17...20mA 12 14 12 14
-3K6 -3K5
A A A 7.6 7.5
11 11

-3R2 -3R3 -3R4

S E S E S E

-3A1
20.4 20c 18a 18c 16a 22c 10a 8c 4a 4c 6c 8a 10c

Karte complett ID NR 1148831


Bauhinweis ID NR 1148832 DCM S1 S2

16a 22a 20a 22c 14a 6a 2a 2c 26c 16a 4c

-3A2
23.4 1 2 4 3
6.9/DT2
+ -
6.9/DT3
0-10V -

4-20mA +
+ -
6 5 4 3

12 14
-1K1
9.1
11

A1 K
-3K1
A2 A
19.9/L- L-/22.1

Tandem Mode desk failure SPJ in speed signal


ON selection RPM control cleaning mode to engine
max RPM 50%
14
12 11 23.3
24
22 21 11.5
34
32 31
44
42 41

04/2454 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 speed control = PS 21 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 speed setting
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 38
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm

21.9/L+ L+ /24.1

-3F2
B6A

11.9/3.1

12 14 12 14
-3K3 -3K4
7.3 7.4
11 11

-3X2 1 -3X2 3 -3X2 5 -3X2 7

+W-112
1 MGCH 10x1,5mm² * 3 5 7

=PS
+RG-X1 1 +RG-X1 3 +RG-X1 5 +RG-X1 7

+RG-Y2 +RG-Y1 +RG-S1 +RG-S2

reverse gear *

+RG-X1 2 +RG-X1 4 +RG-X1 6 +RG-X1 8

+W-112
2 MGCH 10x1,5mm² * 4 6 8

-3X2 2 -3X2 4 -3X2 6 -3X2 8 ¤

6.9/3G2
6.9/3G1
21.9/L- L-/24.1

gear valve gear valve gear in gear in


cleaning direction drive direction drive direction cleaning direction
engaged engaged

Datum 16.Dez.2004 reverse gear control = PS 22 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 39
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm

=PS

switch box prime mover *

Signal

GND
contact opened
if engine is running

+PM-X1 1 2 +PM-X1 3 4 +PM-X1 5 6

+W-113
BU1 WH1 FMGCH. 4x2x0,75mm² * BU2 WH2 BU3 WH3

-1X2 16 17 -1X2 18 19 -1X2 20 21 ¤

12.9/2.12
12.9/2.11
-3A2
21.7 6 5
+ -
4-20mA -

0-10V +
+ -
1 2 4 3

12 14
-3K1
21.5
11

speed value
follow up speed to
control in service prime mover

Datum 16.Dez.2004 selection of control = PS 23 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 interface to prime mover
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 40
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5qmm
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm
22.9/ L+
KD5 /+K/13.1
-3F3 KD6 /+K/13.1
B6A

AD5 /+A/13.1
AD6 /+A/13.1

+W-115 +W-116
FMGCH. FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1

-5A1
Meßumformer
1
U ID.NR.:1133898 -3X2 12 13 -3X2 14 15

f
2 9 13 10 2 1 16 15

-5A2
6 5 4 3
+ -
0-10V -

0-10V +
+ -
1 2 4 3

-3X2 9 10 11 ¤
+W-114
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 WH2

1 3

+E-5B1

22.9/L-

pick up propeller speed propeller speed


shaft speed indicator indicator
ECR desk main desk

Datum 16.Dez.2004 clutch control = PS 24 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 shaft speed indicator
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 41
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

300 760

760

cable input with glands, glands and holes are yard supply

Datum 16.Dez.2004 switch box engine room = PS 25 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 42
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

720
720

Protection class: IP 54

internal wiring
NAXAF ( GL 47682 HH, no. 07/90 )
d=8
screened cable type: LIYCY
color of switch box RAL 7032
mounting holes maximum ambient temperature of
switch box is
45 Grad C / 113 degress F

Datum 16.Dez.2004 switch box engine room = PS 26 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 43
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Position ID NR Menge Benennung Position ID NR Menge Benennung


-Schrank 1100425 1 Schaltschrank
-Typ 1071039 1 Typenschild
-Kanal 1126578 1,0m Verdrahtungskanal 37,5 x 75
-Kanal 1126579 1,0m Verdrahtungskanal 50 x 75
-Kanal 1126581 0,6m Verdrahtungskanal 100 x 75
-Schiene 1043807 2,0m Tragschiene
-Endw 1069763 10 Endwinkel
-Klemme 1121723 60 Durchgangsklemme 2,5mm²
-Abschl 1121724 1 Abdeckplatte 2,5mm²
-Klemme 1121721 4 Durchgangsklemme 6mm²
-Abschl 1121722 1 Abdeckplatte 6mm²
-Gruppe 1069768 6 Gruppenbezeichnung
-Fest 1135768 1 Türfeststeller
-Gewinde 1063499 1 Gewindestreifen
-Traeger 1063497 1 Trägerschine

Datum 16.Dez.2004 mounting parts = PS 27 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 switch box
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 44
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

-S2 main switch 24V DC feed line ! ATTENTION ! ! ATTENTION !


Before use the boards Before use the boards
please adjust code please adjust code
-F1 control feed line switch (DPV) and switch (DPV) and
-F2 phase control relais jumpers (DPV) (DCM) jumpers (DPV) (DCM)
according to the according to the
-F3 unit ON electrical diagram electrical diagram
of the order of the order

-1F1 desk control


! ACHTUNG ! ! ACHTUNG !
-1F2 instrument light
Vor Inbetriebnahme Vor Inbetriebnahme
-2F1 warning unit der Karten der Karten
Kodierschalter Kodierschalter
-3F1 speed control
(DPV ) und Jumper (DPV ) und Jumper
-3F2 reverse gear (DPV/DCM) gemäß (DPV/DCM) gemäß
E.-Plan des E.-Plan des
-3F3 shaft speed Auftrages einstellen Auftrages einstellen
-4F1 FFU steering
-4F2 NFU steering

Datum 16.Dez.2004 name plates = PS 28 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 45
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

ECR desk
Ps unit

Datum 16.Dez.2004 = PS 1 / 17
1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087 ECR desk
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 46
Keim
Ps unit e. - diagram
Änderung Datum Name Norm 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm² A1/+A/2.1


A2/+A/2.1

+W-117
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² BU1 WH1

-X1 4 5 ¤

120 Û

-A1
6 5

CAN
CAN

2 1 7 8

120 Û
K7/3.1
K8/4.0

-1A1 -1A2 -1A3


4.0 5 30 10 6.0 9 30 5 10 8.0 9 30 5 10
DO_VCC

DO_VCC

DO_VCC
VCC +

VCC +

VCC +
card :1135350 card :1135350 card :1135350
programm:1138327 programm:1138327 programm:1138327 120Ohm
ADD CAN 3 ADD CAN 4 ADD CAN 5
DO_Gnd

DO_Gnd

DO_Gnd
120Ohm 120Ohm
DI_Gnd

DI_Gnd

DI_Gnd
VCC-

VCC-

VCC-
6 29 31 2 3 9 6 29 31 2 3 6 29 31 2 3

K6/3.1

-X1 1 2 3 -X1 6 7 8

+B/3.9/K2
+B/3.9/K1
+B/3.9/K31
+B/5.9/K3
+B/3.9/K4
+B/3.9/K5
CAN Bus CAN Bus feed line
desk selektion

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 2 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 47
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

+B/5.9/ NFUS
+B/5.9/ NFU

2.9/K7
+B/2.9/ UO1

-X1 9 -X1 11 -X1 12

13 32 34 42 44
-1R1 -1S1 -1K1 -1K1
.4 5.8 5.8
14 31 41
13
-S1 -1A4
14
5 4 8

LT /4.0
1 6 2
A A A
-V1 -V2 -V3
K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1
-H1 -S5 -S6 -S4
12.4 12.5 12.2
X2 X2 X2 X2

A/10.1
B/5.0

23
-1S1
.4
24
2.9/K6 K6/5.0

-X1 10

+B/2.9/ UO2

unit ON dimmer lamp test unit ON NFU steering NFU steering


instrument light ON switched ON

04/2595 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 instrument light = PS 3 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 48
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

2.9/K8 K8/6.0

13 13 13
-1S2 -1S3 -1S4
5.1 5.3
14 14 14

3.9/LT LT /5.0

-X1 13
+W-128
MGCH
7x1,5mm² * 1

KT2 /=STBD/15.0
KT3 /=STBD/15.0
KT1 /=STBD/15.0

+W-128
MGCH
7x1,5mm² * 2 3

-X1 14 -X1 15

-1A1 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.0

E 3.0 E 3.1 E 3.2 E 3.3 E 3.4 E 3.5 E 3.6 E 3.7

lamp test desk ON reserve send to emergency Tandem Mode ON speed lever reserve
main desk take over in zero
Tandem Mode

04/2595 15.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 4 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 49
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A1
2.0

A 3.0 A 3.1 A 3.2 A 3.3 A 3.4 A 3.5 A 3.6 A 3.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

4.9/LT LT /7.0

-V4 -V5 -V6 -V7 -V8 -V9


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-1S2 -1H1 -1S3 -1H2 -1H3 -1H4 -1H5
4.2 4.4
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

A1 K
-1K1
A2 A
3.9/ B B/7.0
3.9/K6 K6/7.0

desk ON main desk send to main send to FFU speed control FFU steering buzzer desk ON
ON main desk ECR desk in service in service
14
12 11 12.2
24
22 21 12.4
34
32 31 3.6
44
42 41 3.7

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 5 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 50
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

4.9/K8
-4B1
11.1
idle running
switch
13 13 13 13 13
-3S1 -3S2 -3S3 -3S4 -1S5
7.0 7.1 7.3 7.4
14 14 14 14 14

5 3 4

SPEED#1

BU RD BK

-1A2 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.2
E 4.0 E 4.1 E 4.2 E 4.3 E 4.4 E 4.5 E 4.6 E 4.7

gear OFF gear cleaning drive horn OFF speed lever speed lever reserve
neutral automatic mode mode outside idle in idle
mode position position

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 6 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 51
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A2
2.2

A 4.0 A 4.1 A 4.2 A 4.3 A 4.4 A 4.5 A 4.6 A 4.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

5.9/LT LT /9.0

-V10 -V11 -V12 -V13 -V14


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-3S1 -3S2 -3S3 -3S4 -2H1
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

A1
-1K2
A2
5.9/ B B/10.1
5.9/K6 K6/9.0

gear OFF gear cleaning drive failure Tandem Mode reserve reserve
neutral automatic mode mode control system ON
14
mode Stbd unit
12 11 14.8

04/2454 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 7 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 52
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A3 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.5
E 5.0 E 5.1 E 5.2 E 5.3 E 5.4 E 5.5 E 5.6 E 5.7

reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 8 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 53
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A3
2.5

A 5.0 A 5.1 A 5.2 A 5.3 A 5.4 A 5.5 A 5.6 A 5.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

7.9/LT

-V15 -V16 -V17 -V18 -V19 -V20 -V21 -V22


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-2H2 -2H3 -2H4 -2H5 -2H6 -2H7 -2H8 -2H9
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

7.9/K6

oil level failure failure failure failure failure power supply hy oil hy oil
thruster min FFU steering NFU steering FFU speed control gear control Stbd unit pressure min level min

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 9 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 54
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-4A1
120 Ohm
A1 A2
ON
OFF
power supply

CONTROLLER

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 SHILD + -

3.9/ A A /13.0
7.9/ B B /13.0

-F1
0,2A

120 Û
-X1 16 17 ¤
+W-118 -A2
MGCH 1 2 7 8
2x1,5mm² * 1 2

CAN

-X1 18 19 20 21 ¤ CAN

5 6
=ESB +W-119
+24-X1 1 2 FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2

2A 120 Û
L+ +E-4A4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

L- -X1 22 23 ¤
+W-120
24V DC +-20%
FMGCH.
AC- Anteil <1,5V 2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1
BU

YE

BN

WH

PK

VT
RD

GN

GR
* EMERGENCY
AS1 /+A/10.1
switchboard AS2 /+A/10.1

power supply feedback unit thrust direction indicator


thrust direction thrust direction main desk
indicating indicating

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction = PS 10 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087 indicating
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 55
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

-4B1 AS3/+A/11.0
6.6
AS4/+A/11.0
KTS1 /=STBD/15.0

WH
GN

GY
RD

BU

BN
YE

PK

VT
KTS2 /=STBD/15.0
KTS3 /=STBD/15.0
KTS4 /=STBD/15.0
120 Û KTS5 /=STBD/15.0
ON KTS6 /=STBD/15.0
OFF

1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SW ITCH
+W-121 +W-126
FMGCH. FMGCH.
AZIMUTH 2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 4x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2 BU3 WH3
#1

WH BN GN GY YE PK -X1 28 29 ¤ -X1 30 31 32 33 34 35 ¤

120 Û

-A3
6 5 7 8

CAN
CAN

2 1

120 Û

-X1 24 25 26 27

+B/14.8/KS1
+B/14.8/KS2
+B/14.8/KS3
+B/14.8/KS4

nominal value nominal value nominal value


follow up steering follow up steering follow up steering
ECR desk main desk Tandem Mode

06/1339 30.06.2006 RME Datum 30.Jun.2006 thrust direction = PS 11 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087 steering
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 56
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

+B/18.9/ SZ3
+B/18.9/ SZ1

-X1 36 -X1 38

12 14 22 24
-1K1 -1K1
5.8 5.8
11 21

13 13 13
-S4 -S5 -S6
3.7 3.6 3.6
14 14 14

-X1 37 -X1 39 40

+B/18.9/ SZ2
+B/18.9/ SZ4
+B/18.9/ SZ5

NFU control NFU control


ON thrust direction

Datum 16.Dez.2004 NFU control = PS 12 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 57
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10.8/ B
10.8/ A

-5A1
0-1200rpm
0-6V

-X1 41 42

+B/24.9/ KD5
+B/24.9/ KD6

Datum 16.Dez.2004 indicators = PS 13 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 58
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

-4B1 AD3 /+A/11.0


11.1
AD4 /+A/11.0
KTD1 /=STBD/15.0

WH
GN

GY
RD

BU

BN
YE

PK

VT
KTD2 /=STBD/15.0
KTD3 /=STBD/15.0
KTD4 /=STBD/15.0
120 Û KTD5 /=STBD/15.0
ON KTD6 /=STBD/15.0
OFF

1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SWITCH
+W-122 +W-127
FMGCH. FMGCH.
SPEED#1 2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 4x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2 BU3 WH3

WH BN GN GY YE PK -X1 47 48 ¤ -X1 49 50 51 52 53 54 ¤

12 14
-1K2
7.6
11

-X1 55 56

120 Û

-A4
6 5 7 8

CAN
CAN

2 1

+W-128
MGCH
7x1,5mm² * 4 5

120 Û
KT5 /=STBD/15.0
-X1 43 44 45 46 KT4 /=STBD/15.0

+B/20.8/ KD1
+B/20.8/ KD2
+B/20.8/ KD3
+B/20.8/ KD4

nominal value nominal value nominal value Tandem Mode


follow up speed control follow up speed control follow up speed control ON
ECR desk main desk Tandem Mode

06/1339 30.06.2006 RME Datum 30.Jun.2006 nominal value = PS 14 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087 speed setting
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 59
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

300

1 = -1H2, pilot lamp main desk send to ECR desk


10
2 = -1H1, pilot lamp main desk ON
11 3 = -1S3, push button with pilot lamp send to main desk
4 = -1S2, push button with pilot lamp desk ON
12 5 = -3S3, push button with pilot lamp gear in cleaning direction
6 = -3S4, push button with pilot lamp gear in drive direction
7 = -3S2, push button with pilot lamp gear in AUTO mode
9 15 19 24
8 = -3S1, push button with pilot lamp gear OFF / disengaged
20 9 = -1H3, pilot lamp FFU speed control in service
10 = -1R1, dimmer instrument light
1 29
11 = -H1, pilot lamp unit ON
2 28 16 21 25 12 = -1S1, push button lamp test
480

13 = -1H5, buzzer
3 13 17 22 26 14 = -1S5, push button horn OFF
15 = -S5, push button with pilot lamp thrust to Ps
4 14 18 23 27
16 = -2H2, pilot lamp lub oil level min SPJ
17 = -2H9, pilot lamp hy oil level min
18 = -2H8, pilot lamp hy pressure min
19 = -1H4, pilot lamp FFU steering in service
20 = -S4, push button with pilot lamp NFU steering ON
21 = -2H3, pilot lamp failure FFU steering
5 22 = -2H4, pilot lamp failure NFU steering
23 = -2H5, pilot lamp failure FFU speed control
6 24 = -S6, push button with pilot lamp thrust to Stbd
25 = -2H1, pilot lamp failure control system Stbd unit
7 26 = -2H7, pilot lamp failure power supply Stbd unit
27 = -2H6, pilot lamp failure gear control
8
28 = -1S4, push button emergenc take over
29 = -S1, key switch unit ON

Datum 16.Dez.2004 panel ECR desk = PS 15 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 60
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

screw M5x15
10 140 140 mounted at the panel
340 320

d=6
20
150

panel cutout
260x440
1A4 V1-22 A1 A2
160

550

530
steering desk
150

1A1 1A2 1A3 1K1/2 A3 A4


10

-X1

panel cutout

mounting plate mounting holes


The panel is connected to the mounting plate.
Length of cable 1200

Protection class: front side IP 65

internal wiring
NAXAF ( GL 47682 HH, no. 07/90 )
screened cable type: LIYCY

Datum 16.Dez.2004 panel ECR desk = PS 16 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 61
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Position ID NR Menge Benennung Position ID NR Menge Benennung


-PLAT 1148821 1 Platine
-BLECH 1062084 0,2m² Aluminiumblech 4dick
-SCHILD 1071039 1 Typenschild
-SCHILD 1078486 1 Firmenschild
-SCHL 1069636 1.2m Spiralschlauch 29
-HALT 1069642 2 Anschlußhalter 29
-KANAL 1037927 1,0m Verdrahtungskanal 40 x 60
-SCHIENE 1043807 0,5m Tragschiene
-KLEMME 1121723 20 Durchgangsklemme 2,5mm²
-ABSCHL 1121724 1 Abdeckplatte 2,5mm²
-END 1069763 2 Endwinkel
-GRUPPE 1069768 3 Gruppenbezeichnung
-BEFEST 1098007 1 Befestigungswinkel

Datum 16.Dez.2004 mounting parts panel = PS 17 / 17


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 62
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

main desk
Ps unit

Datum 16.Dez.2004 = PS 1 / 16
1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087 main desk
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 63
Keim
Ps unit e. - diagram
Änderung Datum Name Norm 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

A8/3.1
A9/4.0

-1A1 -1A2 -1A3


4.0 5 30 10 6.0 9 30 5 10 8.0 9 30 5 10
DO_VCC

DO_VCC

DO_VCC
VCC +

VCC +

VCC +
card :1135350 card :1135350 card :1135350

ARE
programm:1138327 programm:1138327 programm:1138327
ADD CAN 6 ADD CAN 7 ADD CAN 8
DO_Gnd

DO_Gnd

DO_Gnd
120Ohm 120Ohm 120Ohm
DI_Gnd

DI_Gnd

DI_Gnd
VCC-

VCC-

VCC-
2 3 2 3
6 29 31 2 3 9 6 29 31 6 29 31

A10 /11.0

A7/3.1

-X1 1 2 3 -X1 4 5 6 7

+K/2.9/A2
+K/2.9/A1
+B/4.9/A31
+B/4.9/A6
+B/5.9/A4
+B/4.9/A5
+B/5.9/A3

CAN Bus CAN Bus feed line


desk selektion

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 2 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 64
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

+B/5.9/ AFUS
+B/5.9/ AFU
2.9/A8

-X1 8 -X1 9

32 34 42 44
13
-1K1 -1K1
-1R1 -1S1 5.8
31
5.8
41
.4
14

-1A4
5 4 8

LT /4.0
1 6 2
A A A
-V1 -V2 -V3
K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1
-H1 -S5 -S6 -S4
12.4 12.5 12.2
X2 X2 X2 X2

A /10.1
B /5.0

23
-1S1
.4
24
2.9/A7 A7/5.0

dimmer lamp test unit ON NFU steering NFU steering


instrument light ON switched ON

04/2595 15.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 instrument light = PS 3 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 65
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

2.9/A9 A9/6.0

13 13
-1S2 -1S3
5.1 5.3
14 14

3.9/LT LT /5.0

-X1 10
+W-124
MGCH
7x1,5mm² * 1

MT2 /=STBD/12.0
MT3 /=STBD/12.0
MT1 /=STBD/12.0

+W-124
MGCH
7x1,5mm² * 2 3

-X1 11 -X1 12

-1A1 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.0

E 6.0 E 6.1 E 6.2 E 6.3 E 6.4 E 6.5 E 6.6 E 6.7

lamp test desk ON reserve send to Tandem Mode ON speed lever reserve reserve
ECR desk in zero
Tandem Mode

04/2454 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 4 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 66
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A1
2.0

A 6.0 A 6.1 A 6.2 A 6.3 A 6.4 A 6.5 A 6.6 A 6.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

4.9/LT LT /7.0

-V4 -V5 -V6 -V7 -V8 -V9


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-1S2 -1H1 -1S3 -1H2 -1H3 -1H4 -1H5
4.2 4.4
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

A1 K
-1K1
A2 A
3.9/ B B/7.0
3.9/A7 A7/7.0

desk ON ECR desk send to ECR send to FFU speed control FFU steering buzzer desk ON
ON ECR desk main desk in service in service
14
12 11 12.2
24
22 21 12.4
34
32 31 3.7
44
42 41 3.8

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 5 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 67
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

4.9/A9
-4B1
11.0
idle running
switch
13 13 13 13 13
-3S1 -3S2 -3S3 -3S4 -1S4
7.0 7.1 7.3 7.4
14 14 14 14 14

5 3 4

SPEED#1

BU RD BK

A9/11.0

-1A2 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.2
E 7.0 E 7.1 E 7.2 E 7.3 E 7.4 E 7.5 E 7.6 E 7.7

gear OFF gear cleaning drive horn OFF speed lever speed lever reserve
neutral automatic mode mode outside idle in idle
mode position position

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 6 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 68
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A2
2.2

A 7.0 A 7.1 A 7.2 A 7.3 A 7.4 A 7.5 A 7.6 A 7.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

5.9/LT LT /9.0

-V10 -V11 -V12 -V13 -V14


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-3S1 -3S2 -3S3 -3S4 -2H1
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

A1
-1K2
A2
5.9/ B B/10.1
5.9/A7 A7/9.0

gear OFF gear cleaning drive failure Tandem Mode reserve reserve
neutral automatic mode mode control system ON
14
mode Stbd unit
12 11 11.7

04/2454 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 7 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 69
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A3 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.5
E 8.0 E 8.1 E 8.2 E 8.3 E 8.4 E 8.5 E 8.6 E 8.7

reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 8 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 70
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A3
2.5

A 8.0 A 8.1 A 8.2 A 8.3 A 8.4 A 8.5 A 8.6 A 8.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

7.9/LT

-V15 -V16 -V17 -V18 -V19 -V20 -V21 -V22


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-2H2 -2H3 -2H4 -2H5 -2H6 -2H7 -2H8 -2H9
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

7.9/A7

oil level failure failure failure failure failure power supply hy oil hy oil
thruster min FFU steering NFU steering FFU speed control gear control Stbd unit pressure min level min

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = PS 9 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 71
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-4A3
120 Ohm
A1 A2
ON
OFF
power supply

CONTROLLER

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 SHILD + -

3.9/ A A /13.0
7.9/ B B /13.0

-F1
0,2A

-X1 13 14 ¤ -X1 15 16
+W-123
MGCH
2x1,5mm² * 1 2

=ESB
+24-X1 3 4

2A
L+
L-
24V DC +-20%
AC- Anteil <1,5V

* EMERGENCY
switchboard

+K/10.8/AS1
+K/10.8/AS2

power supply thrust direction


thrust direction indicator
indicating

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction = PS 10 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087 indicating
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 72
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

-4B1
6.6

WH

WH
GN

GN
GY

GY
RD

RD
BU

BN

BU

BN
YE

PK

YE

PK
VT

VT
120 Û
ON 120 Û
OFF ON
OFF
1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SW ITCH 1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SWITCH

AZIMUTH SPEED
#1 #1

2 9

WH BN GN GY YE PK WH BN GN GY YE PK

12 14
-1K2
7.6
11

-X1 17 18 19 20 21 22 -X1 23 24 25 26 27 28 ¤ -X1 29 30

6.9/A9
2.9/A10
+K/11.8/AS3
+K/11.8/AS4
+K/14.8/ AD3
+K/14.8/ AD4

+W-125 +W-124
FMGCH. MGCH
4x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2 BU3 WH3 7x1,5mm² * 4 5

MT5 /=STBD/12.0
MT4 /=STBD/12.0
MAD4 /=STBD/12.0
MAD3 /=STBD/12.0
MA10 /=STBD/12.0
MA9 /=STBD/12.0
MAS4 /=STBD/12.0
MAS3 /=STBD/12.0

nominal value Tandem Mode


follow up steering ON
main desk

04/2454 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 nominal values for = PS 11 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087 steering and speed
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 73
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

+B/19.9/ AZ3
+B/19.9/ AZ1

-X1 31 -X1 33

12 14 22 24
-1K1 -1K1
5.8 5.8
11 21

13 13 13
-S4 -S5 -S6
3.8 3.7 3.7
14 14 14

-X1 32 -X1 34 35

+B/19.9/ AZ2
+B/19.9/ AZ4
+B/19.9/ AZ5

NFU control NFU control


ON OFF thrust direction

Datum 16.Dez.2004 NFU control = PS 12 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 74
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10.8/ B
10.8/ A

-5A1
0-1200rpm
0-6V

-X1 36 37

+B/24.9/ AD5
+B/24.9/ AD6

Datum 16.Dez.2004 indicators = PS 13 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 75
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

300

1 = -1H2, pilot lamp ECR desk send to main desk


10
2 = -1H1, pilot lamp ECR desk ON
11 3 = -1S3, push button with pilot lamp send to ECR desk
4 = -1S2, push button with pilot lamp desk ON
12 5 = -3S3, push button with pilot lamp gear in cleaning direction
6 = -3S4, push button with pilot lamp gear in drive direction
7 = -3S2, push button with pilot lamp gear in AUTO mode
9 15 19 24
8 = -3S1, push button with pilot lamp gear OFF / disengaged
20 9 = -1H3, pilot lamp FFU speed control in service
10 = -1R1, dimmer instrument light
1
11 = -H1, pilot lamp unit ON
2 16 21 25 12 = -1S1, push button lamp test
480

13 = -1H5, buzzer
3 13 17 22 26 14 = -1S4, push button horn OFF
15 = -S5, push button with pilot lamp thrust to Ps
4 14 18 23 27
16 = -2H2, pilot lamp lub oil level min SPJ
17 = -2H9, pilot lamp hy oil level min
18 = -2H8, pilot lamp hy pressure min
19 = -1H4, pilot lamp FFU steering in service
20 = -S4, push button with pilot lamp NFU steering ON
21 = -2H3, pilot lamp failure FFU steering
5 22 = -2H4, pilot lamp failure NFU steering
23 = -2H5, pilot lamp failure FFU speed control
6 24 = -S6, push button with pilot lamp thrust to Stbd
25 = -2H1, pilot lamp failure control system Stbd unit
7 26 = -2H7, pilot lamp failure power supply Stbd unit
27 = -2H6, pilot lamp failure gear control
8

Datum 16.Dez.2004 panel main desk = PS 14 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 76
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

screw M5x15
10 140 140 mounted at the panel
280 260

d=6
20
150

panel cutout
260x440
1A4 V1-22
160

550

530
steering desk
150

1A1 1A2 1A3 1K1/2


10

-X1

panel cutout

mounting plate mounting holes


The panel is connected to the mounting plate.
Length of cable 1200

Protection class: front side IP 65

internal wiring
NAXAF ( GL 47682 HH, no. 07/90 )
screened cable type: LIYCY

Datum 16.Dez.2004 panel main desk = PS 15 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 77
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Position ID NR Menge Benennung Position ID NR Menge Benennung


-PLAT 1148822 1 Platine
-BLECH 1062084 0,2m² Aluminiumblech 4dick
-SCHILD 1071039 1 Typenschild
-SCHILD 1078486 1 Firmenschild
-SCHL 1069636 1.2m Spiralschlauch 29
-HALT 1069642 2 Anschlußhalter 29
-KANAL 1037927 1,0m Verdrahtungskanal 40 x 60
-SCHIENE 1043807 0,5m Tragschiene
-KLEMME 1121723 20 Durchgangsklemme 2,5mm²
-ABSCHL 1121724 1 Abdeckplatte 2,5mm²
-END 1069763 2 Endwinkel
-GRUPPE 1069768 3 Gruppenbezeichnung
-BEFEST 1098007 1 Befestigungswinkel

Datum 16.Dez.2004 mounting parts panel = PS 16 / 16


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer PS unit Bl. 78
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

switch box
Stbd unit

Datum 16.Dez.2004 = STBD 1 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 switch box
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 79
Keim
Stbd unit e. - diagram
Änderung Datum Name Norm 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5qmm
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm
L+/3.0

-F1 -F3 87
-K1
B6A B6A
.7
30

-X2 3

+W-101
MGCH
14x1,5mm² * 1

2,5

1 3
-S2
2 4

UO1 /+K/3.1
+W-100
MGCH
2x4mm² *

UO2 /+K/3.1
+USV-X1 1 2 ¤

+W-101
MGCH
16A 14x1,5mm² * 2
L+ -F2
L- =PS/12.2
24V DC +-20%
A1 -X2 4

AC ripple <1,5V

* main A2
86
switchboard -K1
85
L-/3.0

feed line failure unit ON


switch box feed line 24V DC
24V DC
87 30 .8

Datum 16.Dez.2004 feed line = STBD 2 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 80
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5mm²
24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²
2.9/L+ L+/4.0

-1F1
B6A
1F1 /4.0
K1/+K/2.1
K2/+K/2.1
K31 /+K/2.1
K4/+K/2.1
K5/+K/2.1

+W-102 +W-101
FMGCH. MGCH
2x2x0,75mm² BU1 WH1 BU2 14x1,5mm² 3 4

-1X2 1 2 3 ¤ -1X2 4 5 ¤

-1A1 -1A2
6.0 5 30 10 8.0 9 30 5
DO_VCC

DO_VCC
VCC +

VCC +

modul :1148819 card :1135350


ARE

programm: 1148820 programm:1138327


ADD_CAN 1 ADD CAN 2
MASTER
DO_Gnd

DO_Gnd

120Ohm 120Ohm
DI_Gnd

DI_Gnd
VCC-

VCC-

6 29 31 9 2 3 6 29 31 10 2 3

A1
-1K4
A2
2.9/L- L-/4.0

power supply failure CAN Bus feed line


desk control desk control desk selection
ECR desk
14
12 11 =PS/12.3

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 3 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 81
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5mm²
24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²
3.9/L+ L+/5.0

3.9/1F1

-1A3
IN+ IN-

OUT+

OUT-

-1X2 6 7 8

+W-103
MGCH
14x1,5mm² 1 2 3

A31 /+A/2.1
A5/+A/2.1
A6/+A/2.1

A1
-1K3
A2

3.9/L- L-/5.0

feed line failure


desk selection control system
main desk main desk
14
12 11 =PS/12.3

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 4 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 82
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5mm²
24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²
4.9/L+ L+/10.0

-1F2
B6A

-1A4
IN+ IN-
12 14 1
-4K4 -4K3
18.4 18.6
11 2

OUT+

OUT-
22 24 3
-4K4 -4K3
18.4 18.6
21 4

-1X2 9 -1X2 10 -1X2 11 -1X2 12 13 -1X2 14 -1X2 15

+W-101 +W-103
MGCH MGCH
14x1,5mm² 5 6 7 14x1,5mm² 4 5 6 7

AFUS /+A/3.1
AFU /+A/3.1
A3/+A/2.1
A4/+A/2.1
NFUS /+K/3.1
NFU /+K/3.1
K3/+K/2.1
4.9/L- L-/7.0

feedline NFU steering NFU steering feedline NFU steering NFU steering feed line
instrument light ON switched ON instrument light ON switched ON desk selection
ECR desk main desk

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 5 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 83
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

ST2 /15.0
DT2 /21.0
3G1/22.1
3G2/22.1
ST4 /11.0
DT3 /21.0
2.9/12.0
2.14/10.0

-1A1 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
3.0
E 1.0 E 1.1 E 1.2 E 1.3 E 1.4 E 1.5 E 1.6 E 1.7

nominal value nominal value gear in cleaning gear in drive FFU steering FFU steering failure horn
steering = speed = direction direction in service in service control system waring unit
actual value actual value engaged engaged Stbd unit

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 6 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 84
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A1
3.0

A 1.0 A 1.1 A 1.2 A 1.3 A 1.4 A 1.5 A 1.6 A 1.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

DT1 /21.0
ST1 /15.0
2.2/10.0
2.1/10.0

A1 A1 A1 A1
-3K3 -3K4 -3K5 -3K6
A2 A2 A2 A2
5.9/L- L-/9.0

horn OFF lamp test gear engaging gear engaging gear engaging gear cleaning desk desk
cleaning drive speed speed selection selection
direction direction steering speed

14 14 14 14
12 11 22.3 12 11 22.5 12 11 21.8 12 11 21.7

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 7 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 85
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

2.3/11.0
2.4/11.0
2.5/11.0
2.6/11.0
2.7/11.0
2.8/12.0
2.10/12.0
2.13/12.0

-1A2 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
3.2
E 2.0 E 2.1 E 2.2 E 2.3 E 2.4 E 2.5 E 2.6 E 2.7

oil level failure failure failure failure failure power supply hy oil hy oil
thruster min FFU steering NFU steering FFU speed control gear control Stbd unit pressure min level min

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 8 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 86
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A2
3.2

A 2.0 A 2.1 A 2.2 A 2.3 A 2.4 A 2.5 A 2.6 A 2.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

ECR /15.0

7.9/L- L-/10.0

ECR desk reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve


in service

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 9 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 87
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5mm²
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²
5.9/L+ L+ /15.0

-2F1
B6A

7.9/2.2
7.9/2.1
6.9/2.14

-A3
11.0 5 30 31 23 30 27 28
ON
Master D0-6 DI-6 DI-7
CAN-No.: 1
Sonder-Jumper.: 1 and 4 ON

6 29 31 32 24 120hm

A1
2,5mm² -2K1
A2
9.9/L- L-/11.0

com. collective com. horn lamp


alarm OFF check

14
12 11 13.5

Datum 16.Dez.2004 warning unit = STBD 10 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 88
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

8.9/2.7
8.9/2.6
8.9/2.5
8.9/2.4
8.9/2.3

-A3
10.0 13 14 15 16 21 22 6 1/12.0
D0-0 D0-1 D0-2 D0-3 D0-4 D0-5 5 2/12.0
4 3/12.0
DI-0 DI-1 DI-2 DI-3 DI-4 DI-5 3 4/12.0
delay 10s 0s 0s 0s 0s 0s 2 5/12.0
30 time 17 18 19 20 25 26 30

3.1/22.1
6.9/ST4 ST4 /17.1

-2X2 5
+W-104
FMGCH.
2x2x0.75mm² * BU1

+T-S1

12 14 22 24
+W-104 -4K2 -3K1
FMGCH. 18.2 21.5
11 21
2x2x0.75mm² * WH1

-2X2 6

10.9/L- L-/12.0

oil level failure failure failure failure


thruster min FFU steering NFU steering FFU speed control gear control

Datum 16.Dez.2004 warning unit = STBD 11 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 89
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

8.9/2.13
8.9/2.10
6.9/2.9
8.9/2.8

-A4
13.2 5 30 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

11.9/ 1 6 Slave D0-0 D0-1 D0-2 D0-3 D0-4 D0-5 D0-6 D0-7
11.9/ 2 5 CAN-No.: 2
11.9/ 3 4 Sonder-Jumper.: 1and 5
11.9/ 4 3 DI-0 DI-1 DI-2 DI-3 120hm DI-4 DI-5 DI-6 DI-7
11.9/ 5 2 delay time 0s 3s 3s 5s 3sec 5sec 1sec 3sec
6 29 31 32 17 18 19 20 30 25 26 27 28

+W-105 -2X2 7 -2X2 10


FMGCH.
2x2x0.75mm² * BU1 BU2
2.11/23.0
2.12/23.0
=PS+B-2X2 15 =PS+B-2X2 18

=PS+B-F2 -2X2 11 +W-106 -2X2 13


12 14
=PS/2.5 11 =PS+B-1K3 FMGCH.
=PS/4.4 BU1 2x2x0.75mm² * BU2
11

14 12 14 +D-X1 1 +D-X1 3
=PS+B-1K4
=PS/3.1
11
+D-S1 +D-S3
+W-105 =PS+B-2X2 16 =PS+B-2X2 17 ¤
FMGCH. +D-X1 2 +W-106 +D-X1 4 ¤
2x2x0.75mm² * WH1 WH2 FMGCH.
WH1 2x2x0.75mm² * WH2

-2X2 8 -2X2 9 ¤
-2X2 12 -2X2 14 ¤

11.9/L- L-/15.0

failure power supply failure control system hy oil hy oil


Stbd unit Stbd unit pressure min level min

06/1339 30.06.2006 RME Datum 30.Jun.2006 warning unit = STBD 12 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 90
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

=SWU+STBD

-X1 1 2 -X1 3 4

+W-107
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2

-2X2 15 16 -2X2 17 18 ¤

-A3
10.0
9

11
-2K1
10.2
24V 14 12
0,1A
10

-A4
12.0
9

24V
0,1A
10

failure SCHOTTEL common alarm


Warning unit SCHOTTEL unit

Datum 16.Dez.2004 warning unit = STBD 13 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 91
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

KS1 /+K/11.0
KS2 /+K/11.0
KS3 /+K/11.0
KS4 /+K/11.0

-4SP1 -4A1 -4A2


15.1 15.1 16.0
DCM DPV
CAN 120
Ohm
X1 X3 X2 X10 X11 X12
32a 32c
+W-108
4c 2c 32c 32a
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2

-4X2 1 2 3 4 ¤

+W-109 -4X2 5 6 7 8 ¤
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2

+E-4A4 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

VT
RD

BU

YE

GN

BN

WH

GR

PK
nominal value
follow up steering feed back unit
SCHOTTEL service point follow up steering
main desk

Datum 16.Dez.2004 FFU steering = STBD 14 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 92
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²


10.9/L+ L+ /17.1

-4F1
B6A
4F1 /17.1

32 34
-4K4
18.4
31

-4A1
14.4 6c 4a 4c 10c 8a 22a
card :1149843
programm:1149844 DI2 DI3
CAN ADD 0 DO2 DCM DO3 DI4 DI1 DO1

30a 30c 28a 2a 2c 14c 12a 8c 10a 14a

-4SP1
14.2 X5 X4 X6

360° DCM

9.9/ ECR ECR /21.0


7.9/ST1
6.9/ST2

12.9/L- L-/16.0

service point NFU steering main desk desk nominal = actual


ON ON selection value steering
for desk changing

04/2454 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 FFU steering = STBD 15 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 93
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-4A2
14.7

card :1137787
DPV CAN ADD 1
26c 24c 30a 30c 28a 22a 2a 2c 14a 14c 16a 16c

4.8/18.1

4.9/18.1
-4SP1
14.2 X8 X7 X9

22 24 32 34 42 44
-4K1
360° DPV 17.4
21 31 41

-4X2 9 10 11 ¤
+W-110
MGCH 4x1.5qmm * 1 2 3

+D-X1 5 6 7 ¤

+D-Y1
15.9/L- L-/17.1

service point steering valve

JUMPER CODE
SWITCH B...D
D1 D2 E1 E2 S1 S2 S4

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction = STBD 16 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 steering
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 94
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5qmm
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm
15.9/ L+ L+ /18.1

15.9/4F1

-4A1 -4A2
15.1 16.0 4a 4c

6a 20a 20c

11.9/ST4

42 44
-4K4
18.4
41

A1 A1
-4K1 -4K1.1
A2 A2 2,5qmm

16.9/L- L-/18.1

failure FFU steering

14 14
12 11 12 11 18.4
24
22 21 16.6
34
32 31 16.7
44
42 41 16.7

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction steering = STBD 17 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 time dependent
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 95
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5qmm
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm
17.9/ L+ L+ /19.1

-4F2
B6A
4F2 /19.1

12 14 12 14 5 12 14 12 14
-4K6 -4K5 -4K3 -4K1.1 -4K7 12 14
19.4
11
19.3
11
.6
6
17.5
11
19.5
11 -4K4.1
.5
11

-4X2 12 13 14 15 16
+W-101
MGCH
14x1,5mm² * 8 9 10 11 12

-4A5
1 3 4

SZ3 /+K/12.1
6 5 1 2 SZ1 /+K/12.1
SZ4 /+K/12.1
SZ5 /+K/12.1
SZ2 /+K/12.1

-4R1 -4R2
120Û 120Û A1 A1 A1
A1 -4K4 -4K4.1 -4K3
16.9/4.8 -4K2 A2 A2 A2 2,5qmm
16.9/4.9 A2
17.9/L- L-/19.1

NFU steering failure time steering ON NFU steering


ECR desk NFU steering ECR desk

14 14 14 1 2 5.3
12 11 11.4 12 11 5.2 12 11 .8 3 4 5.7
24 24 5 6 .4
22 21 5.6 22 21 19.7
34 34
32 31 15.4 32 31
44 44
42 41 17.4 42 41

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction steering = STBD 18 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 time dependent
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 96
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5qmm
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm
18.9/ L+ L+ /21.0
18.9/4F2

-4A4
IN- IN+

22 24
-4K4.1
18.5
21

OUT+
OUT-

-4X2 17 18 19 20 21
+W-103
MGCH
14x1,5mm² * 8 9 10 11 12

AZ3 /+A/13.1
AZ1 /+A/13.1
AZ4 /+A/13.1
AZ5 /+A/13.1
AZ2 /+A/13.1
A1 A1 A1
-4K5 -4K6 -4K7
A2 A2 A2 2,5qmm

18.9/L- L-/21.0

thrst to Ps thrust to Stbd NFU ON NFU steering


main desk main desk

14 14 14
12 11 18.2 12 11 18.1 12 11 18.6

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction steering = STBD 19 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 time dependent
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 97
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

KD1 /+K/14.0
KD2 /+K/14.0
KD3 /+K/14.0
KD4 /+K/14.0

-3SP1 -3A1
21.0
DCM
CAN
X1 X3 X2 X10 X11 X12
32a 32c 2a 4a
+W-111
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2

-3A1R
120 Ohm
-4X2 22 23 24 25 ¤

nominal value
follow up speed control
SCHOTTEL service point
main desk

06/1339 30.06.2006 RME Datum 30.Jun.2006 FFU steering = STBD 20 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 98
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²


19.9/L+ L+/22.1
15.9/ ECR
7.9/DT1 -3F1
B6A

starting engaging RPM max RPM


point I out I out
4...20mA 4..6mA 17...20mA 12 14 12 14
-3K6 -3K5
A A A 7.6 7.5
11 11

-3R2 -3R3 -3R4

S E S E S E

-3A1
20.4 20c 18a 18c 16a 22c 10a 8c 4a 4c 6c 8a 10c

Karte complett ID NR 1148831


Bauhinweis ID NR 1148832 DCM S1 S2

22c 20a 16a 22a 14a 6a 2a 2c 26c 16a 4c

-3A2
23.4 1 2 4 3
6.9/DT2
+ -
6.9/DT3
0-10V -

4-20mA +
+ -
6 5 4 3

A1 K
-3K1
A2 A
19.9/L- L-/22.1

desk failure SPJ in speed signal


selection RPM control cleaning mode to engine
max RPM 50%
14
12 11 23.3
24
22 21 11.5
34
32 31
44
42 41

Datum 16.Dez.2004 speed control = STBD 21 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 speed setting
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 99
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm

21.9/L+ L+ /24.1

-3F2
B6A

11.9/3.1

12 14 12 14
-3K3 -3K4
7.3 7.4
11 11

-3X2 1 -3X2 3 -3X2 5 -3X2 7

+W-112
1 MGCH 10x1,5mm² * 3 5 7

=PS
+RG-X1 9 +RG-X1 11 +RG-X1 13 +RG-X1 15

+RG-Y2 +RG-Y1 +RG-S1 +RG-S2

reverse gear *

+RG-X1 10 +RG-X1 12 +RG-X1 14 +RG-X1 16

+W-112
2 MGCH 10x1,5mm² * 4 6 8

-3X2 2 -3X2 4 -3X2 6 -3X2 8 ¤

6.9/3G2
6.9/3G1
21.9/L- L-/24.1

gear valve gear valve gear in gear in


cleaning direction drive direction drive direction cleaning direction
engaged engaged

Datum 16.Dez.2004 reverse gear control = STBD 22 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 100
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm

=Y

switch box prime mover *

Signal

GND
contact opened
if engine is running

+PM-X1 1 2 +PM-X1 3 4 +PM-X1 5 6

+W-113
BU1 WH1 FMGCH. 4x2x0,75mm² * BU2 WH2 BU3 WH3

-1X2 16 17 -1X2 18 19 -1X2 20 21 ¤

12.9/2.12
12.9/2.11
-3A2
21.7 6 5
+ -
4-20mA -

0-10V +
+ -
1 2 4 3

12 14
-3K1
21.5
11

speed value
follow up speed to
control in service prime mover

Datum 16.Dez.2004 selection of control = STBD 23 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 interface to prime mover
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 101
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2,5qmm
24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75qmm
22.9/ L+
KD5 /+K/13.1
-3F3 KD6 /+K/13.1
B6A

AD5 /+A/14.1
AD6 /+A/14.1

+W-115 +W-116
FMGCH. FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1

-5A1
Meßumformer
1
U ID.NR.:1133898 -3X2 12 13 -3X2 14 15

f
2 9 13 10 2 1 16 15

-5A2
6 5 4 3
+ -
0-10V -

0-10V +
+ -
1 2 4 3

-3X2 9 10 11 ¤
+W-114
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 WH2

1 3

+E-5B1

22.9/L-

pick up propeller speed propeller speed


shaft speed indicator indicator
ECR desk main desk

Datum 16.Dez.2004 clutch control = STBD 24 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 shaft speed indicator
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 102
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

300 760

760

cable input with glands, glands and holes are yard supply

Datum 16.Dez.2004 switch box engine room = STBD 25 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 103
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

720
720

Protection class: IP 54

internal wiring
NAXAF ( GL 47682 HH, no. 07/90 )
d=8
screened cable type: LIYCY
color of switch box RAL 7032
mounting holes maximum ambient temperature of
switch box is
45 Grad C / 113 degress F

Datum 16.Dez.2004 switch box engine room = STBD 26 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 104
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Position ID NR Menge Benennung Position ID NR Menge Benennung


-Schrank 1100425 1 Schaltschrank
-Typ 1071039 1 Typenschild
-Kanal 1126578 1,0m Verdrahtungskanal 37,5 x 75
-Kanal 1126579 1,0m Verdrahtungskanal 50 x 75
-Kanal 1126581 0,6m Verdrahtungskanal 100 x 75
-Schiene 1043807 2,0m Tragschiene
-Endw 1069763 10 Endwinkel
-Klemme 1121723 60 Durchgangsklemme 2,5mm²
-Abschl 1121724 1 Abdeckplatte 2,5mm²
-Klemme 1121721 4 Durchgangsklemme 6mm²
-Abschl 1121722 1 Abdeckplatte 6mm²
-Gruppe 1069768 6 Gruppenbezeichnung
-Fest 1135768 1 Türfeststeller
-Gewinde 1063499 1 Gewindestreifen
-Traeger 1063497 1 Trägerschine

Datum 16.Dez.2004 mounting parts = STBD 27 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087 switch box
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 105
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

-S2 main switch 24V DC feed line ! ATTENTION ! ! ATTENTION !


Before use the boards Before use the boards
please adjust code please adjust code
-F1 control feed line switch (DPV) and switch (DPV) and
-F2 phase control relais jumpers (DPV) (DCM) jumpers (DPV) (DCM)
according to the according to the
-F3 unit ON electrical diagram electrical diagram
of the order of the order

-1F1 desk control


! ACHTUNG ! ! ACHTUNG !
-1F2 instrument light
Vor Inbetriebnahme Vor Inbetriebnahme
-2F1 warning unit der Karten der Karten
Kodierschalter Kodierschalter
-3F1 speed control
(DPV ) und Jumper (DPV ) und Jumper
-3F2 reverse gear (DPV/DCM) gemäß (DPV/DCM) gemäß
E.-Plan des E.-Plan des
-3F3 shaft speed Auftrages einstellen Auftrages einstellen
-4F1 FFU steering
-4F2 NFU steering

Datum 16.Dez.2004 name plates = STBD 28 / 28


1148787 + B
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 106
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

ECR desk
Stbd unit

Datum 16.Dez.2004 = STBD 1 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087 ECR desk
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 107
Keim
Stbd unit e. - diagram
Änderung Datum Name Norm 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm² A1/+A/2.1


A2/+A/2.1

+W-117
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² BU1 WH1

-X1 4 5 ¤

120 Û

-A1
6 5

CAN
CAN

2 1 7 8

120 Û
K7/3.1
K8/4.0

-1A1 -1A2 -1A3


4.0 5 30 10 6.0 9 30 5 10 8.0 9 30 5 10
DO_VCC

DO_VCC

DO_VCC
VCC +

VCC +

VCC +
card :1135350 card :1135350 card :1135350
programm:1138327 programm:1138327 programm:1138327 120Ohm
ADD CAN 3 ADD CAN 4 ADD CAN 5
DO_Gnd

DO_Gnd

DO_Gnd
120Ohm 120Ohm
DI_Gnd

DI_Gnd

DI_Gnd
VCC-

VCC-

VCC-
6 29 31 2 3 9 6 29 31 2 3 6 29 31 2 3

K6/3.1

-X1 1 2 3 -X1 6 7 8

+B/3.9/K2
+B/3.9/K1
+B/3.9/K31
+B/5.9/K3
+B/3.9/K4
+B/3.9/K5

CAN Bus CAN Bus feed line


desk selektion

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 2 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 108
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

+B/5.9/ NFUS
+B/5.9/ NFU

2.9/K7
+B/2.9/ UO1

-X1 9 -X1 11 -X1 12

32 34 42 44
13
-1K1 -1K1
-1R1 -1S1 5.8
31
5.8
41
.4
14
13
-S1 -1A4
14
5 4 8

LT /4.0
1 6 2
A A A
-V1 -V2 -V3
K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1
-H1 -S5 -S6 -S4
12.4 12.5 12.2
X2 X2 X2 X2

A/10.1
B/5.0

23
-1S1
.4
24
2.9/K6 K6/5.0

-X1 10

+B/2.9/ UO2

unit ON dimmer lamp test unit ON NFU steering NFU steering


instrument light ON switched ON

04/2595 15.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 instrument light = STBD 3 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 109
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

2.9/K8 K8/6.0

13 13 13
-1S2 -1S3 -1S4
5.1 5.3
14 14 14

3.9/LT LT/5.0

-1A1 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.0
E 3.0 E 3.1 E 3.2 E 3.3 E 3.4 E 3.5 E 3.6 E 3.7

lamp test desk ON reserve send to emergency reserve reserve reserve


main desk take over

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 4 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 110
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A1
2.0

A 3.0 A 3.1 A 3.2 A 3.3 A 3.4 A 3.5 A 3.6 A 3.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

4.9/LT LT /7.0

-V4 -V5 -V6 -V7 -V8 -V9


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-1S2 -1H1 -1S3 -1H2 -1H3 -1H4 -1H5
4.2 4.4
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

A1 K A1
-1K1 -1K2
A2 A A2
3.9/ B B/7.0
3.9/K6 K6/7.0

desk ON main desk send to main send to FFU speed control FFU steering buzzer desk ON
ON main desk ECR desk in service in service
14 14
12 11 12.2 12 11 15.7
24
22 21 12.4
34
32 31 3.6
44
42 41 3.7

04/2595 15.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 5 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 111
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

4.9/K8
-4B1
11.1
idle running
switch
13 13 13 13 13
-3S1 -3S2 -3S3 -3S4 -1S5
7.0 7.1 7.3 7.4
14 14 14 14 14

5 3 4

SPEED#1

BU RD BK

-1A2 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.2
E 4.0 E 4.1 E 4.2 E 4.3 E 4.4 E 4.5 E 4.6 E 4.7

gear OFF gear cleaning drive horn OFF speed lever speed lever reserve
neutral automatic mode mode outside idle in idle
mode position position

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 6 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 112
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A2
2.2

A 4.0 A 4.1 A 4.2 A 4.3 A 4.4 A 4.5 A 4.6 A 4.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

5.9/LT LT /9.0

-V10 -V11 -V12 -V13 -V14


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-3S1 -3S2 -3S3 -3S4 -2H1
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

5.9/ B B/10.1
5.9/K6 K6/9.0

gear OFF gear cleaning drive failure reserve reserve reserve


neutral automatic mode mode control system
mode Stbd unit

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 7 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 113
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A3 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.5
E 5.0 E 5.1 E 5.2 E 5.3 E 5.4 E 5.5 E 5.6 E 5.7

reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 8 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 114
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A3
2.5

A 5.0 A 5.1 A 5.2 A 5.3 A 5.4 A 5.5 A 5.6 A 5.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

7.9/LT LT /15.0

-V15 -V16 -V17 -V18 -V19 -V20 -V21 -V22


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-2H2 -2H3 -2H4 -2H5 -2H6 -2H7 -2H8 -2H9
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

7.9/K6

oil level failure failure failure failure failure power supply hy oil hy oil
thruster min FFU steering NFU steering FFU speed control gear control Stbd unit pressure min level min

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 9 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 115
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-4A1
120 Ohm
A1 A2
ON
OFF
power supply

CONTROLLER

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 SHILD + -

3.9/ A A /13.0
7.9/ B B /13.0

-F1
0,2A

-X1 13 14 ¤
+W-118
MGCH
120 Û
2x1,5mm² * 1 2

-A2
-X1 15 16 17 18 ¤ 1 2 7 8

=ESB +W-119
CAN

+24-X1 5 6 FMGCH. CAN


2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1 BU2 WH2
5 6

2A
L+ +E-4A4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

L-
24V DC +-20% 120 Û

AC- Anteil <1,5V


-X1 19 20 ¤

VT
RD

BU

YE

GN

BN

WH

GR

PK
* EMERGENCY
+W-120
switchboard FMGCH.
BU1 WH1
2x2x0,75mm² *

AS1 /+A/10.1
AS2 /+A/10.1

power supply feedback unit thrust direction indicator


thrust direction thrust direction main desk
indicating indicating

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction = STBD 10 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087 indicating
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 116
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

-4B1
6.6

WH
GN

GY
RD

BU

BN
YE

PK

VT
AS3/+A/11.0
120 Û AS4/+A/11.0
ON
+W-121
OFF
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1
1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SW ITCH

AZIMUTH
#1

3 -X1 25 26 ¤

WH BN GN GY YE PK

120 Û

-A3
6 5 7 8

CAN

CAN

2 1

120 Û

-X1 21 22 23 24

+B/14.8/KS1
+B/14.8/KS2
+B/14.8/KS3
+B/14.8/KS4

nominal value nominal value


follow up steering follow up steering
ECR desk main desk

06/1339 30.06.2006 RME Datum 30.Jun.2006 thrust direction = STBD 11 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087 steering
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 117
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

+B/18.9/ SZ3
+B/18.9/ SZ1

-X1 27 -X1 29

12 14 22 24
-1K1 -1K1
5.8 5.8
11 21

13 13 13
-S4 -S5 -S6
3.7 3.6 3.6
14 14 14

-X1 28 -X1 30 31

+B/18.9/ SZ2
+B/18.9/ SZ4
+B/18.9/ SZ5

NFU control NFU control


ON thrust direction

Datum 16.Dez.2004 NFU control = STBD 12 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 118
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10.8/ B B /15.0
10.8/ A A /15.0

-5A1
0-1200rpm
0-6V

-X1 32 33

+B/24.9/ KD5
+B/24.9/ KD6

Datum 16.Dez.2004 indicators = STBD 13 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 119
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

-4B1
11.1

WH
GN

GY
RD

BU

BN
YE

PK

VT
AD3 /+A/11.0
120 Û AD4 /+A/11.0
ON
+W-122
OFF
FMGCH.
2x2x0,75mm² * BU1 WH1
1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SWITCH

SPEED#1

A -X1 38 39 ¤

WH BN GN GY YE PK

120 Û

-A4
6 5 7 8

CAN
CAN

2 1

-X1 34 35 36 37

120 Û

+B/20.8/ KD1
+B/20.8/ KD2
+B/20.8/ KD3
+B/20.8/ KD4

nominal value nominal value


follow up speed control follow up speed control
ECR desk main desk

06/1339 30.06.2006 RME Datum 30.Jun.2006 nominal value = STBD 14 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087 speed setting
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 120
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

13.9/ A
9.9/LT

-4B1
11.1

WH

WH
GN

GN
GY

GY
RD

RD
BU

BN

BU

BN
YE

PK

YE

PK
VT

VT
13
-1S7
120 Û 120 Û
.8
ON ON 14
OFF OFF

-V23
1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SWITCH 1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SWITCH 5 3 4
A2 A1

AZIMUTH SPEED SPEED


#2 #2 #2

5 C K

12 14
WH BN GN GY YE PK WH BN GN GY YE PK BU RD BK -1K2 X1
5.9
11 -1S7
.7
X2

-X1 40 41 42 43 44 45 -X1 46 47 48 49 50 51 -X1 52 53 54 -X1 55 -X1 56 57

=PS/11.8/KTS1
=PS/11.8/KTS2
=PS/11.8/KTS4
=PS/11.8/KTS3
=PS/11.8/KTS5
=PS/11.8/KTS6
=PS/14.8/ KTD1
=PS/14.8/ KTD2
=PS/14.8/ KTD4
=PS/14.8/ KTD3
=PS/14.8/ KTD5
=PS/14.8/ KTD6
=PS/4.9/ KT1
=PS/4.9/ KT2
=PS/4.9/ KT3
=PS/14.8/ KT4
=PS/14.8/ KT5
13.9/ B

steering value speed value idle speed switch Tandem Mode ON


Tandem Mode Tandem Mode

04/2595 15.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 nominal values for = STBD 15 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087 steering and speed
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 121
Keim
to Ps unit Tandem Mode e. - diagram
Änderung Datum Name Norm 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

300

1 = -1H2, pilot lamp main desk send to ECR desk


10
2 = -1H1, pilot lamp main desk ON
11 3 = -1S3, push button with pilot lamp send to main desk
4 = -1S2, push button with pilot lamp desk ON
12 5 = -3S3, push button with pilot lamp gear in cleaning direction
6 = -3S4, push button with pilot lamp gear in drive direction
7 = -3S2, push button with pilot lamp gear in AUTO mode
15 19 24 30 9
8 = -3S1, push button with pilot lamp gear OFF / disengaged
20 9 = -1H3, pilot lamp FFU speed control in service
10 = -1R1, dimmer instrument light
29 1
11 = -H1, pilot lamp unit ON
25 21 16 28 2 12 = -1S1, push button lamp test
480

13 = -1H5, buzzer
26 22 17 13 3 14 = -1S5, push button horn OFF
15 = -S5, push button with pilot lamp thrust to Ps
27 23 18 14 4
16 = -2H2, pilot lamp lub oil level min SPJ
17 = -2H9, pilot lamp hy oil level min
18 = -2H8, pilot lamp hy pressure min
19 = -1H4, pilot lamp FFU steering in service
20 = -S4, push button with pilot lamp NFU steering ON
21 = -2H3, pilot lamp failure FFU steering
5 22 = -2H4, pilot lamp failure NFU steering
23 = -2H5, pilot lamp failure FFU speed control
6 24 = -S6, push button with pilot lamp thrust to Stbd
25 = -2H1, pilot lamp failure control system Ps unit
7 26 = -2H7, pilot lamp failure power supply Ps unit
27 = -2H6, pilot lamp failure gear control
8
28 = -1S4, push button emergenc take over
29 = -S1, key switch unit ON
30 = -1S7, pusch button with pilot lamp Tandem Mode

04/2454 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 panel ECR desk = STBD 16 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 122
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

screw M5x15
10 140 140 mounted at the panel 320
340

d=6
20
150

panel cutout
260x440
1A4 V1-23 A1 A2
160

550

530
steering desk

1A1 1A2 1A3 1K1 A3 A4


150
10

-X1

panel cutout

mounting plate mounting holes


The panel is connected to the mounting plate.
Length of cable 1200

Protection class: front side IP 65

internal wiring
NAXAF ( GL 47682 HH, no. 07/90 )
screened cable type: LIYCY

Datum 16.Dez.2004 panel ECR desk = STBD 17 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 123
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Position ID NR Menge Benennung Position ID NR Menge Benennung


-PLAT 1148823 1 Platine
-BLECH 1062084 0,2m² Aluminiumblech 4dick
-SCHILD 1071039 1 Typenschild
-SCHILD 1078486 1 Firmenschild
-SCHL 1069636 1.2m Spiralschlauch 29
-HALT 1069642 2 Anschlußhalter 29
-KANAL 1037927 1,0m Verdrahtungskanal 40 x 60
-SCHIENE 1043807 0,5m Tragschiene
-KLEMME 1121723 20 Durchgangsklemme 2,5mm²
-ABSCHL 1121724 1 Abdeckplatte 2,5mm²
-END 1069763 2 Endwinkel
-GRUPPE 1069768 3 Gruppenbezeichnung
-BEFEST 1098007 1 Befestigungswinkel

Datum 16.Dez.2004 mounting parts panel = STBD 18 / 18


1148787 + K
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 124
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

main desk
Stbd unit

Datum 16.Dez.2004 = STBD 1 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087 main desk
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 125
Keim
Stbd unit e. - diagram
Änderung Datum Name Norm 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

A8/3.1
A9/4.0

-1A1 -1A2 -1A3


4.0 5 30 10 6.0 9 30 5 10 8.0 9 30 5 10
DO_VCC

DO_VCC

DO_VCC
VCC +

VCC +

VCC +
card :1135350 card :1135350 card :1135350

ARE
programm:1138327 programm:1138327 programm:1138327
ADD CAN 6 ADD CAN 7 ADD CAN 8
DO_Gnd

DO_Gnd

DO_Gnd
120Ohm 120Ohm 120Ohm
DI_Gnd

DI_Gnd

DI_Gnd
VCC-

VCC-

VCC-
2 3 2 3
6 29 31 2 3 9 6 29 31 6 29 31

A10 /11.0

A7/3.1

-X1 1 2 3 -X1 4 5 6 7

+K/2.9/A2
+K/2.9/A1
+B/4.9/A31
+B/4.9/A6
+B/5.9/A4
+B/4.9/A5
+B/5.9/A3

CAN Bus CAN Bus feed line


desk selektion

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 2 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 126
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

+B/5.9/ AFUS
+B/5.9/ AFU
2.9/A8 A8/12.0

-X1 8 -X1 9

32 34 42 44
13
-1K1 -1K1
-1R1 -1S1 5.8
31
5.8
41
.4
14

-1A4
5 4 8

LT /4.0
1 6 2
A A A
-V1 -V2 -V3
K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1
-H1 -S5 -S6 -S4
13.4 13.5 13.2
X2 X2 X2 X2

A /10.1
B /5.0

23
-1S1
.4
24
2.9/A7 A7/5.0

dimmer lamp test unit ON NFU steering NFU steering


instrument light ON switched ON

04/2595 15.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 instrument light = STBD 3 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 127
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

2.9/A9 A9/6.0

13 13
-1S2 -1S3
5.1 5.3
14 14

3.9/LT LT/5.0

-1A1 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.0
E 6.0 E 6.1 E 6.2 E 6.3 E 6.4 E 6.5 E 6.6 E 6.7

lamp test desk ON reserve send to reserve reserve reserve reserve


ECR desk

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 4 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 128
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A1
2.0

A 6.0 A 6.1 A 6.2 A 6.3 A 6.4 A 6.5 A 6.6 A 6.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

4.9/LT LT /7.0

-V4 -V5 -V6 -V7 -V8 -V9


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-1S2 -1H1 -1S3 -1H2 -1H3 -1H4 -1H5
4.2 4.4
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

A1 K A1
-1K1 -1K2
A2 A A2
3.9/ B B/7.0
3.9/A7 A7/7.0

desk ON ECR desk send to ECR send to FFU speed control FFU steering buzzer desk ON
ON ECR desk main desk in service in service
14 14
12 11 13.2 12 11 12.7
24
22 21 13.4
34
32 31 3.7
44
42 41 3.8

04/2595 15.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 5 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 129
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

4.9/A9
-4B1
11.1
idle running
switch
13 13 13 13 13
-3S1 -3S2 -3S3 -3S4 -1S4
7.0 7.1 7.3 7.4
14 14 14 14 14

5 3 4

SPEED#1

BU RD BK

A9/11.0

-1A2 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.2
E 7.0 E 7.1 E 7.2 E 7.3 E 7.4 E 7.5 E 7.6 E 7.7

gear OFF gear cleaning drive horn OFF speed lever speed lever reserve
neutral automatic mode mode outside idle in idle
mode position position

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 6 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 130
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A2
2.2

A 7.0 A 7.1 A 7.2 A 7.3 A 7.4 A 7.5 A 7.6 A 7.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

5.9/LT LT /9.0

-V10 -V11 -V12 -V13 -V14


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-3S1 -3S2 -3S3 -3S4 -2H1
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

5.9/ B B/10.1
5.9/A7 A7/9.0

gear OFF gear cleaning drive failure reserve reserve reserve


neutral automatic mode mode control system
mode Ps unit

06/1339 30.06.2006 RME Datum 30.Jun.2006 desk selection = STBD 7 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 131
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A3 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28
2.5
E 8.0 E 8.1 E 8.2 E 8.3 E 8.4 E 8.5 E 8.6 E 8.7

reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve reserve

Datum 16.Dez.2004 desk selection = STBD 8 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 132
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24V DC +-20% not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-1A3
2.5

A 8.0 A 8.1 A 8.2 A 8.3 A 8.4 A 8.5 A 8.6 A 8.7

13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24

7.9/LT LT /12.0

-V15 -V16 -V17 -V18 -V19 -V20 -V21 -V22


A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1

K K K K K K K K

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-2H2 -2H3 -2H4 -2H5 -2H6 -2H7 -2H8 -2H9
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2

7.9/A7

oil level failure failure failure failure failure power supply hy oil hy oil
thruster min FFU steering NFU steering FFU speed control gear control Ps unit pressure min level min

06/1339 30.06.2006 RME Datum 30.Jun.2006 desk selection = STBD 9 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 133
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

not specially signed areas 0,75mm²

-4A3
120 Ohm
A1 A2
ON
OFF
power supply

CONTROLLER

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 SHILD + -

3.9/ A A /14.0
7.9/ B B /12.0

-F1
0,2A

-X1 10 11 ¤ -X1 12 13
+W-123
MGCH
2x1,5mm² * 1 2

=ESB
+24-X1 7 8

2A
L+
L-
24V DC +-20%
AC- Anteil <1,5V

* EMERGENCY
switchboard

+K/10.8/AS1
+K/10.8/AS2

power supply thrust direction


thrust direction indicator
indicating

Datum 16.Dez.2004 thrust direction = STBD 10 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087 indicating
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 134
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

-4B1
6.6

WH

WH
GN

GN
GY

GY
RD

RD
BU

BN

BU

BN
YE

PK

YE

PK
VT

VT
120 Û 120 Û
ON ON
OFF OFF

1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SW ITCH 1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SWITCH

AZIMUTH SPEED#1
#1

2 9

WH BN GN GY YE PK WH BN GN GY YE PK

-X1 14 15 16 17 18 19 -X1 20 21 22 23

6.9/A9
2.9/A10

+K/11.8/AS3
+K/11.8/AS4

+K/14.8/ AD3
+K/14.8/ AD4

nominal value
follow up steering
main desk

Datum 16.Dez.2004 nominal values for = STBD 11 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087 steering and speed
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 135
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

3.9/A8
9.9/LT

-4B1
11.1

WH

WH
GN

GN
GY

GY
RD

RD
BU

BN

BU

BN
YE

PK

YE

PK
VT

VT
13
-1S7
120 Û 120 Û
.8
ON ON 14
OFF OFF

-V23
1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SWITCH 1 2 6 8 7 9 CODE SWITCH 5 3 4
A2 A1

AZIMUTH SPEED SPEED


#2 #2 #2

4 B K

12 14
WH BN GN GY YE PK WH BN GN GY YE PK BU RD BK -1K2 X1
5.9
11 -1S7
.7
X2

-X1 24 25 26 27 28 29 -X1 30 31 32 33 -X1 34 35 36 -X1 37 -X1 38 39

=PS/11.8/ MA9
=PS/11.8/ MA10
=PS/11.8/ MAS3
=PS/11.8/ MAS4
=PS/11.8/ MAD3
=PS/11.8/ MAD4
=PS/4.9/ MT1
=PS/4.9/ MT2
=PS/4.9/ MT3
=PS/11.8/ MT4
=PS/11.8/ MT5
10.8/ B B/14.0

steering value speed value idle speed switch Tandem Mode ON


Tandem Mode Tandem Mode

04/2595 15.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 nominal values for = STBD 12 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087 steering and speed
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 136
Keim
to Ps unit Tandem Mode e. - diagram
Änderung Datum Name Norm 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

+B/19.9/ AZ3
+B/19.9/ AZ1

-X1 40 -X1 42

12 14 22 24
-1K1 -1K1
5.8 5.8
11 21

13 13 13
-S4 -S5 -S6
3.8 3.7 3.7
14 14 14

-X1 41 -X1 43 44

+B/19.9/ AZ2
+B/19.9/ AZ4
+B/19.9/ AZ5

NFU control NFU control


ON OFF thrust direction

Datum 16.Dez.2004 NFU control = STBD 13 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 137
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

12.9/ B
10.8/ A

-5A1
0-1200rpm
0-6V

-X1 45 46

+B/24.9/ AD5
+B/24.9/ AD6

Datum 16.Dez.2004 indicators = STBD 14 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 138
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

300

1 = -1H2, pilot lamp ECR desk send to main desk


10
2 = -1H1, pilot lamp ECR desk ON
11 3 = -1S3, push button with pilot lamp send to ECR desk
4 = -1S2, push button with pilot lamp desk ON
12 5 = -3S3, push button with pilot lamp gear in cleaning direction
6 = -3S4, push button with pilot lamp gear in drive direction
7 = -3S2, push button with pilot lamp gear in AUTO mode
15 19 24 28 9
8 = -3S1, push button with pilot lamp gear OFF / disengaged
20 9 = -1H3, pilot lamp FFU speed control in service
10 = -1R1, dimmer instrument light
1
11 = -H1, pilot lamp unit ON
25 21 16 2 12 = -1S1, push button lamp test
480

13 = -1H5, buzzer
26 22 17 13 3 14 = -1S4, push button horn OFF
15 = -S5, push button with pilot lamp thrust to Ps
27 23 18 14 4
16 = -2H2, pilot lamp lub oil level min SPJ
17 = -2H9, pilot lamp hy oil level min
18 = -2H8, pilot lamp hy pressure min
19 = -1H4, pilot lamp FFU steering in service
20 = -S4, push button with pilot lamp NFU steering ON
21 = -2H3, pilot lamp failure FFU steering
22 = -2H4, pilot lamp failure NFU steering
5
23 = -2H5, pilot lamp failure FFU speed control
6 24 = -S6, push button with pilot lamp thrust to Stbd
25 = -2H1, pilot lamp failure control system Ps unit
7 26 = -2H7, pilot lamp failure power supply Ps unit
27 = -2H6, pilot lamp failure gear control
8
28 = -1S7, pusch button with pilot lamp Tandem Mode

04/2454 02.12.04 RME Datum 16.Dez.2004 panel main desk = STBD 15 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 139
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

screw M5x15
10 140 140 mounted at the panel
280 260

d=6
20
150

panel cutout
260x440
1A4 V1-23
160

550

530
steering desk
150

1A1 1A2 1A3 1K1


10

-X1

panel cutout

mounting plate mounting holes


The panel is connected to the mounting plate.
Length of cable 1200

Protection class: front side IP 65

internal wiring
NAXAF ( GL 47682 HH, no. 07/90 )
screened cable type: LIYCY

Datum 16.Dez.2004 panel main desk = STBD 16 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 140
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Position ID NR Menge Benennung Position ID NR Menge Benennung


-PLAT 1148824 1 Platine
-BLECH 1062084 0,2m² Aluminiumblech 4dick
-SCHILD 1071039 1 Typenschild
-SCHILD 1078486 1 Firmenschild
-SCHL 1069636 1.2m Spiralschlauch 29
-HALT 1069642 2 Anschlußhalter 29
-KANAL 1037927 1,0m Verdrahtungskanal 40 x 60
-SCHIENE 1043807 0,5m Tragschiene
-KLEMME 1121723 20 Durchgangsklemme 2,5mm²
-ABSCHL 1121724 1 Abdeckplatte 2,5mm²
-END 1069763 2 Endwinkel
-GRUPPE 1069768 3 Gruppenbezeichnung
-BEFEST 1098007 1 Befestigungswinkel

Datum 16.Dez.2004 mounting parts panel = STBD 17 / 17


1148787 + A
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer STBD unit Bl. 141
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

parts list

Datum 16.Dez.2004 = PARTS 1 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087 parts list
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 142
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=PS+B-S2 1 1121638 Hauptschalter 32A main switch 32A 3LD1 230-OTB01 Siemens =PS+B/2. 2
=PS+B-S2 2 1121639 Klemmenabdeckung für 1121638 cover plate for 1121638 3LD9 121-1A Siemens =PS+B/2. 2
=PS+B-F2 1 1121654 Spannungsüberwachung 20-80V AC/DC voltage control 20-80V AC/DC 3UG35 14-1AC50 Siemens =PS+B/2. 5
=PS+B-F1 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =PS+B/2. 5
=PS+B-F3 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =PS+B/2. 7
=PS+B-K1 1 1056202 Relais, 1S, 50A relay 0 332 002 256 Bosch =PS+B/2. 7
=PS+B-1A1 1 1148819 Fahrstandswahl Modul CAN D I/O desk control Modul CAN D I/O 14106087 SCHOTTEL =PS+B/3. 0
=PS+B-1F1 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =PS+B/3. 0
=PS+B-1K4 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/3. 1
=PS+B-1A2 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =PS+B/3. 2
=PS+B-1A3 1 1135189 DC / DC Wandler 24V DC / DC converter 2766821 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/4. 2
=PS+B-1K3 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/4. 4
=PS+B-1F2 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =PS+B/5. 1
=PS+B-1A4 1 1135189 DC / DC Wandler 24V DC / DC converter 2766821 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/5. 4
=PS+B-3K3 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/7. 3
=PS+B-3K4 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/7. 4
=PS+B-3K5 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/7. 5
=PS+B-3K6 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/7. 6
=PS+B-1K1 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/9. 1
=PS+B-A3 1 1133057 Warnanlagenmodul warning unit modul =PS+B/10. 0
=PS+B-2F1 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =PS+B/10. 1
=PS+B-2K1 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/10. 2
=PS+B-A4 1 1133057 Warnanlagenmodul warning unit modul =PS+B/12. 0
=PS+B-4SP1 1 1126919 Service Schnittstelle service point CAN-DCM-DPV SCHOTTEL =PS+B/14. 2
=PS+B-4A1 1 1149843 DCM Steuerung DCM steering SCHOTTEL =PS+B/15. 1
=PS+B-4A1 1 1031747 Steckkartensockel, 32polig plug socket SKBI 32 / D Phönix GmbH =PS+B/15. 1
=PS+B-4F1 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =PS+B/15. 1
=PS+B-4A2 1 1137787 Steckkarte DPV Steuerung electronic card DPV - steering 50950 SCHOTTEL =PS+B/16. 0
=PS+B-4A2 1 1031747 Steckkartensockel, 32polig plug socket SKBI 32 / D Phönix GmbH =PS+B/16. 0
=PS+D-Y1 1 HY in Hydraulikstückliste in hydr. parts list SCHOTTEL =PS+B/16. 6
=PS+B-4K1 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =PS+B/17. 4
=PS+B-4K1 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =PS+B/17. 4
=PS+B-4K1 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =PS+B/17. 4
=PS+B-4K1.1 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/17. 5
=PS+B-4A5 1 1115903 Motoransteuerung amplifier MSV 1.0 SPEEDRONIC SCHOTTEL =PS+B/18. 1
=PS+B-4F2 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =PS+B/18. 1
=PS+B-4R1 1 1093148 Widerstand 120 Ohm 35 Watt resistor 12OHM 35WATT Rosenthal =PS+B/18. 1
=PS+B-4R2 1 1093148 Widerstand 120 Ohm 35 Watt resistor 12OHM 35WATT Rosenthal =PS+B/18. 2
=PS+B-4K2 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/18. 2
=PS+B-4K4 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =PS+B/18. 4
=PS+B-4K4 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =PS+B/18. 4
=PS+B-4K4 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =PS+B/18. 4
=PS+B-4K4.1 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =PS+B/18. 5
=PS+B-4K4.1 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =PS+B/18. 5
=PS+B-4K4.1 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =PS+B/18. 5

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 2 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 143
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=PS+B-4K3 1 1127473 Stromstoßrelais impulse storing relais 5TT5523 Siemens =PS+B/18. 6


=PS+B-4A4 1 1135189 DC / DC Wandler 24V DC / DC converter 2766821 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/19. 2
=PS+B-4K5 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/19. 3
=PS+B-4K6 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/19. 4
=PS+B-4K7 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+B/19. 5
=PS+B-3SP1 1 1126919 Service Schnittstelle service point CAN-DCM-DPV SCHOTTEL =PS+B/20. 2
=PS+B-3A1 1 1148831 Steckkarte DCM Drehzahl electronic card DCM - RPM SCHOTTEL =PS+B/21. 0
=PS+B-3A1 1 1031747 Steckkartensockel, 32polig plug socket SKBI 32 / D Phönix GmbH =PS+B/21. 0
=PS+B-3R2 1 1106863 Abgleichklemme 100k Ohm terminal with potentiometer SAKL 4/100K TEN Weidmüller =PS+B/21. 0
=PS+B-3R3 1 1106863 Abgleichklemme 100k Ohm terminal with potentiometer SAKL 4/100K TEN Weidmüller =PS+B/21. 1
=PS+B-3R4 1 1106863 Abgleichklemme 100k Ohm terminal with potentiometer SAKL 4/100K TEN Weidmüller =PS+B/21. 2
=PS+B-3K1 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =PS+B/21. 5
=PS+B-3K1 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =PS+B/21. 5
=PS+B-3K1 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =PS+B/21. 5
=PS+B-3F1 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =PS+B/21. 6
=PS+B-3A2 1 1148645 Trennverstärker Prammierbar galvanic isolated output MAZ DC / DC SELECT Weidmüller =PS+B/21. 7
=PS+RG-Y2 1 WERFT Lief. durch Bauwerft yard deliverie Werftbeistellung =PS+B/22. 3
=PS+B-3F2 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =PS+B/22. 3
=PS+RG-Y1 1 WERFT Lief. durch Bauwerft yard deliverie Werftbeistellung =PS+B/22. 5
=PS+RG-S1 1 WERFT Lief. durch Bauwerft yard deliverie Werftbeistellung =PS+B/22. 6
=PS+RG-S2 1 WERFT Lief. durch Bauwerft yard deliverie Werftbeistellung =PS+B/22. 8
=PS+B-5A1 1 1133898 Frequenz Meßumformer frequency Transducers Dr. Horn =PS+B/24. 1
=PS+B-3F3 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =PS+B/24. 1
=PS+E-5B1 1 SRP in Antriebs Stückliste in propulsor parts list SCHOTTEL =PS+B/24. 2
=PS+B-5A2 1 1148645 Trennverstärker Prammierbar galvanic isolated output MAZ DC / DC SELECT Weidmüller =PS+B/24. 7
=PS+B-Schrank 1 1100425 Schaltschrank 760x760x350 switch box AE1073 Rittal-Werk =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Typ 1 1071039 Typenschild name plate SCHOTTEL =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Kanal 1 1126578 Verdrahtungskanal 37.5x75 wiring duct BVK-DR 37.5X75 BAUKULIT =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Kanal 1 1126579 Verdrahtungskanal 50x75 wiring duct BVK-DR 50X75 BAUKULIT =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Kanal 0.60 1126581 Verdrahtungskanal 100x75 wiring duct BVD-DR 100X75 BAUKULIT =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Schiene 2 1043807 Tragschiene supporting bar TS35X7,5 Weidmüller =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Endw 10 1069763 Endwinkel safety angle EW 35 Weidmüller =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Klemme 60 1121723 Durchgangsklemme ZDU 2,5 terminal ZDU 2,5 ZDU 2,5 Weidmüller =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Abschl 1 1121724 Abschlußplatte für 1121723 cover plate for 1121723 ZAP Weidmüller =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Klemme 4 1121721 Durchgangsklemme ZDU 6 terminal ZDU 6 ZDU 6 Weidmüller =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Abschl 1 1121722 Abschlußplatte für 1121721 cover plate for 1121721 ZAP Weidmüller =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Gruppe 6 1069768 Gruppenbezeichnung name plate for terminal row WGB 5 Weidmüller =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Fest 1 1135768 Türfeststeller switch box door holder 2519.000 =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Gewinde 1 1063499 Gewindestreifen supporting bar =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+B-Traeger 1 1063497 Tragschiene supporting bar =PS+B/27. 1
=PS+K-1A1 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =PS+K/2. 0
=PS+K-1A2 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =PS+K/2. 2
=PS+K-1A3 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =PS+K/2. 5
=PS+K-A1 1 1146073 CAN- Repeater CAN- Repeater CREP N-10/S24/RMD =PS+K/2. 7
=PS+K-S1 1 1130217 Front Schlüsselschalter key switch EAO 61-2201.0/D Lumitas =PS+K/3. 1

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 3 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 144
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=PS+K-S1 1 1130218 Schlossdruckhaube front part EAO 61-9230.0 Lumitas =PS+K/3. 1


=PS+K-S1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/3. 1
=PS+K-S1 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+K/3. 1
=PS+K-1A4 1 1079632 Dimmer dimmer D2 Elbag =PS+K/3. 2
=PS+K-1R1 1 1079633 Potentiometer potentiometer 4,7K/0,2W Preh =PS+K/3. 3
=PS+K-1R1 1 1059213 Potentiometerantrieb poti- drive ZB2-BD 917 Telemecanique =PS+K/3. 3
=PS+K-1S1 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/3. 4
=PS+K-1S1 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =PS+K/3. 4
=PS+K-1S1 1 1130229 Schaltelement 3S EAO 61-8430.12 Lumitas =PS+K/3. 4
=PS+K-1S1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/3. 4
=PS+K-V1 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =PS+K/3. 4
=PS+K-V1 1 1121726 Abschlußplatte für 1121725 cover plate for 1121725 ZAP Weidmüller =PS+K/3. 4
=PS+K-H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/3. 5
=PS+K-H1 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+K/3. 5
=PS+K-H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/3. 5
=PS+K-H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/3. 5
=PS+K-V2 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =PS+K/3. 5
=PS+K-V3 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =PS+K/3. 7
=PS+K-1S2 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 2
=PS+K-1S2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 2
=PS+K-1S2 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 2
=PS+K-1S2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 2
=PS+K-1S2 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 2
=PS+K-1S3 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 4
=PS+K-1S3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 4
=PS+K-1S3 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 4
=PS+K-1S3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 4
=PS+K-1S3 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 4
=PS+K-1S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 5
=PS+K-1S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 5
=PS+K-1S4 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 5
=PS+K-1S4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 5
=PS+K-1S4 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 5
=PS+K-1S4 1 1130416 Schutzklappe Flacher Einbau front set EAO 61-9922.0 Lumitas =PS+K/4. 5
=PS+K-V4 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/5. 0
=PS+K-V5 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/5. 1
=PS+K-1H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 2
=PS+K-1H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 2
=PS+K-1H1 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 2
=PS+K-1H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 2
=PS+K-V6 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/5. 2
=PS+K-V7 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/5. 3
=PS+K-1H2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 4
=PS+K-1H2 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 4
=PS+K-1H2 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 4

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 4 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 145
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=PS+K-1H2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 4


=PS+K-V8 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/5. 4
=PS+K-1H3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 5
=PS+K-1H3 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 5
=PS+K-1H3 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 5
=PS+K-1H3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 5
=PS+K-V9 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/5. 6
=PS+K-1H4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 6
=PS+K-1H4 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 6
=PS+K-1H4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 6
=PS+K-1H4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 6
=PS+K-1H5 1 1130753 Alarmsummer Flacher Einbau horn EAO 970.-000-K0 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 7
=PS+K-1H5 1 1130754 Summereinsatz horn EAO 970-6024-00 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 7
=PS+K-1H5 1 1130755 Frontrahmenset Summer Flacher Einbau front set EAO 200-6400-V0 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 7
=PS+K-1H5 1 1131111 Frontrahmen Alarmsummer front set EAO 200-6000-00 Lumitas =PS+K/5. 7
=PS+K-1K1 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =PS+K/5. 8
=PS+K-1K1 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =PS+K/5. 8
=PS+K-1K1 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =PS+K/5. 8
=PS+K-3S1 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 1
=PS+K-3S1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 1
=PS+K-3S1 1 1130222 Druckhaube / blau front part EAO 61-9681.6 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 1
=PS+K-3S1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 1
=PS+K-3S1 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 1
=PS+K-3S2 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 2
=PS+K-3S2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 2
=PS+K-3S2 1 1130226 Druckhaube / orange EAO 61-9681.3 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 2
=PS+K-3S2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 2
=PS+K-3S2 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 2
=PS+K-3S3 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 3
=PS+K-3S3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 3
=PS+K-3S3 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 3
=PS+K-3S3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 3
=PS+K-3S3 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 3
=PS+K-3S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 4
=PS+K-3S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 4
=PS+K-3S4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 4
=PS+K-3S4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 4
=PS+K-3S4 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 4
=PS+K-1S5 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 5
=PS+K-1S5 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 5
=PS+K-1S5 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 5
=PS+K-1S5 1 1130229 Schaltelement 3S EAO 61-8430.12 Lumitas =PS+K/6. 5
=PS+K-V10 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/7. 0
=PS+K-V11 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/7. 1
=PS+K-V12 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/7. 2

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 5 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 146
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=PS+K-V13 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/7. 4
=PS+K-V14 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/7. 5
=PS+K-2H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/7. 5
=PS+K-2H1 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+K/7. 5
=PS+K-2H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/7. 5
=PS+K-2H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/7. 5
=PS+K-1K2 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+K/7. 6
=PS+K-V15 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/9. 0
=PS+K-2H2 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 0
=PS+K-2H2 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 0
=PS+K-2H2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 0
=PS+K-2H2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 0
=PS+K-V16 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/9. 1
=PS+K-2H3 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 2
=PS+K-2H3 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 2
=PS+K-2H3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 2
=PS+K-2H3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 2
=PS+K-V17 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/9. 3
=PS+K-2H4 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 3
=PS+K-2H4 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 3
=PS+K-2H4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 3
=PS+K-2H4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 3
=PS+K-V18 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/9. 4
=PS+K-2H5 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 4
=PS+K-2H5 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 4
=PS+K-2H5 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 4
=PS+K-2H5 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 4
=PS+K-V19 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/9. 5
=PS+K-2H6 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 5
=PS+K-2H6 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 5
=PS+K-2H6 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 5
=PS+K-2H6 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 5
=PS+K-V20 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/9. 6
=PS+K-2H7 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 6
=PS+K-2H7 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 6
=PS+K-2H7 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 6
=PS+K-2H7 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 6
=PS+K-V21 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/9. 7
=PS+K-2H8 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 7
=PS+K-2H8 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 7
=PS+K-2H8 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 7
=PS+K-2H8 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 7
=PS+K-V22 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+K/9. 8
=PS+K-2H9 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 9
=PS+K-2H9 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 9

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 6 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 147
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=PS+K-2H9 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 9


=PS+K-2H9 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/9. 9
=PS+K-4A1 1 1128627 Schubrichtungsanzeige thrust direction indicator HORN CAN S/G SCHOTTEL =PS+K/10. 4
=PS+K-F1 1 1148005 Glassicherung fuse 5X20/0,2A(F) Weidmüller =PS+K/10. 4
=PS+K-F1 1 1098223 Sicherungsklemme terminal for fuse Weidmüller =PS+K/10. 4
=PS+K-F1 1 1069764 Abschlußplatte safety plate WAP 2,5...10 Weidmüller =PS+K/10. 4
=PS+K-A2 1 1146073 CAN- Repeater CAN- Repeater CREP N-10/S24/RMD =PS+K/10. 7
=PS+K-4B1 1 1138568 Co- Pilot Gebergerät RSCU Copilot unit 1XCAN_ST 1XCAN_DR, 1XES, SW/GE SCHOTTEL =PS+K/11. 1
=PS+K-4B1 2 1140261 Anschlußkabel für Copilot connecting cable for Copilot =PS+K/11. 1
=PS+K-A3 1 1146073 CAN- Repeater CAN- Repeater CREP N-10/S24/RMD =PS+K/11. 5
=PS+K-S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 2
=PS+K-S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 2
=PS+K-S4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 2
=PS+K-S4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 2
=PS+K-S4 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 2
=PS+K-S4 1 1130416 Schutzklappe Flacher Einbau front set EAO 61-9922.0 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 2
=PS+K-S5 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 4
=PS+K-S5 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 4
=PS+K-S5 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 4
=PS+K-S5 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 4
=PS+K-S5 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 4
=PS+K-S6 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 5
=PS+K-S6 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 5
=PS+K-S6 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 5
=PS+K-S6 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 5
=PS+K-S6 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+K/12. 5
=PS+K-5A1 1 1129037 Drehzahlanzeige RPM indicator 0..6V/0..1200U =PS+K/13. 2
=PS+K-A4 1 1146073 CAN- Repeater CAN- Repeater CREP N-10/S24/RMD =PS+K/14. 4
=PS+K-PLAT 1 1148821 Platine Bb ECR panel drilled =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-BLECH 0.20 1062084 Aluminiumblech alu-plate 4 DICK SCHOTTEL =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-SCHILD 1 1071039 Typenschild name plate SCHOTTEL =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-SCHILD 1 1078486 Firmenschild name plate SCHOTTEL =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-SCHL 1.20 1069636 Spiralschlauch NS 29 Hellermann =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-HALT 2 1069642 Anschlußhalter cable support NH 29 Hellermann =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-KANAL 1 1037927 Verdrahtungskanal wiring channel HVK 14 / 40X 60 Hellermann =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-SCHIENE 0.50 1043807 Tragschiene supporting bar TS35X7,5 Weidmüller =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-KLEMME 20 1121723 Durchgangsklemme ZDU 2,5 terminal ZDU 2,5 ZDU 2,5 Weidmüller =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-ABSCHL 1 1121724 Abschlußplatte für 1121723 cover plate for 1121723 ZAP Weidmüller =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-END 2 1069763 Endwinkel safety angle EW 35 Weidmüller =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-GRUPPE 3 1069768 Gruppenbezeichnung name plate for terminal row WGB 5 Weidmüller =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+K-BEFEST 1 1098007 Befestigungswinkel SCHOTTEL =PS+K/17. 1
=PS+A-1A1 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =PS+A/2. 0
=PS+A-1A2 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =PS+A/2. 2
=PS+A-1A3 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =PS+A/2. 5
=PS+A-1A4 1 1079632 Dimmer dimmer D2 Elbag =PS+A/3. 2

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 7 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 148
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=PS+A-1R1 1 1059213 Potentiometerantrieb poti- drive ZB2-BD 917 Telemecanique =PS+A/3. 3


=PS+A-1R1 1 1079633 Potentiometer potentiometer 4,7K/0,2W Preh =PS+A/3. 3
=PS+A-1S1 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+A/3. 4
=PS+A-1S1 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =PS+A/3. 4
=PS+A-1S1 1 1130229 Schaltelement 3S EAO 61-8430.12 Lumitas =PS+A/3. 4
=PS+A-1S1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/3. 4
=PS+A-V1 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =PS+A/3. 4
=PS+A-V1 1 1121726 Abschlußplatte für 1121725 cover plate for 1121725 ZAP Weidmüller =PS+A/3. 4
=PS+A-H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/3. 5
=PS+A-H1 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+A/3. 5
=PS+A-H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/3. 5
=PS+A-H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/3. 5
=PS+A-V2 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =PS+A/3. 6
=PS+A-V3 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =PS+A/3. 8
=PS+A-1S2 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+A/4. 2
=PS+A-1S2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/4. 2
=PS+A-1S2 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+A/4. 2
=PS+A-1S2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/4. 2
=PS+A-1S2 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+A/4. 2
=PS+A-1S3 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+A/4. 4
=PS+A-1S3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/4. 4
=PS+A-1S3 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =PS+A/4. 4
=PS+A-1S3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/4. 4
=PS+A-1S3 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+A/4. 4
=PS+A-V4 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/5. 0
=PS+A-V5 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/5. 1
=PS+A-1H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 2
=PS+A-1H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 2
=PS+A-1H1 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 2
=PS+A-1H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 2
=PS+A-V6 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/5. 2
=PS+A-V7 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/5. 3
=PS+A-1H2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 4
=PS+A-1H2 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 4
=PS+A-1H2 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 4
=PS+A-1H2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 4
=PS+A-V8 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/5. 4
=PS+A-1H3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 5
=PS+A-1H3 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 5
=PS+A-1H3 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 5
=PS+A-1H3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 5
=PS+A-V9 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/5. 6
=PS+A-1H4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 6
=PS+A-1H4 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 6
=PS+A-1H4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 6

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 8 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 149
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=PS+A-1H4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 6


=PS+A-1H5 1 1130753 Alarmsummer Flacher Einbau horn EAO 970.-000-K0 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 7
=PS+A-1H5 1 1130754 Summereinsatz horn EAO 970-6024-00 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 7
=PS+A-1H5 1 1130755 Frontrahmenset Summer Flacher Einbau front set EAO 200-6400-V0 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 7
=PS+A-1H5 1 1131111 Frontrahmen Alarmsummer front set EAO 200-6000-00 Lumitas =PS+A/5. 7
=PS+A-1K1 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =PS+A/5. 8
=PS+A-1K1 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =PS+A/5. 8
=PS+A-1K1 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =PS+A/5. 8
=PS+A-3S1 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 1
=PS+A-3S1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 1
=PS+A-3S1 1 1130222 Druckhaube / blau front part EAO 61-9681.6 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 1
=PS+A-3S1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 1
=PS+A-3S1 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 1
=PS+A-3S2 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 2
=PS+A-3S2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 2
=PS+A-3S2 1 1130226 Druckhaube / orange EAO 61-9681.3 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 2
=PS+A-3S2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 2
=PS+A-3S2 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 2
=PS+A-3S3 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 3
=PS+A-3S3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 3
=PS+A-3S3 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 3
=PS+A-3S3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 3
=PS+A-3S3 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 3
=PS+A-3S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 4
=PS+A-3S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 4
=PS+A-3S4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 4
=PS+A-3S4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 4
=PS+A-3S4 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 4
=PS+A-1S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 5
=PS+A-1S4 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 5
=PS+A-1S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 5
=PS+A-1S4 1 1130229 Schaltelement 3S EAO 61-8430.12 Lumitas =PS+A/6. 5
=PS+A-V10 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/7. 0
=PS+A-V11 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/7. 1
=PS+A-V12 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/7. 2
=PS+A-V13 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/7. 4
=PS+A-V14 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/7. 5
=PS+A-2H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/7. 5
=PS+A-2H1 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+A/7. 5
=PS+A-2H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/7. 5
=PS+A-2H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/7. 5
=PS+A-1K2 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =PS+A/7. 6
=PS+A-V15 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/9. 0
=PS+A-2H2 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 0
=PS+A-2H2 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 0

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 9 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 150
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=PS+A-2H2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 0


=PS+A-2H2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 0
=PS+A-V16 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/9. 1
=PS+A-2H3 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 2
=PS+A-2H3 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 2
=PS+A-2H3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 2
=PS+A-2H3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 2
=PS+A-V17 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/9. 3
=PS+A-2H4 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 3
=PS+A-2H4 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 3
=PS+A-2H4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 3
=PS+A-2H4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 3
=PS+A-V18 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/9. 4
=PS+A-2H5 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 4
=PS+A-2H5 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 4
=PS+A-2H5 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 4
=PS+A-2H5 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 4
=PS+A-V19 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/9. 5
=PS+A-2H6 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 5
=PS+A-2H6 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 5
=PS+A-2H6 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 5
=PS+A-2H6 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 5
=PS+A-V20 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/9. 6
=PS+A-2H7 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 6
=PS+A-2H7 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 6
=PS+A-2H7 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 6
=PS+A-2H7 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 6
=PS+A-V21 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/9. 7
=PS+A-2H8 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 7
=PS+A-2H8 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 7
=PS+A-2H8 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 7
=PS+A-2H8 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 7
=PS+A-V22 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =PS+A/9. 8
=PS+A-2H9 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 9
=PS+A-2H9 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 9
=PS+A-2H9 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 9
=PS+A-2H9 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/9. 9
=PS+A-4A3 1 1128627 Schubrichtungsanzeige thrust direction indicator HORN CAN S/G SCHOTTEL =PS+A/10. 4
=PS+A-F1 1 1148005 Glassicherung fuse 5X20/0,2A(F) Weidmüller =PS+A/10. 4
=PS+A-F1 1 1098223 Sicherungsklemme terminal for fuse Weidmüller =PS+A/10. 4
=PS+A-F1 1 1069764 Abschlußplatte safety plate WAP 2,5...10 Weidmüller =PS+A/10. 4
=PS+A-4B1 1 1138568 Co- Pilot Gebergerät RSCU Copilot unit 1XCAN_ST 1XCAN_DR, 1XES, SW/GE SCHOTTEL =PS+A/11. 0
=PS+A-4B1 2 1140261 Anschlußkabel für Copilot connecting cable for Copilot =PS+A/11. 0
=PS+A-S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 2
=PS+A-S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 2

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 10 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 151
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=PS+A-S4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 2
=PS+A-S4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 2
=PS+A-S4 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 2
=PS+A-S4 1 1130416 Schutzklappe Flacher Einbau front set EAO 61-9922.0 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 2
=PS+A-S5 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 4
=PS+A-S5 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 4
=PS+A-S5 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 4
=PS+A-S5 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 4
=PS+A-S5 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 4
=PS+A-S6 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 5
=PS+A-S6 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 5
=PS+A-S6 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 5
=PS+A-S6 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 5
=PS+A-S6 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =PS+A/12. 5
=PS+A-5A1 1 1129037 Drehzahlanzeige RPM indicator 0..6V/0..1200U =PS+A/13. 2
=PS+A-PLAT 1 1148822 Platine Bb Haupt panel drilled =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-BLECH 0.20 1062084 Aluminiumblech alu-plate 4 DICK SCHOTTEL =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-SCHILD 1 1071039 Typenschild name plate SCHOTTEL =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-SCHILD 1 1078486 Firmenschild name plate SCHOTTEL =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-SCHL 1.20 1069636 Spiralschlauch NS 29 Hellermann =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-HALT 2 1069642 Anschlußhalter cable support NH 29 Hellermann =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-KANAL 1 1037927 Verdrahtungskanal wiring channel HVK 14 / 40X 60 Hellermann =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-SCHIENE 0.50 1043807 Tragschiene supporting bar TS35X7,5 Weidmüller =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-KLEMME 20 1121723 Durchgangsklemme ZDU 2,5 terminal ZDU 2,5 ZDU 2,5 Weidmüller =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-ABSCHL 1 1121724 Abschlußplatte für 1121723 cover plate for 1121723 ZAP Weidmüller =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-END 2 1069763 Endwinkel safety angle EW 35 Weidmüller =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-GRUPPE 3 1069768 Gruppenbezeichnung name plate for terminal row WGB 5 Weidmüller =PS+A/16. 1
=PS+A-BEFEST 1 1098007 Befestigungswinkel SCHOTTEL =PS+A/16. 1
=STBD+B-S2 1 1121638 Hauptschalter 32A main switch 32A 3LD1 230-OTB01 Siemens =STBD+B/2. 2
=STBD+B-S2 2 1121639 Klemmenabdeckung für 1121638 cover plate for 1121638 3LD9 121-1A Siemens =STBD+B/2. 2
=STBD+B-F2 1 1121654 Spannungsüberwachung 20-80V AC/DC voltage control 20-80V AC/DC 3UG35 14-1AC50 Siemens =STBD+B/2. 5
=STBD+B-F1 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =STBD+B/2. 5
=STBD+B-F3 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =STBD+B/2. 7
=STBD+B-K1 1 1056202 Relais, 1S, 50A relay 0 332 002 256 Bosch =STBD+B/2. 7
=STBD+B-1A1 1 1148819 Fahrstandswahl Modul CAN D I/O desk control Modul CAN D I/O 14106087 SCHOTTEL =STBD+B/3. 0
=STBD+B-1F1 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =STBD+B/3. 0
=STBD+B-1K4 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/3. 1
=STBD+B-1A2 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =STBD+B/3. 2
=STBD+B-1A3 1 1135189 DC / DC Wandler 24V DC / DC converter 2766821 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/4. 2
=STBD+B-1K3 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/4. 4
=STBD+B-1F2 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =STBD+B/5. 1
=STBD+B-1A4 1 1135189 DC / DC Wandler 24V DC / DC converter 2766821 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/5. 4
=STBD+B-3K3 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/7. 3
=STBD+B-3K4 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/7. 4
=STBD+B-3K5 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/7. 5

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 11 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 152
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=STBD+B-3K6 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/7. 6
=STBD+B-A3 1 1133057 Warnanlagenmodul warning unit modul =STBD+B/10. 0
=STBD+B-2F1 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =STBD+B/10. 1
=STBD+B-2K1 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/10. 2
=STBD+B-A4 1 1133057 Warnanlagenmodul warning unit modul =STBD+B/12. 0
=STBD+B-4SP1 1 1126919 Service Schnittstelle service point CAN-DCM-DPV SCHOTTEL =STBD+B/14. 2
=STBD+B-4A1 1 1149843 DCM Steuerung DCM steering SCHOTTEL =STBD+B/15. 1
=STBD+B-4A1 1 1031747 Steckkartensockel, 32polig plug socket SKBI 32 / D Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/15. 1
=STBD+B-4F1 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =STBD+B/15. 1
=STBD+B-4A2 1 1137787 Steckkarte DPV Steuerung electronic card DPV - steering 50950 SCHOTTEL =STBD+B/16. 0
=STBD+B-4A2 1 1031747 Steckkartensockel, 32polig plug socket SKBI 32 / D Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/16. 0
=STBD+D-Y1 1 HY in Hydraulikstückliste in hydr. parts list SCHOTTEL =STBD+B/16. 6
=STBD+B-4K1 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =STBD+B/17. 4
=STBD+B-4K1 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =STBD+B/17. 4
=STBD+B-4K1 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =STBD+B/17. 4
=STBD+B-4K1.1 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/17. 5
=STBD+B-4A5 1 1115903 Motoransteuerung amplifier MSV 1.0 SPEEDRONIC SCHOTTEL =STBD+B/18. 1
=STBD+B-4F2 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =STBD+B/18. 1
=STBD+B-4R1 1 1093148 Widerstand 120 Ohm 35 Watt resistor 12OHM 35WATT Rosenthal =STBD+B/18. 1
=STBD+B-4R2 1 1093148 Widerstand 120 Ohm 35 Watt resistor 12OHM 35WATT Rosenthal =STBD+B/18. 2
=STBD+B-4K2 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/18. 2
=STBD+B-4K4 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =STBD+B/18. 4
=STBD+B-4K4 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =STBD+B/18. 4
=STBD+B-4K4 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =STBD+B/18. 4
=STBD+B-4K4.1 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =STBD+B/18. 5
=STBD+B-4K4.1 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =STBD+B/18. 5
=STBD+B-4K4.1 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =STBD+B/18. 5
=STBD+B-4K3 1 1127473 Stromstoßrelais impulse storing relais 5TT5523 Siemens =STBD+B/18. 6
=STBD+B-4A4 1 1135189 DC / DC Wandler 24V DC / DC converter 2766821 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/19. 2
=STBD+B-4K5 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/19. 3
=STBD+B-4K6 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/19. 4
=STBD+B-4K7 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/19. 5
=STBD+B-3SP1 1 1126919 Service Schnittstelle service point CAN-DCM-DPV SCHOTTEL =STBD+B/20. 2
=STBD+B-3A1 1 1148831 Steckkarte DCM Drehzahl electronic card DCM - RPM SCHOTTEL =STBD+B/21. 0
=STBD+B-3A1 1 1031747 Steckkartensockel, 32polig plug socket SKBI 32 / D Phönix GmbH =STBD+B/21. 0
=STBD+B-3R2 1 1106863 Abgleichklemme 100k Ohm terminal with potentiometer SAKL 4/100K TEN Weidmüller =STBD+B/21. 0
=STBD+B-3R3 1 1106863 Abgleichklemme 100k Ohm terminal with potentiometer SAKL 4/100K TEN Weidmüller =STBD+B/21. 1
=STBD+B-3R4 1 1106863 Abgleichklemme 100k Ohm terminal with potentiometer SAKL 4/100K TEN Weidmüller =STBD+B/21. 2
=STBD+B-3K1 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =STBD+B/21. 5
=STBD+B-3K1 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =STBD+B/21. 5
=STBD+B-3K1 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =STBD+B/21. 5
=STBD+B-3F1 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =STBD+B/21. 6
=STBD+B-3A2 1 1148645 Trennverstärker Prammierbar galvanic isolated output MAZ DC / DC SELECT Weidmüller =STBD+B/21. 7
=PS+RG-Y2 1 WERFT Lief. durch Bauwerft yard deliverie Werftbeistellung =STBD+B/22. 3
=STBD+B-3F2 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =STBD+B/22. 3

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 12 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 153
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=PS+RG-Y1 1 WERFT Lief. durch Bauwerft yard deliverie Werftbeistellung =STBD+B/22. 5


=PS+RG-S1 1 WERFT Lief. durch Bauwerft yard deliverie Werftbeistellung =STBD+B/22. 6
=PS+RG-S2 1 WERFT Lief. durch Bauwerft yard deliverie Werftbeistellung =STBD+B/22. 8
=STBD+B-5A1 1 1133898 Frequenz Meßumformer frequency Transducers Dr. Horn =STBD+B/24. 1
=STBD+B-3F3 1 1109851 Sicherungsautom, 1pol B6A automatic fuse 24643 Merlin Gerin =STBD+B/24. 1
=STBD+E-5B1 1 SRP in Antriebs Stückliste in propulsor parts list SCHOTTEL =STBD+B/24. 2
=STBD+B-5A2 1 1148645 Trennverstärker Prammierbar galvanic isolated output MAZ DC / DC SELECT Weidmüller =STBD+B/24. 7
=STBD+B-Schrank 1 1100425 Schaltschrank 760x760x350 switch box AE1073 Rittal-Werk =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Typ 1 1071039 Typenschild name plate SCHOTTEL =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Kanal 1 1126578 Verdrahtungskanal 37.5x75 wiring duct BVK-DR 37.5X75 BAUKULIT =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Kanal 1 1126579 Verdrahtungskanal 50x75 wiring duct BVK-DR 50X75 BAUKULIT =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Kanal 0.60 1126581 Verdrahtungskanal 100x75 wiring duct BVD-DR 100X75 BAUKULIT =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Schiene 2 1043807 Tragschiene supporting bar TS35X7,5 Weidmüller =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Endw 10 1069763 Endwinkel safety angle EW 35 Weidmüller =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Klemme 60 1121723 Durchgangsklemme ZDU 2,5 terminal ZDU 2,5 ZDU 2,5 Weidmüller =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Abschl 1 1121724 Abschlußplatte für 1121723 cover plate for 1121723 ZAP Weidmüller =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Klemme 4 1121721 Durchgangsklemme ZDU 6 terminal ZDU 6 ZDU 6 Weidmüller =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Abschl 1 1121722 Abschlußplatte für 1121721 cover plate for 1121721 ZAP Weidmüller =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Gruppe 6 1069768 Gruppenbezeichnung name plate for terminal row WGB 5 Weidmüller =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Fest 1 1135768 Türfeststeller switch box door holder 2519.000 =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Gewinde 1 1063499 Gewindestreifen supporting bar =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+B-Traeger 1 1063497 Tragschiene supporting bar =STBD+B/27. 1
=STBD+K-1A1 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =STBD+K/2. 0
=STBD+K-1A2 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =STBD+K/2. 2
=STBD+K-1A3 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =STBD+K/2. 5
=STBD+K-A1 1 1146073 CAN- Repeater CAN- Repeater CREP N-10/S24/RMD =STBD+K/2. 7
=STBD+K-S1 1 1130217 Front Schlüsselschalter key switch EAO 61-2201.0/D Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 1
=STBD+K-S1 1 1130218 Schlossdruckhaube front part EAO 61-9230.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 1
=STBD+K-S1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 1
=STBD+K-S1 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 1
=STBD+K-1A4 1 1079632 Dimmer dimmer D2 Elbag =STBD+K/3. 2
=STBD+K-1R1 1 1059213 Potentiometerantrieb poti- drive ZB2-BD 917 Telemecanique =STBD+K/3. 3
=STBD+K-1R1 1 1079633 Potentiometer potentiometer 4,7K/0,2W Preh =STBD+K/3. 3
=STBD+K-1S1 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 4
=STBD+K-1S1 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 4
=STBD+K-1S1 1 1130229 Schaltelement 3S EAO 61-8430.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 4
=STBD+K-1S1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 4
=STBD+K-V1 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =STBD+K/3. 4
=STBD+K-V1 1 1121726 Abschlußplatte für 1121725 cover plate for 1121725 ZAP Weidmüller =STBD+K/3. 4
=STBD+K-H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 5
=STBD+K-H1 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 5
=STBD+K-H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 5
=STBD+K-H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/3. 5
=STBD+K-V2 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =STBD+K/3. 5
=STBD+K-V3 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =STBD+K/3. 7

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 13 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 154
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=STBD+K-1S2 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 2


=STBD+K-1S2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 2
=STBD+K-1S2 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 2
=STBD+K-1S2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 2
=STBD+K-1S2 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 2
=STBD+K-1S3 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 4
=STBD+K-1S3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 4
=STBD+K-1S3 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 4
=STBD+K-1S3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 4
=STBD+K-1S3 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 4
=STBD+K-1S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 5
=STBD+K-1S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 5
=STBD+K-1S4 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 5
=STBD+K-1S4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 5
=STBD+K-1S4 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 5
=STBD+K-1S4 1 1130416 Schutzklappe Flacher Einbau front set EAO 61-9922.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/4. 5
=STBD+K-V4 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/5. 0
=STBD+K-V5 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/5. 1
=STBD+K-1H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 2
=STBD+K-1H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 2
=STBD+K-1H1 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 2
=STBD+K-1H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 2
=STBD+K-V6 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/5. 2
=STBD+K-V7 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/5. 3
=STBD+K-1H2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 4
=STBD+K-1H2 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 4
=STBD+K-1H2 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 4
=STBD+K-1H2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 4
=STBD+K-V8 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/5. 4
=STBD+K-1H3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 5
=STBD+K-1H3 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 5
=STBD+K-1H3 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 5
=STBD+K-1H3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 5
=STBD+K-V9 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/5. 6
=STBD+K-1H4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 6
=STBD+K-1H4 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 6
=STBD+K-1H4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 6
=STBD+K-1H4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 6
=STBD+K-1H5 1 1130753 Alarmsummer Flacher Einbau horn EAO 970.-000-K0 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 7
=STBD+K-1H5 1 1130754 Summereinsatz horn EAO 970-6024-00 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 7
=STBD+K-1H5 1 1130755 Frontrahmenset Summer Flacher Einbau front set EAO 200-6400-V0 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 7
=STBD+K-1H5 1 1131111 Frontrahmen Alarmsummer front set EAO 200-6000-00 Lumitas =STBD+K/5. 7
=STBD+K-1K1 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =STBD+K/5. 8
=STBD+K-1K1 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =STBD+K/5. 8
=STBD+K-1K1 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =STBD+K/5. 8

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 14 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 155
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=STBD+K-1K2 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+K/5. 9
=STBD+K-3S1 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 1
=STBD+K-3S1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 1
=STBD+K-3S1 1 1130222 Druckhaube / blau front part EAO 61-9681.6 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 1
=STBD+K-3S1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 1
=STBD+K-3S1 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 1
=STBD+K-3S2 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 2
=STBD+K-3S2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 2
=STBD+K-3S2 1 1130226 Druckhaube / orange EAO 61-9681.3 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 2
=STBD+K-3S2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 2
=STBD+K-3S2 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 2
=STBD+K-3S3 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 3
=STBD+K-3S3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 3
=STBD+K-3S3 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 3
=STBD+K-3S3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 3
=STBD+K-3S3 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 3
=STBD+K-3S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 4
=STBD+K-3S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 4
=STBD+K-3S4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 4
=STBD+K-3S4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 4
=STBD+K-3S4 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 4
=STBD+K-1S5 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 5
=STBD+K-1S5 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 5
=STBD+K-1S5 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 5
=STBD+K-1S5 1 1130229 Schaltelement 3S EAO 61-8430.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/6. 5
=STBD+K-V10 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/7. 0
=STBD+K-V11 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/7. 1
=STBD+K-V12 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/7. 2
=STBD+K-V13 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/7. 4
=STBD+K-V14 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/7. 5
=STBD+K-2H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/7. 5
=STBD+K-2H1 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+K/7. 5
=STBD+K-2H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/7. 5
=STBD+K-2H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/7. 5
=STBD+K-V15 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/9. 0
=STBD+K-2H2 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 0
=STBD+K-2H2 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 0
=STBD+K-2H2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 0
=STBD+K-2H2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 0
=STBD+K-V16 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/9. 1
=STBD+K-2H3 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 2
=STBD+K-2H3 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 2
=STBD+K-2H3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 2
=STBD+K-2H3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 2
=STBD+K-V17 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/9. 3

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 15 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 156
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=STBD+K-2H4 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 3


=STBD+K-2H4 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 3
=STBD+K-2H4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 3
=STBD+K-2H4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 3
=STBD+K-V18 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/9. 4
=STBD+K-2H5 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 4
=STBD+K-2H5 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 4
=STBD+K-2H5 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 4
=STBD+K-2H5 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 4
=STBD+K-V19 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/9. 5
=STBD+K-2H6 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 5
=STBD+K-2H6 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 5
=STBD+K-2H6 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 5
=STBD+K-2H6 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 5
=STBD+K-V20 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/9. 6
=STBD+K-2H7 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 6
=STBD+K-2H7 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 6
=STBD+K-2H7 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 6
=STBD+K-2H7 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 6
=STBD+K-V21 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/9. 7
=STBD+K-2H8 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 7
=STBD+K-2H8 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 7
=STBD+K-2H8 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 7
=STBD+K-2H8 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 7
=STBD+K-V22 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/9. 8
=STBD+K-2H9 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 9
=STBD+K-2H9 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 9
=STBD+K-2H9 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 9
=STBD+K-2H9 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/9. 9
=STBD+K-4A1 1 1128627 Schubrichtungsanzeige thrust direction indicator HORN CAN S/G SCHOTTEL =STBD+K/10. 4
=STBD+K-F1 1 1148005 Glassicherung fuse 5X20/0,2A(F) Weidmüller =STBD+K/10. 4
=STBD+K-F1 1 1098223 Sicherungsklemme terminal for fuse Weidmüller =STBD+K/10. 4
=STBD+K-F1 1 1069764 Abschlußplatte safety plate WAP 2,5...10 Weidmüller =STBD+K/10. 4
=STBD+K-A2 1 1146073 CAN- Repeater CAN- Repeater CREP N-10/S24/RMD =STBD+K/10. 7
=STBD+K-4B1 1 1138570 Co- Pilot Gebergerät RSCU Copilot unit 2XCAN_ST 2XCAN_DR, 2XES, SW/GE SCHOTTEL =STBD+K/11. 1
=STBD+K-4B1 4 1140261 Anschlußkabel für Copilot connecting cable for Copilot =STBD+K/11. 1
=STBD+K-A3 1 1146073 CAN- Repeater CAN- Repeater CREP N-10/S24/RMD =STBD+K/11. 6
=STBD+K-S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 2
=STBD+K-S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 2
=STBD+K-S4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 2
=STBD+K-S4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 2
=STBD+K-S4 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 2
=STBD+K-S4 1 1130416 Schutzklappe Flacher Einbau front set EAO 61-9922.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 2
=STBD+K-S5 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 4
=STBD+K-S5 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 4

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 16 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 157
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=STBD+K-S5 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 4
=STBD+K-S5 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 4
=STBD+K-S5 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 4
=STBD+K-S6 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 5
=STBD+K-S6 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 5
=STBD+K-S6 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 5
=STBD+K-S6 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 5
=STBD+K-S6 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/12. 5
=STBD+K-5A1 1 1129037 Drehzahlanzeige RPM indicator 0..6V/0..1200U =STBD+K/13. 2
=STBD+K-A4 1 1146073 CAN- Repeater CAN- Repeater CREP N-10/S24/RMD =STBD+K/14. 6
=STBD+K-1S7 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/15. 7
=STBD+K-1S7 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+K/15. 7
=STBD+K-1S7 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+K/15. 7
=STBD+K-1S7 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+K/15. 7
=STBD+K-1S7 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+K/15. 7
=STBD+K-V23 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+K/15. 8
=STBD+K-PLAT 1 1148823 Platine Stb ECR panel drilled =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-BLECH 0.20 1062084 Aluminiumblech alu-plate 4 DICK SCHOTTEL =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-SCHILD 1 1071039 Typenschild name plate SCHOTTEL =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-SCHILD 1 1078486 Firmenschild name plate SCHOTTEL =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-SCHL 1.20 1069636 Spiralschlauch NS 29 Hellermann =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-HALT 2 1069642 Anschlußhalter cable support NH 29 Hellermann =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-KANAL 1 1037927 Verdrahtungskanal wiring channel HVK 14 / 40X 60 Hellermann =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-SCHIENE 0.50 1043807 Tragschiene supporting bar TS35X7,5 Weidmüller =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-KLEMME 20 1121723 Durchgangsklemme ZDU 2,5 terminal ZDU 2,5 ZDU 2,5 Weidmüller =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-ABSCHL 1 1121724 Abschlußplatte für 1121723 cover plate for 1121723 ZAP Weidmüller =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-END 2 1069763 Endwinkel safety angle EW 35 Weidmüller =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-GRUPPE 3 1069768 Gruppenbezeichnung name plate for terminal row WGB 5 Weidmüller =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+K-BEFEST 1 1098007 Befestigungswinkel SCHOTTEL =STBD+K/18. 1
=STBD+A-1A1 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =STBD+A/2. 0
=STBD+A-1A2 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =STBD+A/2. 2
=STBD+A-1A3 1 1135350 CAN Logik Module CAN logic module CAN D I/O LOGIK SCHOTTEL =STBD+A/2. 5
=STBD+A-1A4 1 1079632 Dimmer dimmer D2 Elbag =STBD+A/3. 2
=STBD+A-1R1 1 1059213 Potentiometerantrieb poti- drive ZB2-BD 917 Telemecanique =STBD+A/3. 3
=STBD+A-1R1 1 1079633 Potentiometer potentiometer 4,7K/0,2W Preh =STBD+A/3. 3
=STBD+A-1S1 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/3. 4
=STBD+A-1S1 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =STBD+A/3. 4
=STBD+A-1S1 1 1130229 Schaltelement 3S EAO 61-8430.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/3. 4
=STBD+A-1S1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/3. 4
=STBD+A-V1 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =STBD+A/3. 4
=STBD+A-V1 1 1121726 Abschlußplatte für 1121725 cover plate for 1121725 ZAP Weidmüller =STBD+A/3. 4
=STBD+A-H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/3. 5
=STBD+A-H1 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+A/3. 5
=STBD+A-H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/3. 5
=STBD+A-H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/3. 5

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 17 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 158
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=STBD+A-V2 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =STBD+A/3. 6


=STBD+A-V3 1 1126292 Diodenklemme diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/2 Weidmüller =STBD+A/3. 8
=STBD+A-1S2 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/4. 2
=STBD+A-1S2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/4. 2
=STBD+A-1S2 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+A/4. 2
=STBD+A-1S2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/4. 2
=STBD+A-1S2 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/4. 2
=STBD+A-1S3 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/4. 4
=STBD+A-1S3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/4. 4
=STBD+A-1S3 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =STBD+A/4. 4
=STBD+A-1S3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/4. 4
=STBD+A-1S3 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/4. 4
=STBD+A-V4 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/5. 0
=STBD+A-V5 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/5. 1
=STBD+A-1H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 2
=STBD+A-1H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 2
=STBD+A-1H1 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 2
=STBD+A-1H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 2
=STBD+A-V6 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/5. 2
=STBD+A-V7 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/5. 3
=STBD+A-1H2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 4
=STBD+A-1H2 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 4
=STBD+A-1H2 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 4
=STBD+A-1H2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 4
=STBD+A-V8 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/5. 4
=STBD+A-1H3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 5
=STBD+A-1H3 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 5
=STBD+A-1H3 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 5
=STBD+A-1H3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 5
=STBD+A-V9 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/5. 6
=STBD+A-1H4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 6
=STBD+A-1H4 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 6
=STBD+A-1H4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 6
=STBD+A-1H4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 6
=STBD+A-1H5 1 1130753 Alarmsummer Flacher Einbau horn EAO 970.-000-K0 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 7
=STBD+A-1H5 1 1130754 Summereinsatz horn EAO 970-6024-00 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 7
=STBD+A-1H5 1 1130755 Frontrahmenset Summer Flacher Einbau front set EAO 200-6400-V0 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 7
=STBD+A-1H5 1 1131111 Frontrahmen Alarmsummer front set EAO 200-6000-00 Lumitas =STBD+A/5. 7
=STBD+A-1K1 1 1033932 Relais relay RHN 412 B Telemecanique =STBD+A/5. 8
=STBD+A-1K1 1 1033933 Stecksockel plug socket RHZ 21 Telemecanique =STBD+A/5. 8
=STBD+A-1K1 1 1047533 Diode diode 1 N 4007 Motorola =STBD+A/5. 8
=STBD+A-1K2 1 1112326 Relaisklemme terminal with relay DEK-REL-G24/21 Phönix GmbH =STBD+A/5. 9
=STBD+A-3S1 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 1
=STBD+A-3S1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 1
=STBD+A-3S1 1 1130222 Druckhaube / blau front part EAO 61-9681.6 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 1

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 18 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 159
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=STBD+A-3S1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 1


=STBD+A-3S1 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 1
=STBD+A-3S2 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 2
=STBD+A-3S2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 2
=STBD+A-3S2 1 1130226 Druckhaube / orange EAO 61-9681.3 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 2
=STBD+A-3S2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 2
=STBD+A-3S2 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 2
=STBD+A-3S3 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 3
=STBD+A-3S3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 3
=STBD+A-3S3 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 3
=STBD+A-3S3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 3
=STBD+A-3S3 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 3
=STBD+A-3S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 4
=STBD+A-3S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 4
=STBD+A-3S4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 4
=STBD+A-3S4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 4
=STBD+A-3S4 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 4
=STBD+A-1S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 5
=STBD+A-1S4 1 1130221 Druckhaube / klar front part EAO 61-9681.7 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 5
=STBD+A-1S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 5
=STBD+A-1S4 1 1130229 Schaltelement 3S EAO 61-8430.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/6. 5
=STBD+A-V10 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/7. 0
=STBD+A-V11 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/7. 1
=STBD+A-V12 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/7. 2
=STBD+A-V13 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/7. 4
=STBD+A-V14 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/7. 5
=STBD+A-2H1 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/7. 5
=STBD+A-2H1 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+A/7. 5
=STBD+A-2H1 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/7. 5
=STBD+A-2H1 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/7. 5
=STBD+A-V15 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/9. 0
=STBD+A-2H2 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 0
=STBD+A-2H2 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 0
=STBD+A-2H2 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 0
=STBD+A-2H2 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 0
=STBD+A-V16 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/9. 1
=STBD+A-2H3 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 2
=STBD+A-2H3 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 2
=STBD+A-2H3 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 2
=STBD+A-2H3 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 2
=STBD+A-V17 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/9. 3
=STBD+A-2H4 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 3
=STBD+A-2H4 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 3
=STBD+A-2H4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 3
=STBD+A-2H4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 3

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 19 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 160
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=STBD+A-V18 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/9. 4
=STBD+A-2H5 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 4
=STBD+A-2H5 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 4
=STBD+A-2H5 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 4
=STBD+A-2H5 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 4
=STBD+A-V19 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/9. 5
=STBD+A-2H6 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 5
=STBD+A-2H6 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 5
=STBD+A-2H6 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 5
=STBD+A-2H6 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 5
=STBD+A-V20 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/9. 6
=STBD+A-2H7 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 6
=STBD+A-2H7 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 6
=STBD+A-2H7 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 6
=STBD+A-2H7 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 6
=STBD+A-V21 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/9. 7
=STBD+A-2H8 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 7
=STBD+A-2H8 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 7
=STBD+A-2H8 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 7
=STBD+A-2H8 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 7
=STBD+A-V22 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/9. 8
=STBD+A-2H9 1 1130231 Leuchtmelder EAO 61-0000.02 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 9
=STBD+A-2H9 1 1130224 Druckhaube / rot front part EAO 61-9681.2 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 9
=STBD+A-2H9 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 9
=STBD+A-2H9 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/9. 9
=STBD+A-4A3 1 1128627 Schubrichtungsanzeige thrust direction indicator HORN CAN S/G SCHOTTEL =STBD+A/10. 4
=STBD+A-F1 1 1148005 Glassicherung fuse 5X20/0,2A(F) Weidmüller =STBD+A/10. 4
=STBD+A-F1 1 1098223 Sicherungsklemme terminal for fuse Weidmüller =STBD+A/10. 4
=STBD+A-F1 1 1069764 Abschlußplatte safety plate WAP 2,5...10 Weidmüller =STBD+A/10. 4
=STBD+A-4B1 1 1138570 Co- Pilot Gebergerät RSCU Copilot unit 2XCAN_ST 2XCAN_DR, 2XES, SW/GE SCHOTTEL =STBD+A/11. 1
=STBD+A-4B1 4 1140261 Anschlußkabel für Copilot connecting cable for Copilot =STBD+A/11. 1
=STBD+A-1S7 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/12. 7
=STBD+A-1S7 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/12. 7
=STBD+A-1S7 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+A/12. 7
=STBD+A-1S7 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/12. 7
=STBD+A-1S7 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/12. 7
=STBD+A-V23 1 1133067 Diodenklemme doppelt diode terminal ZDK 2.5/1.5/D/6 Weidmüller =STBD+A/12. 8
=STBD+A-S4 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 2
=STBD+A-S4 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 2
=STBD+A-S4 1 1130225 Druckhaube / grün front part EAO 61-9681.5 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 2
=STBD+A-S4 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 2
=STBD+A-S4 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 2
=STBD+A-S4 1 1130416 Schutzklappe Flacher Einbau front set EAO 61-9922.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 2
=STBD+A-S5 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 4
=STBD+A-S5 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 4

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 20 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 161
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pos. Stück SCHOTTEL Bezeichnung Denomination Typen Nummer Lieferant Seite


Pos. piece IDNR Type NO.: maker Page

=STBD+A-S5 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 4
=STBD+A-S5 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 4
=STBD+A-S5 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 4
=STBD+A-S6 1 1130230 Leucht Drucktaste EAO 61-1100.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 5
=STBD+A-S6 1 1130219 Frontrahmenset front set EAO 61-9931.0 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 5
=STBD+A-S6 1 1130223 Druckhaube / gelb fornt part EAO 61-9681.4 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 5
=STBD+A-S6 1 1130233 Glühlampe 28V 3W EAO 10-1313.1209 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 5
=STBD+A-S6 1 1131112 Schaltelement SP/1S lower part EAO 61-8410.12 Lumitas =STBD+A/13. 5
=STBD+A-5A1 1 1129037 Drehzahlanzeige RPM indicator 0..6V/0..1200U =STBD+A/14. 2
=STBD+A-PLAT 1 1148824 Platine Stb Haupt panel drilled =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-BLECH 0.20 1062084 Aluminiumblech alu-plate 4 DICK SCHOTTEL =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-SCHILD 1 1071039 Typenschild name plate SCHOTTEL =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-SCHILD 1 1078486 Firmenschild name plate SCHOTTEL =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-SCHL 1.20 1069636 Spiralschlauch NS 29 Hellermann =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-HALT 2 1069642 Anschlußhalter cable support NH 29 Hellermann =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-KANAL 1 1037927 Verdrahtungskanal wiring channel HVK 14 / 40X 60 Hellermann =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-SCHIENE 0.50 1043807 Tragschiene supporting bar TS35X7,5 Weidmüller =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-KLEMME 20 1121723 Durchgangsklemme ZDU 2,5 terminal ZDU 2,5 ZDU 2,5 Weidmüller =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-ABSCHL 1 1121724 Abschlußplatte für 1121723 cover plate for 1121723 ZAP Weidmüller =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-END 2 1069763 Endwinkel safety angle EW 35 Weidmüller =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-GRUPPE 3 1069768 Gruppenbezeichnung name plate for terminal row WGB 5 Weidmüller =STBD+A/17. 1
=STBD+A-BEFEST 1 1098007 Befestigungswinkel SCHOTTEL =STBD+A/17. 1

Datum 16.Dez.2004 parts list = PARTS 21 / 21


1148787 + PARTS
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 162
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

cable drawings

Datum 16.Dez.2004 = CABEL 1 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 drawings
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 163
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung von nach Kabeltyp gesamt Adern Querschnitt Länge * = Kabel von der Werft
Cross-section Length
Cable designations from to Cable type total cores * = cable from shipyard
mm² m
=PS+W-100 =PS+USV-X1 =PS+B-S2 MGCH 2+Schirm 4 - *
=PS+W-101 MGCH 14+Schirm 1.5 - *
=PS+B-X2 =PS+K-X1 14+Schirm 1.5 - *
=PS+B-1X2 =PS+K-X1 14+Schirm 1.5 -
=PS+B-4X2 =PS+K-X1 14+Schirm 1.5 - *
=PS+W-102 =PS+B-1X2 =PS+K-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
=PS+W-103 MGCH 14+Schirm 1.5 -
=PS+B-1X2 =PS+A-X1 14+Schirm 1.5 -
=PS+B-4X2 =PS+A-X1 14+Schirm 1.5 - *
=PS+W-104 =PS+B-2X2 =PS+T-S1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-105 =PS+B-2X2 =STBD+B-2X2 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-106 =PS+B-2X2 =PS+D-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-107 =PS+B-2X2 =SWU+PS-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-108 =PS+B-4X2 =PS+K-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-109 =PS+B-4X2 =PS+E-4A4 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-110 =PS+B-4X2 =PS+D-X1 MGCH 4+Schirm 1.5 - *
=PS+W-111 =PS+B-4X2 =PS+K-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-112 =PS+B-3X2 =PS+RG-X1 MGCH 10+Schirm 1.5 - *
=PS+W-113 =PS+B-1X2 =PS+PM-X1 FMGCH. 4x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-114 =PS+B-3X2 =PS+E-5B1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-115 =PS+B-3X2 =PS+K-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-116 =PS+B-3X2 =PS+A-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-117 =PS+K-X1 =PS+A-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
=PS+W-118 =PS+K-X1 =ESB+24-X1 MGCH 2+Schirm 1.5 - *
=PS+W-119 =PS+K-X1 =PS+E-4A4 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-120 =PS+K-X1 =PS+A-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-121 =PS+K-X1 =PS+A-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-122 =PS+K-X1 =PS+A-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-123 =PS+A-X1 =ESB+24-X1 MGCH 2+Schirm 1.5 - *
=PS+W-124 =PS+A-X1 =STBD+A-X1 MGCH 7+Schirm 1.5 - *
=PS+W-125 =PS+A-X1 =STBD+A-X1 FMGCH. 4x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-126 =PS+K-X1 =STBD+K-X1 FMGCH. 4x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-127 =PS+K-X1 =STBD+K-X1 FMGCH. 4x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=PS+W-128 =PS+K-X1 =STBD+K-X1 MGCH 7+Schirm 1.5 - *
=STBD+W-100 =STBD+USV-X1 =STBD+B-S2 MGCH 2+Schirm 4 - *

Datum 16.Dez.2004 list of cables = CABEL 2 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 164
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung von nach Kabeltyp gesamt Adern Querschnitt Länge * = Kabel von der Werft
Cross-section Length
Cable designations from to Cable type total cores * = cable from shipyard
mm² m
=STBD+W-101 MGCH 14+Schirm 1.5 - *
=STBD+B-X2 =STBD+K-X1 14+Schirm 1.5 - *
=STBD+B-1X2 =STBD+K-X1 14+Schirm 1.5 -
=STBD+B-4X2 =STBD+K-X1 14+Schirm 1.5 - *
=STBD+W-102 =STBD+B-1X2 =STBD+K-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
=STBD+W-103 MGCH 14+Schirm 1.5 -
=STBD+B-1X2 =STBD+A-X1 14+Schirm 1.5 -
=STBD+B-4X2 =STBD+A-X1 14+Schirm 1.5 - *
=STBD+W-104 =STBD+B-2X2 =STBD+T-S1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-105 =PS+B-2X2 =STBD+B-2X2 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-106 =STBD+B-2X2 =STBD+D-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-107 =STBD+B-2X2 =SWU+STBD-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-108 =STBD+B-4X2 =STBD+K-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-109 =STBD+B-4X2 =STBD+E-4A4 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-110 =STBD+B-4X2 =STBD+D-X1 MGCH 4+Schirm 1.5 - *
=STBD+W-111 =STBD+B-4X2 =STBD+K-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-112 =PS+RG-X1 =STBD+B-3X2 MGCH 10+Schirm 1.5 - *
=STBD+W-113 =STBD+B-1X2 =STBD+PM-X1 FMGCH. 4x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-114 =STBD+B-3X2 =STBD+E-5B1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-115 =STBD+B-3X2 =STBD+K-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-116 =STBD+B-3X2 =STBD+A-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-117 =STBD+K-X1 =STBD+A-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
=STBD+W-118 =STBD+K-X1 =ESB+24-X1 MGCH 2+Schirm 1.5 - *
=STBD+W-119 =STBD+K-X1 =STBD+E-4A4 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-120 =STBD+K-X1 =STBD+A-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-121 =STBD+K-X1 =STBD+A-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-122 =STBD+K-X1 =STBD+A-X1 FMGCH. 2x2+Schirm 0.75 - *
=STBD+W-123 =STBD+A-X1 =ESB+24-X1 MGCH 2+Schirm 1.5 - *

Datum 16.Dez.2004 list of cables = CABEL 3 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 165
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-100 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2+Schirm 4 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

feed line switch box 24V DC =PS+B/2.2 =PS+USV-X1 1 1 =PS+B-S2 2


feed line switch box 24V DC =PS+B/2.2 =PS+USV-X1 2 2 =PS+B-S2 4
feed line switch box 24V DC =PS+B/2.3 =PS+USV-X1 ¤ screen =PS+W-100 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-100 = CABEL 4 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 166
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-101 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 14+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

unit ON =PS+B/2.7 =PS+B-X2 3 1 =PS+K-X1 9


unit ON =PS+B/2.7 =PS+B-X2 4 2 =PS+K-X1 10
feed line desk selection ECR desk =PS+B/3.8 =PS+B-1X2 4 3 =PS+K-X1 7
feed line desk selection ECR desk =PS+B/3.8 =PS+B-1X2 5 4 =PS+K-X1 8
feedline instrument light ECR desk =PS+B/5.1 =PS+B-1X2 9 5 =PS+K-X1 6
NFU steering ON =PS+B/5.2 =PS+B-1X2 10 6 =PS+K-X1 11
NFU steering switched ON =PS+B/5.3 =PS+B-1X2 11 7 =PS+K-X1 12
NFU steering ECR desk =PS+B/18.7 =PS+B-4X2 12 8 =PS+K-X1 37
NFU steering ECR desk =PS+B/18.7 =PS+B-4X2 13 9 =PS+K-X1 40
NFU steering ECR desk =PS+B/18.7 =PS+B-4X2 14 10 =PS+K-X1 39
NFU steering ECR desk =PS+B/18.7 =PS+B-4X2 15 11 =PS+K-X1 36
NFU steering ECR desk =PS+B/18.8 =PS+B-4X2 16 12 =PS+K-X1 38
13
14
feed line desk selection ECR desk =PS+B/3.9 =PS+B-1X2 ¤ screen =PS+W-101 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-101 = CABEL 5 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 167
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-102 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

=PS+B/3.6 =PS+B-1X2 1 BU1 =PS+K-X1 2


CAN Bus =PS+B/3.6 =PS+B-1X2 2 WH1 =PS+K-X1 1
CAN Bus =PS+B/3.6 =PS+B-1X2 3 BU2 =PS+K-X1 3
WH2
CAN Bus =PS+B/3.6 =PS+B-1X2 ¤ screen =PS+W-102 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-102 = CABEL 6 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 168
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-103 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
14+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

feed line desk selection main desk =PS+B/4.2 =PS+B-1X2 6 1 =PS+A-X1 4


feed line desk selection main desk =PS+B/4.2 =PS+B-1X2 7 2 =PS+A-X1 6
feed line desk selection main desk =PS+B/4.2 =PS+B-1X2 8 3 =PS+A-X1 3
feedline instrument light main desk =PS+B/5.5 =PS+B-1X2 12 4 =PS+A-X1 5
feedline instrument light main desk =PS+B/5.5 =PS+B-1X2 13 5 =PS+A-X1 7
NFU steering ON =PS+B/5.6 =PS+B-1X2 14 6 =PS+A-X1 8
NFU steering switched ON =PS+B/5.7 =PS+B-1X2 15 7 =PS+A-X1 9
=PS+B/19.6 =PS+B-4X2 17 8 =PS+A-X1 32
=PS+B/19.7 =PS+B-4X2 18 9 =PS+A-X1 35
NFU steering main desk =PS+B/19.7 =PS+B-4X2 19 10 =PS+A-X1 34
NFU steering main desk =PS+B/19.7 =PS+B-4X2 20 11 =PS+A-X1 31
NFU steering main desk =PS+B/19.7 =PS+B-4X2 21 12 =PS+A-X1 33
13
14
screen

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-103 = CABEL 7 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 169
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-104 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

oil level thruster min =PS+B/11.2 =PS+B-2X2 1 BU1 =PS+T-S1


oil level thruster min =PS+B/11.2 =PS+B-2X2 2 WH1 =PS+T-S1
BU2
WH2
screen

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-104 = CABEL 8 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 170
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-105 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

failure power supply Stbd unit =PS+B/12.2 =PS+B-2X2 3 BU1 =STBD+B-2X2 1


failure power supply Stbd unit =PS+B/12.2 =PS+B-2X2 4 WH1 =STBD+B-2X2 2
failure control system Stbd unit =PS+B/12.4 =PS+B-2X2 6 BU2 =STBD+B-2X2 4
failure control system Stbd unit =PS+B/12.3 =PS+B-2X2 5 WH2 =STBD+B-2X2 3
failure control system Stbd unit =PS+B/12.3 =PS+B-2X2 ¤ screen =STBD+B-2X2 ¤

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-105 = CABEL 9 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 171
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-106 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

hy oil pressure min =PS+B/12.5 =PS+B-2X2 7 BU1 =PS+D-X1 1


hy oil pressure min =PS+B/12.5 =PS+B-2X2 8 WH1 =PS+D-X1 2
hy oil level min =PS+B/12.6 =PS+B-2X2 9 BU2 =PS+D-X1 3
hy oil level min =PS+B/12.6 =PS+B-2X2 10 WH2 =PS+D-X1 4
hy oil level min =PS+B/12.6 =PS+B-2X2 ¤ screen =PS+D-X1 ¤

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-106 = CABEL 10 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 172
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-107 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

failure SCHOTTEL Warning unit =PS+B/13.2 =PS+B-2X2 11 BU1 =SWU+PS-X1 1


failure SCHOTTEL Warning unit =PS+B/13.3 =PS+B-2X2 12 WH1 =SWU+PS-X1 2
common alarm SCHOTTEL unit =PS+B/13.5 =PS+B-2X2 13 BU2 =SWU+PS-X1 3
common alarm SCHOTTEL unit =PS+B/13.5 =PS+B-2X2 14 WH2 =SWU+PS-X1 4
common alarm SCHOTTEL unit =PS+B/13.6 =PS+B-2X2 ¤ screen =PS+W-107 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-107 = CABEL 11 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 173
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-108 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

nominal value follow up steering main desk =PS+B/14.0 =PS+B-4X2 1 BU1 =PS+K-X1 24
nominal value follow up steering main desk =PS+B/14.1 =PS+B-4X2 2 WH1 =PS+K-X1 25
nominal value follow up steering main desk =PS+B/14.1 =PS+B-4X2 3 BU2 =PS+K-X1 26
nominal value follow up steering main desk =PS+B/14.1 =PS+B-4X2 4 WH2 =PS+K-X1 27
nominal value follow up steering main desk =PS+B/14.1 =PS+B-4X2 ¤ screen =PS+W-108 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-108 = CABEL 12 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 174
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-109 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

feed back unit follow up steering =PS+B/14.7 =PS+B-4X2 5 BU1 =PS+E-4A4 11


feed back unit follow up steering =PS+B/14.7 =PS+B-4X2 6 WH1 =PS+E-4A4 12
feed back unit follow up steering =PS+B/14.8 =PS+B-4X2 7 BU2 =PS+E-4A4 13
feed back unit follow up steering =PS+B/14.8 =PS+B-4X2 8 WH2 =PS+E-4A4 14
feed back unit follow up steering =PS+B/14.8 =PS+B-4X2 ¤ screen =PS+W-109 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-109 = CABEL 13 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 175
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-110 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 4+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

steering valve =PS+B/16.6 =PS+B-4X2 9 1 =PS+D-X1 5


steering valve =PS+B/16.7 =PS+B-4X2 10 2 =PS+D-X1 6
steering valve =PS+B/16.7 =PS+B-4X2 11 3 =PS+D-X1 7
4
steering valve =PS+B/16.7 =PS+B-4X2 ¤ screen =PS+W-110 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-110 = CABEL 14 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 176
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-111 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

nominal value follow up speed control main desk =PS+B/20.0 =PS+B-4X2 22 BU1 =PS+K-X1 43
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =PS+B/20.1 =PS+B-4X2 23 WH1 =PS+K-X1 44
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =PS+B/20.1 =PS+B-4X2 24 BU2 =PS+K-X1 45
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =PS+B/20.1 =PS+B-4X2 25 WH2 =PS+K-X1 46
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =PS+B/20.1 =PS+B-4X2 ¤ screen =PS+W-111 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-111 = CABEL 15 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 177
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-112 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 10+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

gear valve cleaning direction =PS+B/22.3 =PS+B-3X2 1 1 =PS+RG-X1 1


gear valve cleaning direction =PS+B/22.3 =PS+B-3X2 2 2 =PS+RG-X1 2
gear valve drive direction =PS+B/22.5 =PS+B-3X2 3 3 =PS+RG-X1 3
gear valve drive direction =PS+B/22.5 =PS+B-3X2 4 4 =PS+RG-X1 4
gear in drive direction engaged =PS+B/22.6 =PS+B-3X2 5 5 =PS+RG-X1 5
gear in drive direction engaged =PS+B/22.6 =PS+B-3X2 6 6 =PS+RG-X1 6
gear in cleaning direction engaged =PS+B/22.8 =PS+B-3X2 7 7 =PS+RG-X1 7
gear in cleaning direction engaged =PS+B/22.8 =PS+B-3X2 8 8 =PS+RG-X1 8
9
10
gear in cleaning direction engaged =PS+B/22.8 =PS+B-3X2 ¤ screen =PS+W-112 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-112 = CABEL 16 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 178
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-113 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 4x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

=PS+B/23.1 =PS+B-1X2 16 BU1 =PS+PM-X1 1


=PS+B/23.1 =PS+B-1X2 17 WH1 =PS+PM-X1 2
follow up speed control in service =PS+B/23.3 =PS+B-1X2 18 BU2 =PS+PM-X1 3
follow up speed control in service =PS+B/23.3 =PS+B-1X2 19 WH2 =PS+PM-X1 4
speed value to prime mover =PS+B/23.4 =PS+B-1X2 20 BU3 =PS+PM-X1 5
speed value to prime mover =PS+B/23.5 =PS+B-1X2 21 WH3 =PS+PM-X1 6
BU4
WH4
speed value to prime mover =PS+B/23.5 =PS+B-1X2 ¤ screen =PS+W-113 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-113 = CABEL 17 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 179
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-114 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

pick up shaft speed =PS+B/24.2 =PS+B-3X2 9 BU1 =PS+E-5B1 1


pick up shaft speed =PS+B/24.2 =PS+B-3X2 10 WH1 =PS+E-5B1 3
BU2
pick up shaft speed =PS+B/24.2 =PS+B-3X2 11 WH2 =PS+E-5B1 4
pick up shaft speed =PS+B/24.2 =PS+B-3X2 ¤ screen =PS+W-114 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-114 = CABEL 18 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 180
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-115 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

propeller speed indicator ECR desk =PS+B/24.5 =PS+B-3X2 12 BU1 =PS+K-X1 41


propeller speed indicator ECR desk =PS+B/24.5 =PS+B-3X2 13 WH1 =PS+K-X1 42
BU2
WH2
screen

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-115 = CABEL 19 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 181
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-116 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

propeller speed indicator main desk =PS+B/24.7 =PS+B-3X2 14 BU1 =PS+A-X1 36


propeller speed indicator main desk =PS+B/24.7 =PS+B-3X2 15 WH1 =PS+A-X1 37
BU2
WH2
screen

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-116 = CABEL 20 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 182
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-117 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

CAN Bus =PS+K/2.7 =PS+K-X1 4 BU1 =PS+A-X1 2


CAN Bus =PS+K/2.7 =PS+K-X1 5 WH1 =PS+A-X1 1
BU2
WH2
CAN Bus =PS+K/2.7 =PS+K-X1 ¤ screen =PS+W-117 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-117 = CABEL 21 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 183
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-118 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

power supply thrust direction indicating =PS+K/10.1 =PS+K-X1 16 1 =ESB+24-X1 1


power supply thrust direction indicating =PS+K/10.1 =PS+K-X1 17 2 =ESB+24-X1 2
power supply thrust direction indicating =PS+K/10.1 =PS+K-X1 ¤ screen =PS+W-118 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-118 = CABEL 22 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 184
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-119 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

feedback unit thrust direction indicating =PS+K/10.4 =PS+K-X1 18 BU1 =PS+E-4A4 1


feedback unit thrust direction indicating =PS+K/10.4 =PS+K-X1 19 WH1 =PS+E-4A4 2
feedback unit thrust direction indicating =PS+K/10.4 =PS+K-X1 20 BU2 =PS+E-4A4 3
feedback unit thrust direction indicating =PS+K/10.4 =PS+K-X1 21 WH2 =PS+E-4A4 4
feedback unit thrust direction indicating =PS+K/10.5 =PS+K-X1 ¤ screen =PS+W-119 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-119 = CABEL 23 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 185
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-120 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

thrust direction indicator main desk =PS+K/10.7 =PS+K-X1 22 BU1 =PS+A-X1 16


thrust direction indicator main desk =PS+K/10.7 =PS+K-X1 23 WH1 =PS+A-X1 15
BU2
WH2
thrust direction indicator main desk =PS+K/10.7 =PS+K-X1 ¤ screen =PS+W-120 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-120 = CABEL 24 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 186
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-121 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

nominal value follow up steering main desk =PS+K/11.5 =PS+K-X1 28 BU1 =PS+A-X1 19
nominal value follow up steering main desk =PS+K/11.5 =PS+K-X1 29 WH1 =PS+A-X1 20
BU2
WH2
nominal value follow up steering main desk =PS+K/11.5 =PS+K-X1 ¤ screen =PS+W-121 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-121 = CABEL 25 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 187
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-122 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

nominal value follow up speed control main desk =PS+K/14.4 =PS+K-X1 47 BU1 =PS+A-X1 25
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =PS+K/14.4 =PS+K-X1 48 WH1 =PS+A-X1 26
BU2
WH2
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =PS+K/14.4 =PS+K-X1 ¤ screen =PS+W-122 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-122 = CABEL 26 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 188
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-123 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

power supply thrust direction indicating =PS+A/10.1 =PS+A-X1 13 1 =ESB+24-X1 3


power supply thrust direction indicating =PS+A/10.1 =PS+A-X1 14 2 =ESB+24-X1 4
power supply thrust direction indicating =PS+A/10.1 =PS+A-X1 ¤ screen =PS+W-123 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-123 = CABEL 27 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 189
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-124 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 7+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

Tandem Mode ON =PS+A/4.5 =PS+A-X1 10 1 =STBD+A-X1 36


Tandem Mode ON =PS+A/4.5 =PS+A-X1 11 2 =STBD+A-X1 37
speed lever in zero Tandem Mode =PS+A/4.6 =PS+A-X1 12 3 =STBD+A-X1 35
Tandem Mode ON =PS+A/11.7 =PS+A-X1 29 4 =STBD+A-X1 38
Tandem Mode ON =PS+A/11.8 =PS+A-X1 30 5 =STBD+A-X1 39
6
7
screen

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-124 = CABEL 28 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 190
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-125 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 4x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

=PS+A/11.2 =PS+A-X1 21 BU1 =STBD+A-X1 26


=PS+A/11.2 =PS+A-X1 22 WH1 =STBD+A-X1 27
=PS+A/11.4 =PS+A-X1 23 BU2 =STBD+A-X1 24
=PS+A/11.5 =PS+A-X1 24 WH2 =STBD+A-X1 25
=PS+A/11.5 =PS+A-X1 27 BU3 =STBD+A-X1 30
=PS+A/11.5 =PS+A-X1 28 WH3 =STBD+A-X1 31
BU4
WH4
=PS+A/11.6 =PS+A-X1 ¤ screen =PS+W-125 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-125 = CABEL 29 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 191
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-126 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 4x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

nominal value follow up steering Tandem Mode =PS+K/11.7 =PS+K-X1 30 BU1 =STBD+K-X1 40
nominal value follow up steering Tandem Mode =PS+K/11.7 =PS+K-X1 31 WH1 =STBD+K-X1 41
nominal value follow up steering Tandem Mode =PS+K/11.7 =PS+K-X1 32 BU2 =STBD+K-X1 43
nominal value follow up steering Tandem Mode =PS+K/11.8 =PS+K-X1 33 WH2 =STBD+K-X1 42
nominal value follow up steering Tandem Mode =PS+K/11.8 =PS+K-X1 34 BU3 =STBD+K-X1 44
nominal value follow up steering Tandem Mode =PS+K/11.8 =PS+K-X1 35 WH3 =STBD+K-X1 45
BU4
WH4
nominal value follow up steering Tandem Mode =PS+K/11.8 =PS+K-X1 ¤ screen =PS+W-126 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-126 = CABEL 30 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 192
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-127 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 4x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

nominal value follow up speed control Tandem Mode =PS+K/14.6 =PS+K-X1 49 BU1 =STBD+K-X1 46
nominal value follow up speed control Tandem Mode =PS+K/14.6 =PS+K-X1 50 WH1 =STBD+K-X1 47
nominal value follow up speed control Tandem Mode =PS+K/14.6 =PS+K-X1 51 BU2 =STBD+K-X1 49
nominal value follow up speed control Tandem Mode =PS+K/14.6 =PS+K-X1 52 WH2 =STBD+K-X1 48
nominal value follow up speed control Tandem Mode =PS+K/14.6 =PS+K-X1 53 BU3 =STBD+K-X1 50
nominal value follow up speed control Tandem Mode =PS+K/14.7 =PS+K-X1 54 WH3 =STBD+K-X1 51
BU4
WH4
nominal value follow up speed control Tandem Mode =PS+K/14.7 =PS+K-X1 ¤ screen =PS+W-127 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-127 = CABEL 31 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 193
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=PS+W-128 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 7+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

Tandem Mode ON =PS+K/4.6 =PS+K-X1 13 1 =STBD+K-X1 54


Tandem Mode ON =PS+K/4.6 =PS+K-X1 14 2 =STBD+K-X1 55
speed lever in zero Tandem Mode =PS+K/4.7 =PS+K-X1 15 3 =STBD+K-X1 53
Tandem Mode ON =PS+K/14.8 =PS+K-X1 55 4 =STBD+K-X1 56
Tandem Mode ON =PS+K/14.8 =PS+K-X1 56 5 =STBD+K-X1 57
6
7
screen

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =PS+W-128 = CABEL 32 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 194
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-100 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2+Schirm 4 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

feed line switch box 24V DC =STBD+B/2.2 =STBD+USV-X1 1 1 =STBD+B-S2 2


feed line switch box 24V DC =STBD+B/2.2 =STBD+USV-X1 2 2 =STBD+B-S2 4
feed line switch box 24V DC =STBD+B/2.3 =STBD+USV-X1 ¤ screen =STBD+W-100 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-100 = CABEL 33 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 195
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-101 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 14+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

unit ON =STBD+B/2.7 =STBD+B-X2 3 1 =STBD+K-X1 9


unit ON =STBD+B/2.7 =STBD+B-X2 4 2 =STBD+K-X1 10
feed line desk selection ECR desk =STBD+B/3.8 =STBD+B-1X2 4 3 =STBD+K-X1 7
feed line desk selection ECR desk =STBD+B/3.8 =STBD+B-1X2 5 4 =STBD+K-X1 8
feedline instrument light ECR desk =STBD+B/5.1 =STBD+B-1X2 9 5 =STBD+K-X1 6
NFU steering ON =STBD+B/5.2 =STBD+B-1X2 10 6 =STBD+K-X1 11
NFU steering switched ON =STBD+B/5.3 =STBD+B-1X2 11 7 =STBD+K-X1 12
NFU steering ECR desk =STBD+B/18.7 =STBD+B-4X2 12 8 =STBD+K-X1 28
NFU steering ECR desk =STBD+B/18.7 =STBD+B-4X2 13 9 =STBD+K-X1 31
NFU steering ECR desk =STBD+B/18.7 =STBD+B-4X2 14 10 =STBD+K-X1 30
NFU steering ECR desk =STBD+B/18.7 =STBD+B-4X2 15 11 =STBD+K-X1 27
NFU steering ECR desk =STBD+B/18.8 =STBD+B-4X2 16 12 =STBD+K-X1 29
13
14
feed line desk selection ECR desk =STBD+B/3.9 =STBD+B-1X2 ¤ screen =STBD+W-101 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-101 = CABEL 34 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 196
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-102 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

=STBD+B/3.6 =STBD+B-1X2 1 BU1 =STBD+K-X1 2


CAN Bus =STBD+B/3.6 =STBD+B-1X2 2 WH1 =STBD+K-X1 1
CAN Bus =STBD+B/3.6 =STBD+B-1X2 3 BU2 =STBD+K-X1 3
WH2
CAN Bus =STBD+B/3.6 =STBD+B-1X2 ¤ screen =STBD+W-102 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-102 = CABEL 35 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 197
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-103 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
14+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

feed line desk selection main desk =STBD+B/4.2 =STBD+B-1X2 6 1 =STBD+A-X1 4


feed line desk selection main desk =STBD+B/4.2 =STBD+B-1X2 7 2 =STBD+A-X1 6
feed line desk selection main desk =STBD+B/4.2 =STBD+B-1X2 8 3 =STBD+A-X1 3
feedline instrument light main desk =STBD+B/5.5 =STBD+B-1X2 12 4 =STBD+A-X1 5
feedline instrument light main desk =STBD+B/5.5 =STBD+B-1X2 13 5 =STBD+A-X1 7
NFU steering ON =STBD+B/5.6 =STBD+B-1X2 14 6 =STBD+A-X1 8
NFU steering switched ON =STBD+B/5.7 =STBD+B-1X2 15 7 =STBD+A-X1 9
=STBD+B/19.6 =STBD+B-4X2 17 8 =STBD+A-X1 41
=STBD+B/19.7 =STBD+B-4X2 18 9 =STBD+A-X1 44
NFU steering main desk =STBD+B/19.7 =STBD+B-4X2 19 10 =STBD+A-X1 43
NFU steering main desk =STBD+B/19.7 =STBD+B-4X2 20 11 =STBD+A-X1 40
NFU steering main desk =STBD+B/19.7 =STBD+B-4X2 21 12 =STBD+A-X1 42
13
14
screen

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-103 = CABEL 36 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 198
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-104 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

oil level thruster min =STBD+B/11.2 =STBD+B-2X2 5 BU1 =STBD+T-S1


oil level thruster min =STBD+B/11.2 =STBD+B-2X2 6 WH1 =STBD+T-S1
BU2
WH2
screen

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-104 = CABEL 37 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 199
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-105 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

failure power supply Stbd unit =STBD+B/12.2 =PS+B-2X2 15 BU1 =STBD+B-2X2 7


failure power supply Stbd unit =STBD+B/12.2 =PS+B-2X2 16 WH1 =STBD+B-2X2 8
failure control system Stbd unit =STBD+B/12.4 =PS+B-2X2 18 BU2 =STBD+B-2X2 10
failure control system Stbd unit =STBD+B/12.3 =PS+B-2X2 17 WH2 =STBD+B-2X2 9
failure control system Stbd unit =STBD+B/12.3 =PS+B-2X2 ¤ screen =STBD+B-2X2 ¤

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-105 = CABEL 38 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 200
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-106 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

hy oil pressure min =STBD+B/12.5 =STBD+B-2X2 11 BU1 =STBD+D-X1 1


hy oil pressure min =STBD+B/12.5 =STBD+B-2X2 12 WH1 =STBD+D-X1 2
hy oil level min =STBD+B/12.6 =STBD+B-2X2 13 BU2 =STBD+D-X1 3
hy oil level min =STBD+B/12.6 =STBD+B-2X2 14 WH2 =STBD+D-X1 4
hy oil level min =STBD+B/12.6 =STBD+B-2X2 ¤ screen =STBD+D-X1 ¤

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-106 = CABEL 39 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 201
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-107 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

failure SCHOTTEL Warning unit =STBD+B/13.2 =STBD+B-2X2 15 BU1 =SWU+STBD-X1 1


failure SCHOTTEL Warning unit =STBD+B/13.3 =STBD+B-2X2 16 WH1 =SWU+STBD-X1 2
common alarm SCHOTTEL unit =STBD+B/13.5 =STBD+B-2X2 17 BU2 =SWU+STBD-X1 3
common alarm SCHOTTEL unit =STBD+B/13.5 =STBD+B-2X2 18 WH2 =SWU+STBD-X1 4
common alarm SCHOTTEL unit =STBD+B/13.6 =STBD+B-2X2 ¤ screen =STBD+W-107 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-107 = CABEL 40 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 202
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-108 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

nominal value follow up steering main desk =STBD+B/14.0 =STBD+B-4X2 1 BU1 =STBD+K-X1 21
nominal value follow up steering main desk =STBD+B/14.1 =STBD+B-4X2 2 WH1 =STBD+K-X1 22
nominal value follow up steering main desk =STBD+B/14.1 =STBD+B-4X2 3 BU2 =STBD+K-X1 23
nominal value follow up steering main desk =STBD+B/14.1 =STBD+B-4X2 4 WH2 =STBD+K-X1 24
nominal value follow up steering main desk =STBD+B/14.1 =STBD+B-4X2 ¤ screen =STBD+W-108 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-108 = CABEL 41 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 203
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-109 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

feed back unit follow up steering =STBD+B/14.7 =STBD+B-4X2 5 BU1 =STBD+E-4A4 11


feed back unit follow up steering =STBD+B/14.7 =STBD+B-4X2 6 WH1 =STBD+E-4A4 12
feed back unit follow up steering =STBD+B/14.8 =STBD+B-4X2 7 BU2 =STBD+E-4A4 13
feed back unit follow up steering =STBD+B/14.8 =STBD+B-4X2 8 WH2 =STBD+E-4A4 14
feed back unit follow up steering =STBD+B/14.8 =STBD+B-4X2 ¤ screen =STBD+W-109 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-109 = CABEL 42 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 204
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-110 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 4+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

steering valve =STBD+B/16.6 =STBD+B-4X2 9 1 =STBD+D-X1 5


steering valve =STBD+B/16.7 =STBD+B-4X2 10 2 =STBD+D-X1 6
steering valve =STBD+B/16.7 =STBD+B-4X2 11 3 =STBD+D-X1 7
4
steering valve =STBD+B/16.7 =STBD+B-4X2 ¤ screen =STBD+W-110 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-110 = CABEL 43 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 205
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-111 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

nominal value follow up speed control main desk =STBD+B/20.0 =STBD+B-4X2 22 BU1 =STBD+K-X1 34
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =STBD+B/20.1 =STBD+B-4X2 23 WH1 =STBD+K-X1 35
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =STBD+B/20.1 =STBD+B-4X2 24 BU2 =STBD+K-X1 36
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =STBD+B/20.1 =STBD+B-4X2 25 WH2 =STBD+K-X1 37
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =STBD+B/20.1 =STBD+B-4X2 ¤ screen =STBD+W-111 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-111 = CABEL 44 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 206
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-112 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 10+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

gear valve cleaning direction =STBD+B/22.3 =PS+RG-X1 9 1 =STBD+B-3X2 1


gear valve cleaning direction =STBD+B/22.3 =PS+RG-X1 10 2 =STBD+B-3X2 2
gear valve drive direction =STBD+B/22.5 =PS+RG-X1 11 3 =STBD+B-3X2 3
gear valve drive direction =STBD+B/22.5 =PS+RG-X1 12 4 =STBD+B-3X2 4
gear in drive direction engaged =STBD+B/22.6 =PS+RG-X1 13 5 =STBD+B-3X2 5
gear in drive direction engaged =STBD+B/22.6 =PS+RG-X1 14 6 =STBD+B-3X2 6
gear in cleaning direction engaged =STBD+B/22.8 =PS+RG-X1 15 7 =STBD+B-3X2 7
gear in cleaning direction engaged =STBD+B/22.8 =PS+RG-X1 16 8 =STBD+B-3X2 8
9
10
gear in cleaning direction engaged =STBD+B/22.8 =STBD+W-112 Schirm screen =STBD+B-3X2 ¤

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-112 = CABEL 45 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 207
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-113 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 4x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

=STBD+B/23.1 =STBD+B-1X2 16 BU1 =STBD+PM-X1 1


=STBD+B/23.1 =STBD+B-1X2 17 WH1 =STBD+PM-X1 2
follow up speed control in service =STBD+B/23.3 =STBD+B-1X2 18 BU2 =STBD+PM-X1 3
follow up speed control in service =STBD+B/23.3 =STBD+B-1X2 19 WH2 =STBD+PM-X1 4
speed value to prime mover =STBD+B/23.4 =STBD+B-1X2 20 BU3 =STBD+PM-X1 5
speed value to prime mover =STBD+B/23.5 =STBD+B-1X2 21 WH3 =STBD+PM-X1 6
BU4
WH4
speed value to prime mover =STBD+B/23.5 =STBD+B-1X2 ¤ screen =STBD+W-113 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-113 = CABEL 46 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 208
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-114 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

pick up shaft speed =STBD+B/24.2 =STBD+B-3X2 9 BU1 =STBD+E-5B1 1


pick up shaft speed =STBD+B/24.2 =STBD+B-3X2 10 WH1 =STBD+E-5B1 3
BU2
pick up shaft speed =STBD+B/24.2 =STBD+B-3X2 11 WH2 =STBD+E-5B1 4
pick up shaft speed =STBD+B/24.2 =STBD+B-3X2 ¤ screen =STBD+W-114 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-114 = CABEL 47 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 209
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-115 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

propeller speed indicator ECR desk =STBD+B/24.5 =STBD+B-3X2 12 BU1 =STBD+K-X1 32


propeller speed indicator ECR desk =STBD+B/24.5 =STBD+B-3X2 13 WH1 =STBD+K-X1 33
BU2
WH2
screen

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-115 = CABEL 48 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 210
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-116 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

propeller speed indicator main desk =STBD+B/24.7 =STBD+B-3X2 14 BU1 =STBD+A-X1 45


propeller speed indicator main desk =STBD+B/24.7 =STBD+B-3X2 15 WH1 =STBD+A-X1 46
BU2
WH2
screen

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-116 = CABEL 49 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 211
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-117 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

CAN Bus =STBD+K/2.7 =STBD+K-X1 4 BU1 =STBD+A-X1 2


CAN Bus =STBD+K/2.7 =STBD+K-X1 5 WH1 =STBD+A-X1 1
BU2
WH2
CAN Bus =STBD+K/2.7 =STBD+K-X1 ¤ screen =STBD+W-117 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-117 = CABEL 50 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 212
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-118 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

power supply thrust direction indicating =STBD+K/10.1 =STBD+K-X1 13 1 =ESB+24-X1 5


power supply thrust direction indicating =STBD+K/10.1 =STBD+K-X1 14 2 =ESB+24-X1 6
power supply thrust direction indicating =STBD+K/10.1 =STBD+K-X1 ¤ screen =STBD+W-118 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-118 = CABEL 51 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 213
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-119 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

feedback unit thrust direction indicating =STBD+K/10.4 =STBD+K-X1 15 BU1 =STBD+E-4A4 1


feedback unit thrust direction indicating =STBD+K/10.4 =STBD+K-X1 16 WH1 =STBD+E-4A4 2
feedback unit thrust direction indicating =STBD+K/10.4 =STBD+K-X1 17 BU2 =STBD+E-4A4 3
feedback unit thrust direction indicating =STBD+K/10.4 =STBD+K-X1 18 WH2 =STBD+E-4A4 4
feedback unit thrust direction indicating =STBD+K/10.5 =STBD+K-X1 ¤ screen =STBD+W-119 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-119 = CABEL 52 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 214
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-120 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

thrust direction indicator main desk =STBD+K/10.7 =STBD+K-X1 19 BU1 =STBD+A-X1 13


thrust direction indicator main desk =STBD+K/10.7 =STBD+K-X1 20 WH1 =STBD+A-X1 12
BU2
WH2
thrust direction indicator main desk =STBD+K/10.7 =STBD+K-X1 ¤ screen =STBD+W-120 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-120 = CABEL 53 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 215
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-121 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

nominal value follow up steering main desk =STBD+K/11.6 =STBD+K-X1 25 BU1 =STBD+A-X1 16
nominal value follow up steering main desk =STBD+K/11.6 =STBD+K-X1 26 WH1 =STBD+A-X1 17
BU2
WH2
nominal value follow up steering main desk =STBD+K/11.7 =STBD+K-X1 ¤ screen =STBD+W-121 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-121 = CABEL 54 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 216
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-122 FMGCH.
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2x2+Schirm 0.75 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

nominal value follow up speed control main desk =STBD+K/14.6 =STBD+K-X1 38 BU1 =STBD+A-X1 20
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =STBD+K/14.6 =STBD+K-X1 39 WH1 =STBD+A-X1 21
BU2
WH2
nominal value follow up speed control main desk =STBD+K/14.7 =STBD+K-X1 ¤ screen =STBD+W-122 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-122 = CABEL 55 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 217
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Kabelbezeichnung Kabeltyp
=STBD+W-123 MGCH
name of cable type of cables
Bemerkung Aderzahl Kabelquerschnitt Kabellänge
* 2+Schirm 1.5 -
remarks number of wires cross section area lenght of cables
Zielbez. von /target item from Zielbez. nach / target item to
Funktionstext Seite / Pfad Kennzeichen Anschluß Ader Nr.: Kennzeichen Anschluß
description page / path mark connect. wirre NO.: mark connect

power supply thrust direction indicating =STBD+A/10.1 =STBD+A-X1 10 1 =ESB+24-X1 7


power supply thrust direction indicating =STBD+A/10.1 =STBD+A-X1 11 2 =ESB+24-X1 8
power supply thrust direction indicating =STBD+A/10.1 =STBD+A-X1 ¤ screen =STBD+W-123 Schirm

Datum 16.Dez.2004 =STBD+W-123 = CABEL 56 / 56


1148787 +
Bearb. RME
14106087 *
Gepr. Schäfer Bl. 218
Änderung Datum Name Norm Keim e. - diagram 218 Bl.
AGENCIES

EUROPE
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30 (+354) 565 80 80
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08  (+354) 565 21 50
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net e-mail: aeg@naust.is

Belgium
SCHOTTEL Nederland B.V. Germany Irish Republic
Chroomstraat 143 M.I.P.-SCHOTTEL-Representation:
2718 RJ Zoetermeer Headquarters: UK and Ireland
SCHOTTEL GmbH & Co. KG Twistwood, Hurst Road, Walton-on-the-Hill
(+31) 79-3 61 13 91 Mainzer Str. 99 Tadworth, Surrey, KT 20 5BN
 (+31) 79-3 61 14 17 56322 Spay (Rhine)
e-mail: info@schottel.nl (+44) 17 37-81 41 25
(+49) 26 28-61 0  (+44) 17 37-81 40 42
 (+49) 26 28-61 300 e-mail: mip.schottel@btopenworld.com
Bulgaria e-mail: info@schottel.de
Dr. Zlatozar Alexiev
Marine Consultant Italy
3, Angel Georgiev Str. SCHOTTEL Hamburg SCHOTTEL Italiana S.R.L.
9000 Varna Pyramidenweg 3 Corso A. Podesta 1/13
25474 Ellerbek 16121 Genova
(+359) 8 98 41 55 15
e-mail: zl_alexiev@yahoo.com (+49) 41 01-38 78-0 (+39) 010-54 24 53
 (+49) 41 01-3 62 14  (+39) 010-53 25 59
Cables: Gibrizzo Genoa
Croatia SCHOTTEL-Schiffsmaschinen GmbH e-mail: schottelitaliana@schottel.com
LIDIBA d.o.o. Kanalstr. 18
Nazorova 76 23970 Wismar
10000 Zagreb Latvia
(+49) 38 41-204-0 Albe Trading & Consulting GmbH
(+385) 1-48 34 866  (+49) 38 41-204-109 Rödingsmarkt 31/33
 (+385) 1-48 34 870 e-mail: info-ssw@schottel.de D-20459 Hamburg
e-mail: lidiba@zg.htnet.hr
(+49) 40-37 10 65
SCHOTTEL-Antriebstechnik GmbH
Kanalstr. 18  (+49) 40-37 30 52
Denmark 23970 Wismar e-mail: mail@albe-trading.de
HANS BUCH A/S (+49) 38 41-204-0
Roskildevej 8-10  (+49) 38 41-204-109
2620 Albertslund e-mail: info-saw@schottel.de
Luxembourg
SCHOTTEL Nederland B.V.
(+45) 43 68 52 77 Chroomstraat 143
 (+45) 43 68 50 46 Great Britain 2718 RJ Zoetermeer
e-mail: dd@hansbuch.dk M.I.P.-SCHOTTEL-Representation:
(+31) 79-3 61 13 91
UK and Ireland  (+31) 79-3 61 14 17
Twistwood, Hurst Road, Walton-on-the-Hill
Estonia Tadworth, Surrey, KT 20 5BN e-mail: info@schottel.nl
Albe Trading & Consulting GmbH
Rödingsmarkt 31/33 (+44) 17 37-81 41 25
D-20459 Hamburg  (+44) 17 37-81 40 42
Netherlands
e-mail: mip.schottel@btopenworld.com SCHOTTEL Nederland B.V.
(+49) 40-37 10 65 Chroomstraat 143
 (+49) 40-37 30 52 2718 RJ Zoetermeer
e-mail: mail@albe-trading.de Greece
(+31) 79-3 61 13 91
Technava S.A.
6, Loudovikou Sq., 6th floor  (+31) 79-3 61 14 17
Finland P.O.B. 86012 e-mail: info@schottel.nl
Finterco Group 18531 Piraeus
Elimäenkatu 12-16 A
00510 Helsinki (+30210) 4 11 39 16 (5 lines)
Norway
 (+30210) 4 12 24 50, 4 11 74 76 Frydenbø Power AS
(+358) 9-7 74 32 20 Cables: Technaves Lurudveien 5
 (+358) 9-77 43 22 44 e-mail: info@technava.gr Postboks 3
e-mail: finterco.malmstrom@interco.fi 2020 Skedsmokorset

Iceland (+47) 6-3 87 17 00


France NAUST MARINE  (+47) 6-3 87 88 83
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. RAFBODI RAFUR  spares (+47) 6-3 87 88 42
2, Rue Amélie Skeidáras 3 e-mail: post@frydenboe.no
B.P. 43 210 Gardabaer
94192 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex

VL-AGENCY LIST 19 June 2006 Page 1/7


AGENCIES

Poland Turkey Burkina Faso


P.H.U. AFRA I.G.C. Marine SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
4 Popiela str. Kazim Özalp Sok. Velioglu Apt. 2, Rue Amélie
81-547 Gdynia B Block No.: 33/3 Saskinbakkal 81070 B.P. 43
Istanbul 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
(+48) 58-664 94 97
 (+48) 58-664 94 91 (+90) 216-3 85 24 73 (+33) 1-43 82 31 30
e-mail: afra@pro.onet.pl  (+90) 216-3 85 24 73  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
mobile phone (+90) 53 23 64 50 95 e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
e-mail: igcmarine@superonline.com
Portugal Subagent:
COGEMA Carena
Comércio Geral de Máquinas Lda. Ukraine 01 B.P. 453
Avenida Sidónio Pais, 28 - 4° DRT. Albe Trading & Consulting GmbH Abidjan 01, Côte d‘Ivoire
1050 Lisboa Rödingsmarkt 31/33
D-20459 Hamburg (+225) 20 22 22 27
(+351) 213556843, 213140162  (+225) 20 21 60 56
 (+351) 213557498 (+49) 40-37 10 65
e-mail: cogema@mail.telepac.pt  (+49) 40-37 30 52
e-mail: mail@albe-trading.de Burundi
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
Russia 2, Rue Amélie
Albe Trading & Consulting GmbH B.P. 43

AFRICA
Rödingsmarkt 31/33 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
D-20459 Hamburg
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30
(+49) 40-37 10 65  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
 (+49) 40-37 30 52 Algeria e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
e-mail: mail@albe-trading.de SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
2, Rue Amélie
Spain B.P. 43 Cameroon
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
WIRESA 2, Rue Amélie
Wilmer Representaciones, S.A.
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30 B.P. 43
Pinar, 6 BIS 1°
28006 Madrid
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30
(+34) 91-4 11 02 85 (6 lines)
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
 (+34) 91-5 63 06 91 Angola e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
Cables: Wilmerimport Madrid
Subagent:
e-mail: ecostoso@wiresa.com
Induma Máquinas Industriais Ltd. Subagent:
Rua da Cova da Maura 2-1 Marine & Industry Services Ltd.
1300 Lisboa – Portugal
Sweden B. P. 3202
Sveadiesel AB Douala/Cameroon
(+351) 1-60 83 49, 60 83 50
Tritonvägen 16  (+351) 1-60 83 51
P.O.B. 1326 (+237) 3 47 16 87
Cables: Induma  (+237) 3 42 77 03
172 26 Sundbyberg

(+46) 8-7 64 66 10 Benin


 (+46) 8-29 57 90 Central Africa
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
Cables: Sveadiesel Stockholm
2, Rue Amélie 2, Rue Amélie
e-mail: leif.nimander@sveadiesel.se
B.P. 43 B.P. 43
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
Subagent:
Bövik Marin AB
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30 (+33) 1-43 82 31 30
Hällefludregatan 18
426 58 V. Frölunda
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
(+46) 31 29 00 75 + 29 18 68
Subagent:
 (+46) 31 69 01 93 Carena
Subagent:
e-mail: info@bovikmarin.se DAMECA
01 B.P. 453 B.P. 804
Abidjan 01, Côte d’Ivoire Bangui (R.C.A.)
(+225) 20 22 22 27 (+236) 61 04 66
 (+225) 20 21 60 56  (+236) 61 56 60

VL-AGENCY LIST 19 June 2006 Page 2/7


AGENCIES

Congo (Brazzaville) Gabon Guinea Conakry


SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
2, Rue Amélie 2, Rue Amélie 2, Rue Amélie
B.P. 43 B.P. 43 B.P. 43
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex

(+33) 1-43 82 31 30 (+33) 1-43 82 31 30 (+33) 1-43 82 31 30


 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net e-mail: schottel@nerim.net e-mail: schottel@nerim.net

Subagent:
Republique Democratique SDV Gabon Atelier Naval Subagent:
du Congo Zone Portuaire D’Owendo SOGUINEX S.A.
B.P. 167 Mr Touré (M.D.)
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. Libreville Immeuble al Imam
2, Rue Amélie Avenue de la République
B.P. 43 (+241) 70 09 07 B.P. 858
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
 (+241) 70 09 06 Conakry
(+224) 22 10 41
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30
 (+224) 22 90 17
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08 Gambia
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
2, Rue Amélie Kenya
Subagent:
B.P. 43 SCHOTTEL GmbH & Co. KG
Chanimetal
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex Mainzer Str. 99
BPP. 4724
56322 Spay (Rhine)
Kinshasa II
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30
(+243) 12 48 143  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08 (+49) 26 28-61 0
 international 00 1 212 376 95 42
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net  (+49) 26 28-61 300
e-mail: info@schottel.de
Subagent:
Côte d’Ivoire SENEMECA
Rue Felix Eboué Liberia
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. B.P. 3251 SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
2, Rue Amélie Dakar 2, Rue Amélie
B.P. 43
B.P. 43
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex (+221) 8 22 96 02 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
 (+221) 8 22 54 80
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net Ghana e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
NAVALIS West Africa Ltd.
Subagent: contacting address: Subagent:
Carena
NAVALIS Carena
01 B.P. 453
Eichenweg 15 01 B.P. 453
Abidjan 01, Côte d‘Ivoire
53347 Alfter Abidjan 01, Côte d‘Ivoire
(+225) 20 22 22 27
(+225) 20 22 22 27
 (+225) 20 21 60 56
Postfach 14 02 39  (+225) 20 21 60 56
53057 Bonn

Egypt (+49) 2 28-74 80 100 Madagascar


 (+49) 2 28-74 80 101 SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
IPTC Egypt Ltd.
e-mail: info@navalis.de 2, Rue Amélie
4, Latin America Street
Osiris Bldg., Garden City B.P. 43
P.O.B. 620 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
Cairo (A.R.E.)
Guinea Bissau
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. (+33) 1-43 82 31 30
(+20) 2-794 5083 2, Rue Amélie  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
B.P. 43 e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
 (+20) 2-794 9091
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
e-mail: iptc@intouch.com
Subagent:
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30 SRCDSA
Alexandria Office:
33, Abdel Hamid El Abadi street  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08 B. P. 5063
El-Esraa Building e-mail: schottel@nerim.net 21 Rue Fredy
Boulkly Rajadfera – 101
Alexandria Subagent: Antananarivo
Induma Máquinas Industriais Ltd. (+261) 20 22 632 21
(+20) 203-544 7008 (address: see Angola)  (+261) 20 22 632 19
 (+20) 203-544 6873  email: srcd@simicro.mg

VL-AGENCY LIST 19 June 2006 Page 3/7


AGENCIES

Mali Morocco Rwanda


SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
2, Rue Amélie 2, Rue Amélie 2, Rue Amélie
B.P. 43 B.P. 43 B.P. 43
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex

(+33) 1-43 82 31 30 (+33) 1-43 82 31 30 (+33) 1-43 82 31 30


 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net e-mail: schottel@nerim.net e-mail: schottel@nerim.net

Subagent: Subagent:
Generale Malienne de Representation, Pechnor Senegal
de Commerce et d’Industrie GEMARCI Zone du Port SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
Boulevard du Peuple, B.P.74 B. P. 201 2, Rue Amélie
Bamako Larache B.P. 43
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
(+223) 21 56 20 (+212) 39 91 25 43
 (+223) 21 30 81  (+212) 39 91 45 97 (+33) 1-43 82 31 30
email: pechnor@menara.ma  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
Mauritania
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. Mozambique Subagent:
2, Rue Amélie Subagent: SENEMECA
B.P. 43 Induma Máquinas Industrias Ltd. (address: see Gambia)
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex (address: see Angola) (+48) 58-624 89 44
 (+48) 58-664 94 91
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30 e-mail: afra@pro.onet.pl
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08 Niger
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
2, Rue Amélie Seychelles
Subagent: B.P. 43 SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
SENEMECA 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex 2, Rue Amélie
(address: see Gambia) B.P. 43
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
Mauritius e-mail: schottel@nerim.net (+33) 1-43 82 31 30
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
2, Rue Amélie Subagent: e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
B.P. 43 Manutention Africaine
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex B.P. 10387
Niamey Sierra Leone
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30 SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08 (+227) 73 30 21 2, Rue Amélie
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net  (+227) 73 33 48 B.P. 43
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
Subagent:
Taylor Smith & Co. Ltd Nigeria (+33) 1-43 82 31 30
Old Quay d’Road SCHOTTEL GmbH & Co. KG  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
P.O.Box 59 Mainzer Str. 99 e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
Port Louis 56322 Spay (Rhine)
Subagent:
(+230) 240 28 81 or 82 or 83 (+49) 26 28-61 0 Carena (via SCHOTTEL France)
 (+230) 240 28 84 or 82 76  (+49) 26 28-61 300 01 B.P. 453
e-mail: info@schottel.de Abidjan 01, Côte d‘Ivoire

Mayotte (+225) 20 22 22 27
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. Reunion  (+225) 20 21 60 56
2, Rue Amélie SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
B.P. 43 2, Rue Amélie
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex B.P. 43 Sudan
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex Al-Mukhtar Enterprises Co. Ltd.
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30 P.O.B. 3715
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08 (+33) 1-43 82 31 30 Khartoum
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net (+249) 183-77 90 18, 77 83 46,
77 34 13
 (+249) 183-77 14 78
e-mail: mutasimgorashi@yahoo.com

VL-AGENCY LIST 19 June 2006 Page 4/7


AGENCIES

South Africa
Marine Propeller (Pty) Ltd.
Uganda
SCHOTTEL GmbH & Co. KG
SOUTH AMERICA
Office: Mainzer Str. 99
56322 Spay (Rhine) Argentina
24 Auckland Street
Paarden Eiland 7405, Cape Town (+49) 26 28-61 0 Precimax Motors S.C.A.
 (+49) 26 28-61 300 Esmeralda 77-Piso 4°
(+27) 21-5 10 01 71 1035 Buenos Aires
e-mail: info@schottel.de
 (+27) 21-5 10 88 56
e-mail: Marineprop@iafrica.com (+54) 11-43 42 90 64, 43 42 93 88
 (+54) 11-43 31 07 08
e-mail: precimax@precimax.com.ar
mailing address:
P.O.Box 6610 CENTRAL AMERICA Brazil
Roggebaai 8012
Home: (+27) 21-7 97 41 44 SCHOTTEL do Brasil
Propulsoes Maritimas Ltda.
Mexico Av. Tancredo Neves, 600
Tanzania SCHOTTEL, Inc. Distrito Industrial
Quintex International Limited 5804 River Oaks Road South Caixa Postal 02
Crescent Building Harahan, LA 70123 94930-540 Cachoeirinha – RS
Ally Hassan Mwinyi Road
Dar-Es-Salaam (+1) 504-729 4110 (+55) 51 - 3 4 70 17 15
 (+1) 504-729-4120  (+55) 51 - 3 4 70 32 00
(+255) 22 2125492/5 e-mail: nmoerkeseth@schottel.com e-mail: schottel@schottel.com.br
 (+255) 22 2125492
e-mail: firozdhalla@raha.com Subagent:
Nautica Diesel Europea S.A. De C.V. Chile
Mariano Escobedo 375-PH3 ASENAV
Togo 11570 México, D.F. Astilleros y Servicios Navales S.A.
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. Fidel Oteiza 1956 – Piso 13
2, Rue Amélie Castilla 16417, Santiago
(+52) 55 5203 8776, 55 5203 9657,
B.P. 43
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
55 5255 5355, 55 5545 1385, (+56) 2-2 74 15 15
55 5545 5145  (+56) 2-2 04 91 18
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30  (+52) 55 5203 9777 e-mail: geren.scl@asenav.cl
e-mail: naudiesel@infosel.net.mx
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net Colombia
SCHOTTEL Andino Ltda.
Subagent: Calle 79, No. 10-50
Carena BARRIO EL NOGAL
NORTH AMERICA
01 B.P. 453 Santafe de Bogota, D.C. Colombia
Abidjan 01, Côte d‘Ivoire
(+57) 1-218 04 78
(+225) 20 22 22 27  (+57) 1-691 55 38
 (+225) 20 21 60 56 Canada e-mail: gthschottel@tutopia.com
SCHOTTEL, Inc.
Tunisia 5804 River Oaks Road South
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l. Harahan, LA 70123 Ecuador
2, Rue Amélie SCHOTTEL Andino Ltda.
B.P. 43 (+1) 504-729 4110 Calle 79, No. 10-50
94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex  (+1) 504-729-4120 BARRIO EL NOGAL
e-mail: nmoerkeseth@schottel.com Santafe de Bogota, D.C. Colombia
(+33) 1-43 82 31 30
 (+33) 1-43 82 69 08 (+57) 1-218 04 78
e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
U.S.A.  (+57) 1-691 55 38
SCHOTTEL, Inc. e-mail: gthschottel@tutopia.com
Subagent: 5804 River Oaks Road South
Tounsi M. Salah Harahan, LA 70123
Avenue des Etoiles, Impasse N°2,
Panama
Villâ N°4, El-Menzah 8 (+1) 504-729 4110 SCHOTTEL, Inc.
Tunis  (+1) 504-729-4120 5804 River Oaks Road South
e-mail: nmoerkeseth@schottel.com Harahan, LA 70123
(+216) 71-706 297
 (+216) 71-706 266 (+1) 504-729 4110
 (+1) 504-729-4120
e-mail: nmoerkeseth@schottel.com

VL-AGENCY LIST 19 June 2006 Page 5/7


AGENCIES

Paraguay China Israel


Precimax Motors S.C.A. SCHOTTEL Suzhou National Equipment Co. Ltd.
Esmeralda 77-Piso 4° Propulsion Co., Ltd. Mr. Michel Abitbol
1035 Buenos Aires 147 Hua Shan Road, Shederot Haistadrut 56
215011 Suzhou (SND) Haifa/Milfratz 31008
(+54) 11-43 42 90 64, 43 42 93 88 (+972) 4-8411320
 (+54) 11-43 31 07 08 (+86) 512-6665 1923  (+972) 4-8410928
e-mail: precimax@precimax.com.ar  (+86) 512-6536 6434
e-mail: schottel@public1.sz.js.cn
Japan
Uruguay Nakashima Propeller Co., Ltd.
Precimax Motors S.C.A. Shanghai Office: Head Office & Works
Esmeralda 77-Piso 4° Rm. 2108, Suncome Liauw’s Plaza 688-1, Jodo-Kitagata,
1035 Buenos Aires 738 Shangcheng Road 700-86 Okayama
PuDong New Area (Okayama Central P.O.Box 167)
(+54) 11-43 42 90 64, 43 42 93 88 200120 Shanghai
 (+54) 11-43 31 07 08 (+86) 21 583 55483/15829/16973 (+81) 86-279 5111
e-mail: precimax@precimax.com.ar  (+86) 21 583 18159  (+81) 86-279 3107
e-mail: allanxu@schottel.cn e-mail: npcwebmaster@nakashima.co.jp
e-mail: richardhuang@schottel.cn
Venezuela 8th Floor, Eisen Iwamotocho Bldg., 8-8,
SCHOTTEL Andino Ltda. Dalian Office: 2-Chome, Iwamotocho, Chiyoda-ku
Calle 79, No. 10-50 Rm. 1134 Offices Building Tokyo
BARRIO EL NOGAL Changjiang Square
123 Changjiang Road (+81) 3-5821 9701
Santafe de Bogota, D.C. Colombia
Zhongshan District  (+81) 3-5821 9705
(+57) 1-218 04 78 116001 Dalian
 (+57) 1-691 55 38 (+86) 411 8252 9250/9650
e-mail: gthschottel@tutopia.com  (+86) 411 8252 9251 Malaysia
e-mail: lgf@schottel.cn SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd.
23 Gul Drive
Singapore 629471
India
Killick Agencies and (+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754
ASIA Marketing Ltd.  (+65) 6861 2301
e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg
Plot No. 7,
Chandivali Farm Road
Bangladesh Chandivali, Mumbai 400 072
Myanmar
Sunshine International SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd.
H/79, Block-B (+91) 22-28 57 35 81, 28 57 44 81,
28 57 06 91, 28 57 23 73 23 Gul Drive
ZIA International Airport Road
 (+91) 22-28 57 35 49, 28 57 50 76, Singapore 629471
Chairmanbari Banani
Dhaka-1213 28 57 09 19
e-mail: kaml@killickagencies.com (+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754
(+880) 2-9 88 57 82
 (+65) 6861 2301
e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg
 (+880) 2-8 02 37 01
e-mail: sushi@connectbd.com Indonesia
SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd.
23 Gul Drive
North Korea
Burma Singapore 629471 SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd.
SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd. 23 Gul Drive
23 Gul Drive (+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754 Singapore 629471
Singapore 629471  (+65) 6861 2301
e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg (+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754
(+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754  (+65) 6861 2301
 (+65) 6861 2301 e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg
e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg Iran
Laibid Eng. Co.
No. 9, No. 501 Building
Pakistan
Cambodia Sayed Jamaladin Asadabadi Ave. Systems Company (SYSCO)
SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd. Tehran 5-C, Sunset Commercial Street No. 1
23 Gul Drive Phase IV
Singapore 629471 (+98) 21-88 06 57 91-3 Defence Officers Housing Authority
 (+98) 21-88 06 97 49 Karachi –75500
(+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754 e-mail: info@laibid.com
 (+65) 6861 2301 (+92) 21- 588 10 83, 588 10 84
e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg 588 78 19
 (+92) 21- 588 78 18
e-mail: tariq@sysco-pk.com

VL-AGENCY LIST 19 June 2006 Page 6/7


AGENCIES

Philippines Subagent:
New Caledonia (Noumea)
SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd. Headquarters: SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
23 Gul Drive Giant Saint Industrial Co., Ltd. 2, Rue Amélie
Singapore 629471 9F-3, No. 88 Chung Cheng 3rd Road B.P. 43
(+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754 Kaohsiun 800, Taiwan, ROC 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex
 (+65) 6861 2301
e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg (+886) 7-237 8194 (+33) 1-43 82 31 30
 (+886) 7-235 2904  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
Subagent: e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
Andrada Construction and Devel. Inc.
794-812, Del Monte Avanne Thailand New Hebrides
San Francisco Del Monte
SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd.
Quezon City SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd.
23 Gul Drive
Singapore 629471 23 Gul Drive
(+63) 2-7 11 21 42 Singapore 629471
 (+63) 2-7 11 21 66 (+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754
(+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754
 (+65) 6861 2301
e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg  (+65) 6861 2301
Qatar e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg
Al Nisr Machinery
P.O.Box 2224 United Arab Emirates New Zealand
Doha
ATOS International L.L.C.
P. O. Box 28226 SCHOTTEL GmbH & Co. KG
(+974) 4-65 24 52 Mainzer Str. 99
Dubai
 (+974) 4-65 30 64 56322 Spay (Rhine)
e-mail: alnisr@qatar.net.qa
(+971) 4-3 24 37 02
(+49) 26 28-61 0
 (+971) 4-3 24 31 46
e-mail: info@atos-uae.com  (+49) 26 28-61 300
Singapore e-mail: info@schottel.de
SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd.
23 Gul Drive
Singapore 629471 Salomon Islands
(+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754
AUSTRALIA/ SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd.
23 Gul Drive
 (+65) 6861 2301
e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg
OCEANIA Singapore 629471

(+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754


Australia  (+65) 6861 2301
South Korea e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg
Analytical Control Engineering Pty. Ltd.
Hae Yang Trading Company Unit 27, 17 Lorraine Street
5F, Yomchang Daewoo Building
Peakhurst, N.S.W. 2210
260-15 Yomchang-Dong, Kangseo-Ku,
Seoul 157-862 Korea
mailing address:
P.O.Box 91
(+82) 2-36 61 50 90
Mortdale, N.S.W. 2223
 (+82) 2-36 61 50 92
e-mail:haeyang6@kornet.net (+61) 2-9534 1533
 (+61) 2-9534-3201
Sri Lanka e-mail: sales@aceng.com.au
Global Marine Technologies (Pvt) Ltd
316, Nawala Road
Nawala French Polynesia (Tahiti)
SCHOTTEL France s.a.r.l.
(+94) 11 4 74 14 22/3 2, Rue Amélie
 (+94) 11 4 74 14 24 B.P. 43
e-mail: gpt@dynanet.lk 94190 Villeneuve Saint Georges Cedex

(+33) 1-43 82 31 30
Taiwan  (+33) 1-43 82 69 08
SCHOTTEL Far East (Pte.) Ltd. e-mail: schottel@nerim.net
23 Gul Drive
Singapore 629471 Subagent:
Chantier Naval du Pacifique Sud
(+65) 6861 0955, 6861 1754 B. P. 90 54
 (+65) 6861 2301 98 715 Papeete
e-mail: schotfe@singnet.com.sg (+689) 50 52 70
 (+689) 42 78 27
e-mail: christian.perez@poly.pf

VL-AGENCY LIST 19 June 2006 Page 7/7

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen